Home

Fujitsu M2488 VCR User Manual

1. UE 5 Element Address Reserved Access Exception Reserved Reserved Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Not bus 0 Reserved ID Valid 0 LUN Valid 0 Reserved Logical Unit Number 0 SCSI Bus Address 0 Reserved SValid Invert 0 Reserved Source storage element address Reserved March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 27 READ ELEMENT STATUS READ ELEMENT STATUS MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 6 32 Data Transfer Element Descriptor Field Description DESCRIPTION The Element address field indicates the address of the element for which status is being reported in the descriptor The Full bit if one indicates that a cartridge is present in the data transfer element tape unit If the Full bit is zero then no cartridge is present in the element The Exception bit if one indicates that the element is in an error condition If the Exception bit is zero then the element is not in an error condition When the Exception bit is one the Additional Sense code and Additional sense code qualifier fields give detailed information about the error condition If the Access bit is one then the data transfer element is accessible to the medium transfer element If the Access bit is zero the data transfer element is not accessible to the medium transfer element The LU valid
2. 4 87 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Field 4 89 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC FACTOR Y MODE Parameter List Length Field 4 90 Diagnostic Page 2 2 400 eR Ee re rS 4 9 Receive Diagnostic Results Page General Form 4 91 Page 00h Supported Diagnostic Pages FACTORY 4 91 Page 80h Online Diagnostic Test 4 02 Page 80h Field 4 93 Page 81h Online Manufacturing Diagnostic Test 4 93 Page 81h Field 4 94 Page 90 9Fh Online Diagnostic Test 4 94 Page Code 90 9Fh Field 4 95 Online Diagnostic Results data Parameter 46 4 96 Parameter List Field 4 96 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Field Description 4 08 RELEASE UNIT Field Description 4 101 REQUEST SENSE Field 4 103 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Field Description 4 106 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT 4 107 DENSITY S
3. 5 22 5 3 7 Configuration Page Page 5 23 5 3 8 Product Identification Page Page 2 5 24 6 MEDIA CHANGER SCSI 8 6 1 62h INTRODUCTION vex uU RS EEE De DE 6 1 6 2 MEDIA CHANGER 8 6 1 6 2 1 EXCHANGE MEDIUM MC command 6 2 6 2 1 1 EXCHANGE MEDIUM CDB Description 6 2 6 2 1 2 Exchange Medium 6 3 6 2 1 3 EXCHANGE MEDIUM Sense 6 4 6 2 2 MODE SELECT MC command 15 6 6 6 2 2 1 MODE SELECT CDB Description 6 6 6 2 2 2 MODE SELECT CHECK CONDITION Status 6 8 6 2 2 3 MODE SELECT Data 6 8 6 2 2 4 MODE SELECT MC Sense 6 10 6 2 3 MODE SENSE MC command 1 6 11 144 019 03 TABLE CONTENTS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 62 3 4 MODE SENSE CDB 6 11 62 3 MODE SENSE Data 6 13 6 2 3 3 MODE SENSE MC Sense 6 14 6 2 4 MOVE MEDIUM MC command 5
4. 1 3 Figure I 3 RUN ACE Flowchart 35 vete neg ERI Bene ues Reales ba CS 1 3 Figure I 4 LIST ERROR 1 4 Figure I 5 5 232 tae EE RO ERE eat bee 1 4 Figure 1 6 SETTING Flowchart oo iri eek ERE RR 1 5 Figure 1 7 LOAD CODE Flowchart tison ber DEED I 6 Figure I 8 INQUIRY Flowchart 22252222054 RR 1 6 Figure 1 9 MODE PAGES Flowchart 2 1 r7 Figure I 10 EACTORY Elowchatt met RRU eet tae ORO ERIS US I 8 Figure I 11 81 FSGRP Flowchart 1 8 xvi C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE LIST OF TABLES TABLE TITLE Table 1 1 Rack mount Configurations Table 1 2 Desktop Table 1 3 Equipment and Tools Required for ACL Installation Table 1 4 Equipment and Tools Required for FACL Installation Table 3 1 M2488 SCSI Messages lesse Table 3 2 Ignore Field Description Table 3 3 Status Byte tub o ESRB reU HER NE UIS Table 3 4 Status Byte Code Bit Table 4 1 M2488 SCSI 45
5. TEST TEST START mp START FTS 00 Y N N Ja WTROM Y TEST TEST TEST TEST p Indicates other options not shown I 5 Figure I 6 SETTING Flowchart CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 FLOWCHARTS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE M From Figure I 1 IMAGE TAPE Insert cartridge v LOADING NOTE Do NOT touch READY any CONTROL buttons until process is complete v UNLOADING IMAGE 30 second delay v CODE UPLOAD COMPLETE POWER OFF Remove cartridge Power drive OFF then ON Figure I 7 LOAD CODE Flowchart L 1 From Figure 1 1 START TPNETYPE SIART p TAPE UNIT yf MED CHGR START AS TEST TEST TEST TEST Reve p RESET RESET EST TEST START CTCR PID 4 START START PG CZ WRT TEST TEST TEST y START f WTROM Y XE N START Change if Change if necessary P TEST TEST TEST 5 v Vendor PID are bytes 8 to 15 of INQUIRY data Controller PID are bytes 16 LUN PID are bytes 24 to to 23 of INQUIRY data 31 of INQUIRY data NOTE If any PUD Product ID is changed go to PGC2 WRT to store in ROM Flashing character moves to RIGHT with UNLOAD to LEFT with SHIFT and
6. 8 54 8 11 11 2 SVL PCBA Replacement 8 54 8 11 12 RDL PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures 8 54 8 11 12 1 RDL PCBA Removal 8 54 8 11 12 2 RDL PCBA Replacement 8 54 xii C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 8 11 13 WTL PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures 8 55 8 11 13 1 WTL PCBA 8 55 8 11 13 2 WTL PCBA Replacement 8 55 9 PARTS REPLACEMENT 9 1 9 INTRODUCTION rated dc ERG SSR A 9 9 2 FIELD REPLACEABLE UNITS 9 1 SENSE KEYS PON 1 B ASC IASCQ ire eS Nore PSOE ER CR SR me le eme RON Fd Ea dU WONG e B 1 ERPA CODES ba RORIS RAUS 1 FAULT SYMPTOM 8 D 1 E XX ERROR 5 E 1 E 1 CHK XX ERROR CODE 8 E 1 2 XX ERROR CODE REPLACEMENT E 7
7. 3 2 3 2 4 DISCONNECT code 04 3 2 3 2 5 EXTENDED MESSAGE FORMAT 01 3 3 3 2 5 1 Synchronous Data Transfer Request 5 3 3 3 2 5 2 Wide Data Transfer Request WDTR 3 5 3 2 6 IDENTIFY code 80 3 7 3 2 7 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE code 23 3 7 3 2 8 INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR code 05 3 8 3 2 9 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE code 3 8 iv C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 3 2 10 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE WITH FLAG code OBh 3 8 3 2 11 MESSAGE PARITY ERROR 09 3 8 3 2 12 MESSAGE REJECT code 07 3 8 3 2 13 NO OPERATION 08 3 0 3 2 14 RESTORE POINTERS code 03 3 9 3 2 15 SAVE DATA POINTER 02 3 9 2 3 SCSLBUS STATUS 25559559 RE ee hg eee E 3 10 3 31 Good ner Red 3 10 3 3 2 Check Condition dcr RECESSU REP Ee 3 10 33353 BUSY Status zem od Ud Rog bs E oC eec ei dad 3 10 3 3 4 Intermediate
8. 6 16 6 2 4 1 MOVE MEDIUM CDB 6 16 6 2 4 2 ACL FACL Tables of Allowed 6 17 6 2 4 3 MOVE MEDIUM Sense Keys 6 18 6 2 5 READ ELEMENT STATUS MC command 8 6 19 6 2 5 1 READ ELEMENT STATUS CDB Description 6 19 6 2 5 2 READ ELEMENT STATUS Data 6 21 6 2 5 2 1 Element Status 6 22 6 2 5 2 2 Element Status 6 23 6 2 5 2 3 Element Descriptors 6 24 6 2 5 3 Source and Destination Elements 6 29 6 2 5 4 READ ELEMENT STATUS Sense 6 29 6 2 6 TEST UNIT READY MC command 00 6 30 6 2 6 1 TEST UNIT READY CDB 6 30 6 2 6 2 TEST UNIT READY CHECK CONDITION Status 6 30 6 2 6 3 TEST UNIT READY Sense 6 31 6 3 ADDITIONAL COMMAND INFORMATION ON MEDIUM CHANGER MODE SELECT AND MODE SENSE 5 6 32 6 3 1 Page Code 00h Device Unique Parameters 6 32 6 3 2 Page Code 1Dh Element Address 6 35 6 3 3 Page Code 1Eh Transport Geometry 6 37 6 3 4 Page Code
9. 4 117 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE 4 124 SPACE aoi ecu e S c CA Dar 4 135 TEST UNIT READY x Sie 4 138 WIR Biss E cee nea dr e 4 140 W RITESBUFEFER ES 4 144 WRITE FILEMARKS 4 150 SCSEMBSSAGES ueque CEP eer e NER ee 3 1 ABORT hick du Me d NA qa EN cue 3 2 BUS DEVICE RES ET orbe RR Ret eren lone en e es 3 2 COMMAND COMPLETE 3 2 DISCONNECT 3135 oC ED ate ws eee RA ENSIS 3 2 EXTENDED MESSAGE 3 3 IDENTIEY Certain eic e 3 7 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE 3 7 Index 6 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INDEX INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR 3 8 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE 3 8 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE WITH FLAG 3 8 MESSAGE PARITY ERROR 3 8 MESSAGE REJECT iue det peed NUNC 3 8 NO OPERATION haee Res ee Se ay IRE ERR peus 3 9 RESTORE POINTERS 3 9 SAVE DATA POINTER neut Cane ton 3 9 Synchronous Data Transfer Request
10. 4 5 DISPLAY i ed wie i ed S noU OT ep eae RO Bee M 4 8 DISPLAY CIO d e ree CROSS 4 12 DISPEAY 4 8 acie asd 4 15 INOUTIRSY 4 18 LOAD UNLOAD an ae ERRORS 4 25 LOCATE nen WEICHE e Mee ee dere uer 4 28 LOG SEE A DA us eo A ERE A ER 4 32 TOG SENS Eos EASY EIS Nee quet ein e REOR Me 4 33 LOOP WRITE TO READ 4 49 MODE SELECT os 2 R ERAT AR antag ing ute eye WE 4 51 MODE SENSE 2 2 uev ee ros ees 4 56 READY xc oie e NER cedes URN HAE 4 63 8 4 68 READ BUFFER eid ie P ENIMS 4 70 READ POSITION AC RERO 4 75 READ REVERSE Wb OG ERE M 4 80 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC 5 4 83 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE 4 89 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA 4 98 RELEASE UNIT RES EL es CERE 4 101 Report Density Support 4 105 REQUEST 5 4 103 RESERVE ELA ERE MA GE S 4 112 REWIND xti ec VEA EOS Nee v OR e 4 115 SEND DIAGNOSTIC
11. 4 60 4 3 13 4 Initiator Setup 4 60 4 3 13 5 MODE SENSE Sense 4 62 4 314 READ command 08 4 63 4 3 14 1 READ CDB 4 63 4 3 14 2 READ CHECK CONDITION Status 4 64 4 3 14 3 READ Sense 4 66 4 3 15 READ BLOCK LIMITS command 05 4 68 4 3 15 1 READ BLOCK LIMITS CDB Description 4 68 4 3 15 2 READ BLOCK LIMITS Sense 4 69 4 3 16 READ BUFFER command 4 70 4 3 16 1 READ BUFFER CDB 4 70 vi C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE CHAPTER 4 3 17 4 3 18 4 3 19 4 3 20 4 3 21 4 3 22 4 3 23 4 3 24 C144 E019 03EN TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED TITLE PAGE 4 3 16 2 READ BUFFER Sense 4 74 READ POSITION command 34 4 75 4 3 17 1 READ POSITION CDB 4 75 4 3 17 2 READ POSITION Return 4 76 4 3 17 3 Description of Block ID 4 78 4 3 17 4 READ POSITION Sense 4 79 READ REVERSE comma
12. 4 12 4 3 4 1 DISPLAY CDB Description 10 4 12 4 3 4 2 Display Data 10 4 13 4 3 4 3 DISPLAY Sense Keys 10 4 14 4 3 5 BRASEcommand 19h co RR doe rr 4 15 4 3 5 1 ERASE CDB 4 15 423 52 ERASE Sensei ec soe CECI E CER 4 16 4 3 6 INQUIRY command 12 4 18 4 3 6 1 INQUIRY CDB Description 4 18 4 3 6 2 INQUIRY CHECK CONDITION 4 19 144 019 03 TABLE CONTENTS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 4 3 6 3 Inquiry 4 19 4 3 6 4 INQUIRY Sense 4 24 4 57 LOAD UNLOAD command 4 25 4 3 7 1 LOAD UNLOAD CDB 4 25 4 3 7 2 LOAD UNLOAD CHECK CONDITION Status 4 26 4 3 7 3 LOAD UNLOAD Sense 4 27 4 3 8 LOCATE command 2 4 28 4 3 8 1 LOCATE CDB 4 28 4 3 8 2 LOCATE CHECK CONDITION 4 31 4 3 8 3 LOCA TE Sense 22022222223 Re Ee eer
13. A Z e 92 me 5 10 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS 5 2 6 Device Configuration Parameters Table 5 12 Page 10h Device Configuration Parameters BITS MODE SENSE BYTES 7 6 5 3 2 1 DEFAULT VALUES Reserved Page Code Additional Page Length Reserved Active Format Active Partition Write Buffer Full Ratio Read Buffer Empty Ratio Write Delay Time Reserved AVC SOCF Gap Size 00h MODE SELECT SENSE EOD Defined EEG SEW Reserved 00h Buffer Size at Early Warning 060000h Select Data Compression Algorithm Olh Reserved 00h The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command Note Changeable fields in the page are shaded NOTE The only fields that may be modified in this page are Read Buffer Empty Ratio the SOCF field Read Buffer Empty Ratio the RBO bit and the Select Data Compression Algorithm field On a MODE SENSE command only these fields are reported as changeable April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 11 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 5 13 Page 10h Device Configuration Parameters Field Description DESCRIPTION The Active Format field indicates the format that is to be used to record on that medium This field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero
14. 5 7 Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters 5 4 P ge Cod s pen GE ped Poe eee ee 5 1 Vendor Unique Parameter 222222220204 4 2004006 5 2 ModeSense Initiator Setup Lev EE ds tek eee ie Bs eke as 4 60 MTU Additional Information MODE SELECT AND MODE SENSE COMMANDS 5 1 VPD INQUIRY CHANGE DEFINITION 5 17 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS H 1 O Off Line Diagnostic ae Se XU ER et ee ede wa hal Oe 8 19 Help Information Display 8 23 ed Acie a ea e mU EU UH 8 19 Remote Maintenance RS 232 Interface 8 20 se oe hans be one tie ordeo e RI DOR RU uere a lat 8 52 Operation Beh AS ee I Se NS la 2 1 Index 4 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAGNETIC TAPE 2 2 Data Buffer ga et ges weil as 2 2 Data Path c eor ts BOSS Ss Euer Voss Be 2 2 ERDC Compression Feature 2 2 Inn c 2 4 Microprocessor 2 3 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT Rer eI CER EET 2 4 Airless Tape Path seo M RAT Re do 2 4 Read and Write Electronics
15. 8 47 8 11 5 1 Bottom Cover 8 47 8 11 5 2 Bottom Cover 8 47 8 11 6 DTC PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures 8 48 8 11 6 1 DTC PCBA Removal 8 48 8 11 6 2 DTC PCBA 8 48 8 117 Threader Assembly Remove and Replace Procedures 8 50 8 11 7 1 Threader Assembly Removal 8 50 8 11 7 2 Threader Assembly 8 50 8 11 8 Loader Assembly Remove and Replace 8 51 8 11 8 1 Loader Assembly 1 8 51 8 11 8 2 Loader Assembly 8 51 8 11 9 OP PCA Remove and Replace 8 52 8 11 9 OP PCA 8 52 8 11 9 2 OP PCA 8 52 8 11 10 Power Supply PSU Remove and Replace 8 53 8 11 10 1 Power Supply 1 8 53 8 11 10 2 Power Supply 8 53 8 11 11 SVL PCBA Remove and Replace 8 54 8 11 11 1 SVL PCBA
16. 4 137 4 3 30 TEST UNIT READY command 00 4 138 4 3 30 1 TEST UNIT READY CDB 4 138 4 3 30 2 TEST UNIT READY CHECK CONDITION Status 4 138 4 3 30 3 TEST UNIT READY Sense 4 139 4 3 31 WRITEcommand 4 140 4 3 31 1 WRITE CDB Description 4 140 4 3 31 2 WRITE CHECK CONDITION Status 4 140 4 3 31 3 WRITE Sense 4 143 4 3 32 WRITE BUFFER command 4 144 4 3 32 1 WRITE BUFFER CDB 4 144 4 3 32 2 WRITE BUFFER CHECK CONDITION Status 4 148 4 3 32 3 WRITE BUFFER Sense 4 149 4 3 33 WRITE FILEMARKS command 10 4 150 4 3 33 1 WRITE FILEMARKS CDB Description 4 150 Vili C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 4 3 33 2 WRITE FILEMARKS CHECK CONDITION Status 4 151 4 3 33 3 WRITE FILEMARKS Sense Keys 4 152 4 4 COMMAND 5 4 153 4 5 SCSIRESET rei p Wedded ite eb RE 4 153 5 TAPE UNIT
17. 4 127 Table 4 119 Page 80h Online Diagnostic Test Page 4 128 Table 4 120 Page 81h Manufacturing Online Diagnostic Test 4 129 Table 4 121 Page Code 81h Field 4 129 Table 4 122 Page 90 9Fh MTU Online Diagnostic Test 4 131 Table 4 123 Page Code 90 9Fh Field 4 131 Table 4 124 Diagnostic Parameter 161 4 133 Table 4 125 SPACE Field 4 135 Tablet 126 Gode Field bo Mk ES ce e ERES 4 135 Table 4 127 TEST UNIT READY Field 4 138 Table 4 128 WRITE Field 4 140 Table 4 129 WRITE BUFFER Field 4 145 Table 4 130 WRITE BUFFER 4 145 Table 4 131 Supported Buffer ID Values for Vendor Unique and Write Data Modes 4 146 Table 4 132 WRITE FILEMARKS Field 4 150 Table 4 133 WRITE FILEMARK Command Operations 4 151 Table 5 1 Pape Codes rU
18. 4 43 Table 4 40 Log Sense Page 31h Track Error 5 4 44 Table 4 41 LOOP WRITE TO READ Field 4 49 Table 4 42 SELECT Field Description 4 51 Table 4 43 MODE SELECT Parameter List 4 52 Table 4 44 MODE SELECT Parameter 4 52 Table 4 45 MODE SELECT Parameter Header Field Description 4 52 Table 4 46 Buffered Mode 2 4 53 Table 4 47 Block Descriptor acp wore ee Sea er eae e eau 4 53 Table 4 48 Block Descriptor Field Description 4 53 Table 4 49 Page Descriptors i440 an eb atu 4 54 Table 4 50 Page Descriptor Field Description 4 54 Table 4 51 SENSE Field Description 4 56 Table4 52 PC Field i secet Ree ee Web Ge UR epp 4 57 Table 4 53 SENSE Data Header 4 57 Table 4 54 MODE SENSE Data Header Field 4 58 Table 4 55 Buffered Mode Description 4 58 Table 4 56 Block Descriptor soci og ce ews eh eg alk RR 4 5
19. 2 These messages are sent by either the initiator or the target to establish the physical path connection between an initiator and target for a particular logical unit The logical unit number addresses one of up to eight physical or virtual devices attached to a target Bit 7 This bit is set to one to distinguish an IDENTIFY message from other messages Bit6 This bit is only set to one by the initiator to grant the target the privilege of disconnecting If this bit is zero the target does not disconnect This bit is set to zero if sent by the target Refer ence sections 8 6 ERROR RECOVERY PROCEDURES and 4 4 COMMAND DISCON NECTION for additional information on this bit Bit 5 LUNTAR 0 to specify target LUN in bits 2 0 Bits 4 3 Reserved Bits 2 0 These bits specify a LUN in a target Only one logical unit number is identified for any one selection sequence a second IDENTIFY mes sage with a new logical unit number is not issued before the bus is released BUS FREE phase The initiator may send one or more IDENTIFY messages during a selection sequence However the logi cal unit number in any additional IDENTIFY messages is the same as the logical unit number speci fied in the first IDENTIFY message sent by the initiator When sent from a target to an initiator during reconnection an implied RESTORE POINTERS mes sage is performed by the initiator prior to completion of this message 3 2 7 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE c
20. UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 107 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION A page format PF bit of one indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters defined by ANSI standard X3 131 1994 are used The PF bit specifies the parameter list consists of zero or more diagnostic pages and that the data returned by subse quent RECEIVED DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command shall use the diagnostic page format A PF bit of 0 indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTICS parameters are vendor specific When the Self Test bitis 1 the PF bit can be 0 or 1 and the parameter list length must be 0 When the Self Test bit is 0 and the PF bit is 0 the parameter list length must be 0 or 16 The Parameter List Length field specifies the length in bytes of the SEND DIAG NOSTIC parameter list to be transferred from the initiator to the target Table 4 108 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Field Description Overview PARAMETER ROUTINE SELFTEST DEVOFL UNITOFL LIST LENGTH SelfTest BA 7 Z 3 A a Z H 0 4 118 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 108 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Field Description Overview Continued PARAMETER LIST LENGTH ROUTINE SELFTEST DEVOFL UNITOFL NOTE An X denotes don t care 4 3 27 2 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CONDITION Status reser
21. 1 1 1 3 CONFIGURATIONS ics REDE RES E esed 1 1 1 3 L Rackemount a EUER CU 1 2 1 3 2 Desktop 1 3 1 4 UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS 14 1 4 1 Unpack the M2488 Tape Drive 14 1 4 2 Unpack the Automatic Cartridge 1 5 1 4 3 Unpack the Flush mounted Automatic Cartridge Loader 1 6 1 5 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION CARNE Se RUE 1 7 1 5 1 Inspect the M2488 Tape 1 7 1 5 2 Inspect thei iE eh bee Doth tats 1 7 1 9 3 Inspect the sexo MEI RR pucr ges 1 7 1 6 ASSEMBLY 6 1 8 1 6 1 General Installation and Assembly 8 1 9 1 6 1 1 Air Flow and Service 1 9 1 6 2 Interface Personality Module Installation 1 9 1 6 3 Cable and Power Connections 1 10 1 6 4 Desktop Installation Instructions 1 11 E641 Tools Req ied eto EROS ER Ue 1 11 16 4 2 Tape Drive Only ove ED ES RD 1 11 1 6 4 3 Drive with ACL Attached 5 Cartridge Magazine 1 11 1 6 4 4 Drive wit
22. 3 3 Wide Data Transfer 3 5 SCSIRESELD GE NU EAS 4 153 SCSLTRANSEER RATES essa sod hud go ela Een 1 ecu i cee nth gdh tebe ENS 8 25 SENSE DATA ume ute Wee as RE AERE pede 8 4 Error Code Sense Format 8 4 Sense Information Bytes 20 43 8 9 SENSE KEYS 4 e PEE eal reiten 1 SOME c ih Gn wile iR p P 8 54 Pape UN bo Agee deed ots 4 1 Tape Path Cleaning 8 35 TAPE PROCESSING ee PE bea EET 7 1 CHANGING MODE PARAMETERS Initiator Setup cicero so RE er He RUPES 7 1 TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS 5 1 SIDE 4 1 Top COVER 5 uc See CoE IRATUS AUR ee 8 46 U UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS 1 4 Automatic Cartridge 1 5 Flush mounted Automatic Cartridge Loader 1 6 M2488 ii esis eee ae M Eu eR ER 1 4 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A Index 7 INDEX M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE In
23. 81 Manufacturing Online Diagnostic Test Page BITS zs 0 Page code 81h Reserved bits are set to zero Page Length 001Eh Manufacturing Routine number Execute Count EDRC Compression Mode Block Delay ms Block Length KB Block Count Block Data Pattern Data Pattern Increment Block Number Space Count Write Filemark Count 28 33 Reserved All bits are set to zero Description of fields in Page Code 81h Table 4 121 Page Code 81h Field Description 2 2 a Z H 0 DESCRIPTION Page Code for Manufacturing Online Diagnostics Manufacturing Routine number refer to Chapter 8 for a list of Manufacturing rou tines Execute Count The number of times to repeat the Manufacturing Online Diagnostic Routine A value of 0 indicates that the diagnostic will repeat until one of the follow ing conditions is met a SCSI BUS RESET is issued the initiator ABORTS this com mand or a failure is detected during the execution of the Manufacturing Online Diagnostic April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 129 gt a Z H 0 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 121 Page Code 81h Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION A value of 0 indicates EDRC Compacted data transfer mode is used A value of 1 is used to select EDRC Clea
24. Read Data Check A permanent read error has occurred Display Check A Display command was received while a drive check message is displayed Write Data Check Buffered data could not be written on the tape successfully ERP has tried to erase gaps and rewrites but could not complete the write operation A permanent error occurred when trying to write data an IBG or a tape mark on the tape attempts to retry the operation have been completed but unsuccessfully Attempt to read back ward an EDRC packet Host recovery should perform a read forward followed by a backspace block com mand Command Reject An undefined command op code has been issued Control information is improper Write ID Mark Check The ID mark could not be written successfully at the BOT Any data to be written to the drive is still in the buffer Buffered Log Data Present Permanent Equip ment Check The statistical counters have overflowed and a Request log command should be issued Either the control unit cannot recover because an error occurred in the subsystem hard ware or microprogram or the control unit recovery action was unsuccessful Data Security Erase Command Failure The drive became not ready after the command was issued or an error occurred while the command was processing Not Capable BOT error File Protected Tape Void Either a density mark could not be read correctly or the Blo
25. Table F 12 Routine 10 EDRC Control Signals Diagnostic Error Codes Table F 13 Routine 11 EDRC Data Buffers Diagnostic Error Table F 14 Routine 12 EDRC Address Bus Diagnostic Error Table F 15 Routine 13 EDRC Error Detection Diagnostic Error Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Table F 17 Routine 50 AM Tones Test Error Table F 18 Routine 51 Incrementing Block Length Test Error Codes Table F 19 Routine 80 Servo Diagnostic Error Codes Table F 20 Routine 80 Test 06 Servo ACL Error Codes in Sense Byte 19 Table F 21 Routine 80 Test 06 Servo FACL Error Codes in Sense Byte 19 Table F 22 Routine 81 Manufacturing Test Diagnostic Error Table F 23 Routine 82 Magnetic Tape Unit Diagnostic Error Codes Table F 24 Routine 83 Operator Control Panel Diagnostic Error Codes Table F 25 Routine 90 Tape Drive Diagnostic Error C144 E019 03EN LIST OF TABLES xxili LIST OF TABLES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE LIST OF TABLES CONTINUED TABLE TITLE PAGE Table G 1 SCSI Transfer Rates for 20 2 G 1 xxiv C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CHAPTER 1 INSTALLATI
26. e mex ase eae 4 78 Table 4 74 READ REVERSE Field Description 4 80 Table 4 75 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Field 4 83 Table 4 76 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Length 4 84 xviii C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE Table 4 77 Table 4 78 Table 4 79 Table 4 80 Table 4 81 Table 4 82 Table 4 83 Table 4 84 Table 4 85 Table 4 86 Table 4 87 Table 4 88 Table 4 89 Table 4 90 Table 4 91 Table 4 92 Table 4 93 Table 4 94 Table 4 95 Table 4 96 Table 4 97 Table 4 98 Table 4 99 Table 4 100 Table 4 101 Table 4 102 Table 4 103 Table 4 104 Table 4 105 Table 4 106 Table 4 107 Table 4 108 Table 4 109 Table 4 110 Table 4 111 Table 4 112 Table 4 113 Table 4 114 Table 4 115 Table 4 116 Table 4 117 LIST OF TABLES LIST OF TABLES CONTINUED TITLE PAGE Diagnostic Page Codes 4 85 Receive Diagnostic Results Page General Form 4 85 Page 00h Supported Diagnostic Pages 4 85 Page 80h Online Diagnostic Test 4 86 Page 80h Field 4 86 Online Diagnostic Results data Parameter 16 4 87 Parameter List Field
27. 4 150 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 133 WRITE FILEMARK Command Operations OPERATION Write requested filemarks to tape BUFFER IMMED MODE BIT Oh non buffered TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS mode Illegal ILLEGAL REQUEST sense data will be presented 1h 2h buffered modes Buffer new filemarks for write and then write all previously buffered data and filemarks to tape This is the Buffer Mode reported by the MODE SENSE command It is contained in the device specific parameter byte of the mode parameter header Buffer new filemarks for write un E is m BA m 2 4 3 33 2 WRITE FILEMARKS CHECK CONDITION Status If the Valid bit is set to 1 of Sense data for a CHECK CONDITION presented for a WRITE FILEMARKS command then the Information field in the Sense data is set as follows BUFFER MODE non buffered buffered buffered BLOCK MODE fixed variable INFORMATION FIELD Contains the number of new filemarks that were not written Contains the number of buffered blocks and buffered filemarks and new filemarks that were not written Contains the number of buffered bytes and buffered filemarks and new filemarks that were not written When the WRITE FILEMARKS command is received the tape unit tries to determine if there is a reason why all of the requested filemarks can t be written The tape unit will check i
28. 3 10 3 3 5 Reservation Conflict Status 3 11 4 TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 1 4 1 INTRODUCTION nl IRE RI SUR ERIS UO ES tse 4 1 4 2 LOGICAL UNITS AND 5 5 8 4 4 21 Target ID ete ba etd dee Ne NE men oho ERES 4 1 42 2 gt Initiator p ERES 4 1 422 3 Tape LUN UR AO Be USE 4 1 4 2 4 Media Changer 4 4 1 42 9 PUN te el oe E 4 1 4 3 M2488 5 5 8 4 2 4 3 1 Command Description Block 4 4 4 3 2 CHANGE DEFINITION command 40 4 5 4 3 2 1 CHANGE DEFINITION CDB 4 5 4 3 2 2 CHANGE DEFINITION 4 6 4 3 2 3 CHANGE DEFINITION CHECK CONDITION Status 4 7 4 3 2 4 CHANGE DEFINITION Sense Keys 4 7 4 3 3 DISPLAY command CFh 1118 4 8 4 3 3 1 DISPLAY CDB Description 11 4 8 4 3 3 2 Display Data 1 4 9 4 3 3 3 DISPLAY Sense Keys 1 4 11 4 3 4 DISPLAY command CFh 108
29. Reserved Reserved Reserved Parameter List Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 6 4 MODE SELECT Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code A Save Pages SP bit of zero indicates the target shall perform the specified MODE SELECT operation and shall not save any pages in non volatile memory An SP bit of one indicates that the target shall perform the specified MODE SELECT operation and shall save to a non volatile location all the savable pages sent during the DATA OUT phase A PF bit of 0 or 1 both indicate that the Mode Select parameters are structured as pages of related parameters as defined by the ANSI standard 6 6 The parameter list length field specifies the length in bytes of the MODE SELECT parameter list to be transferred from the initiator to the target A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data is transferred This condition is not an error CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS March 1997 For both an ACL or a FACL the target will perform the MODE SELECT command even if the Medium Changer LUN is NOT READY If the target completes a MODE SELECT command successfully it generates a Unit Attention Condition for all initiators except the one that issued the MODE SELECT command The addi tional sense code reported for the Unit Attention Condition is MODE PARAMETERS CHANGED The
30. a UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 23 Default Vendor and Product Identification Fields CONTROLLER VENDOR ID PRODUCT ID LUN PRODUCT ID FUJITSU 2488 single ended SCSI interface M2488D differential SCSI interface FUJITSU M2488 single ended M2488A 11 ACL Medium Changer SCSI interface M2488A 12 FACL Medium Changer M2488D differential M2488A11 ACL Medium Changer SCSI interface M2488A 12 FACL Medium Changer Unknown or not FUJITSU M2488 single ended 1 e all ASCII spaces connected SCSI interface gt a M2488D differential SCSI interface 4 3 6 4 INQUIRY Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure e g transfer of INQUIRY data failed due to hardware failure 2 Inquiry data could not be read from NVRAM due to a hardware error 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the INQUIRY com mand 2 The bit in the INQUIRY CDB is zero but the Page Code field is not zero 3 An unsupported VPD page was requested the INQUIRY CDB 4 A VPD page was requested from a LUN device type that is unknown or not connected 5 Flag bit in the INQUIRY CDB was set an
31. 2 E 20 ua G 2 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS H 1 H 2 H 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 1997 APPENDIX MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS This appendix contains the Magnetic Tape Unit MTU DIAG Specifications SCSI RS 232C OUTLINE For the M2488 test routines such as DIAGs for the life test and evaluation are provided in the servo microcode Some routines that are used for factory automatic testing are provided as DIAGs This specifications describes how to activate the routines through SCSI or RS 232C interfaces and how to output the execution result HOW TO EXECUTE THE DIAG SCSI interface Activate the MTU DIAG from the SCSI interface using the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Output the DIAG execution result data using the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command The parameter for activating the MTU DIAG requires 480 bytes When the DIAG has been completed 512 bytes of data are transferred as the execution result RS 232C interface The MTU DIAG is activated from the RS 232C interface using an exclusive command The DIAG execution result data is also output to the RS 232C using the exclusive command The MTU DIAG activation parameter requires 480 bytes After the DIAG has been completed 512 bytes of data is transferred with the results How to execute the DIAG for the MTU The CP executes the DIAG for the MTU as follows 1 Tra
32. Step 1 At the press and hold the TEST and UNLOAD push button simultaneously until DIAG MODE is displayed Step 2 Press the START push button until FACTORY is displayed Note SHIFT START may be pushed one time Step 2 Press the TEST pushbutton Step3 first option FO FACTO is displayed Press TEST will allow changing this setting if the unit is in factory mode Step 4 Press the START push button or SHIFT START keys to select other factory options described as follows Table 8 23 describes the factory menu options and settings Table 8 23 Factory Menu Options and Settings Description DEFAULT OPTION SETTINGS DESCRIPTION INITIAL SETTINGS F0 FMODEO Factory mode setting 0 presently not used F1 FMODE1 Factory mode setting 1 presently not used F2 FMODE2 N A Factory mode setting 2 presently not used F3 FMODE3 N A Factory mode setting 3 presently not used F4 MTIME MTIME Tape motion time in seconds Eight digit hexadecimal number F5 PTIME PTIME Number of minutes the M2488 has been powered on Eight digit hexadecimal number F6 SRNUM SRNUM Serial number of M2488 represented by 16 ASCII character string Unused factory setting menu item G8 FMODE DISABLE Factory mode is disabled Press START key to move to ENABLE ENABLE Press TEST PWz 27 lt is displayed G9 XXXXX Unused factory setting menu item G10 WTROM Write to the settings
33. Table D 2 Formatter Error Recovery DESCRIPTION Unknown cause write trap Byte count not zero Write FMT error reg WER not zero xx bit 0 Don t care bit 1 Customer data CRC error bit 2 CRC write error bit 3 DRC write error bit 4 VRC write error bit 5 Write formatter path error bit 6 Write trigger VRC error bit 7 Don t care Can t reset RBE Can t detect RDEND Can t reset WER register Can t reset RDE CRS or WES register time out after DBOB WRITE D 2 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE FAULT SYMPTOM CODES Table D 2 Formatter Error Recovery Continued DESCRIPTION PHOK not reset after RDEND Invalid TM WRAP or ERS RSVP reports unexpected mark ERASE error recovery failure PHOK time out after DBOB Block not found error block Backward search Retry Count expired Forward search Retry Count expired Wrap signal lost on Read No continuous found on Read wrap Not enough total wrap mark detected on Read Can t reset timer carry signal Can t reset WBEND Can t reset WCNE WBEND not on before prescribed time at WIDS WBEND time out Back into BOT Invalid command End of Data Mark Slow or no GAP OUT acknowledge GAP OUT up before setting GAP OUT did not reset Locate Parm error Slow begin Slow end before DPOST WRITE Slow end be
34. 4 114 4 3 26 REWIND command 01 4 115 4 3 26 1 REWIND CDB Description 4 115 4 3 26 2 REWIND CHECK CONDITION 4 115 4 3 26 3 REWIND Sense 4 116 4 3 27 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 4 117 4 3 27 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Description 4 117 4 3 27 2 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CHECK CONDITION Status 4 119 4 3 27 3 Diagnostic Pages 4 119 4 3 27 4 Diagnostic Parameter List 0 4 122 4 3 27 5 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Sense 4 123 4 3 28 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE command 1Dh 4 124 4 3 28 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB 4 124 4 3 28 2 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE CHECK CONDITION Stat co ER ae 4 126 4 3 28 3 Diagnostic Pages 4 126 4 3 28 4 Diagnostic Parameter List 0 4 132 4 3 28 5 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Sense 4 134 4 3 29 SPACE command 11 4 135 4 3 29 1 SPACE CDB Description 4 135 4 3 29 2 SPACE CHECK CONDITION Status 4 136 4 3 29 3 SPACE Sense
35. 46 53 MTU servo Microcode Checksum VENDOR UNIQUE RESERVED BYTES 54 55 Reserved vendor unique ANSI RESERVED BYTES Reserved VENDOR SPECIFIC PARAMETERS BYTES 96 103 CONTROLLER MICROCODE CHECKSUM INFORMATION 96 103 Controller Microcode Checksum 4 20 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 19 INQUIRY Data Format Field Description DESCRIPTION The Peripheral Device Type and Peripheral Qualifier fields identify the physical device currently connected to the logical unit The Peripheral Qualifier is described in Table 4 20 and the Peripheral Device Type is described in Table 4 21 Table 4 22 shows the possible combinations of peripheral qualifiers and device types generated based on which LUN the INQUIRY command is sent to In the case where INQUIRY data byte 0 is 7Fh i e an unknown or no device type is connected to this LUN the logical unit product ID bytes 24 31 will contain ASCII spaces 20h The Device type Modifier field is not supported and is returned as all zeroes The RMB Removable Medium bit is set to one indicating that the medium is remov able The ANSI approved version field of 2h indicates this device complies to the ANSI SCSI 2 standard X3 131 1994 version 10L Zero codes in the ISO version and ECMA version fields indicate no compliance is claimed with the ISO version of SCSI ISO 9316 or the ECMA version of SCSI
36. ERE DUC Reserved Page Code Additional Page Length Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes Table 6 8 Page Descriptor Field Description BYTE VALUE DESCRIPTION The Page Code field identifies the format and parameters for that page For Medium Changer LUNs this controller supports page 1Dh Element Address Assignments 1Eh Transport Geometry Parameters 1Fh Device Capabilities Page and 00h Vendor Unique Parameters When using a MODE SELECT command the PS Parameters Savable bit is reserved and must be zero The additional page length indicates the number of bytes in that page The additional page length field value does not include bytes 0 and 1 of that page the page code and additional page length fields respectively If the initiator sends an incorrect length in the Page Length field or sends page fields with values that are not supported by the target or are not changeable the target returns a CHECK CONDI TION status with the sense key field set to ILLEGAL REQUEST in the sense data In this case no parameters are changed by this command March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 9 MODE SELECT MODE SELECT MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 2 2 4 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE For more information on the Medium Changer Mode Parameters see section 6 3 on page 6 32 MODE SELECT MC Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CO
37. March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 37 MODE SELECT SENSE MODE SELECT SENSE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 3 4 Page Code 1Fh Device Capabilities Table 6 48 ACL Page Code 1Fh Device Capabilities Drs PESENSE DEFAULT Epa ins ea ad vas ES Additional Page Length Reserved StorDT Ob StorIE Ob StorST 1b StorMT 1b served MT DT Reserved Ob Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Key MT Medium Transport Element ST Storage Element IE Import Export Element DT Data Transfer Element The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command NOTE All fields are reported as NOT changeable The default values are shown in the table Reserved fields always have a default value of Zero For more information about how the Device Capabilities page can be used for MOVE MEDIUM operations see Table 6 16 for XCL allowed moves An XX bit value of one indicates that the Medium Changer supports MOVE MEDIUM com mands where the source element is type XX and the destination element is type YY The following sources and destinations are supported ST gt DT Select cartridge from magazine and load cartridge into tape unit ST IE Unload magazine ST ST Move cartridge in magazine to empty slot in magazine 6 38 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER
38. Operator Control Panel display Scrolling message not acknowledged within test allotted time General message first half not acknowledged within allotted time General message flash first half not acknowl edged within allotted time General message last half not acknowledged within allotted time General message flash last half not acknowl edged within allotted time General message alternating first last half not acknowledged within allotted time Blinking character message not acknowl edged within allotted time Operator Control Panel tape LED Correct tape position LED sequence not test acknowledged within allotted time Operator Control Panel drive LED Correct operation of SELECT LED not test acknowledged within allotted time Correct operation of COMPRESSION LED not acknowledged within allotted time April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 77 un un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 25 Routine 90 Tape Drive Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE All Drive Diag tests DESCRIPTION A DVL card was not detected This routine requires that the DTC card be properly con nected to a DVL card Error transferring diagnostic parameters through the Shared RAM interface Error receiving diagnostic results through the Shared RAM interface MFG mode only Drive Diag
39. Phase OK not reset Failed to Detect Write Block End Loop Write to Read 0 test 18 Failed to Detect IBG check INLWR or track DBLK April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 51 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE Loop Write to Read 0 test 18 track DESCRIPTION Failed to Detect DBOB check DBLK Failed to Detect Phase OK Failed to Detect Preamble check RDSTT Failed to Detect Postamble Failed to Detect Read End Phase OK not reset Failed to Detect Write Block End LWRO EDRC Data 36 track Failed to Detect IBG check INLWR or DBLK Failed to Detect DBOB check DBLK Failed to Detect Phase OK Failed to Detect Preamble check RDSTT Failed to Detect Postamble Failed to Detect Read End Phase OK not reset Failed to Detect Write Block End PF_BID Xreg expected data not equal to received data PF_PSCT Xreg expected data not equal to received data PFHD_ID Xreg expected data not equal to received data PFOFST Xreg expected data not equal to received data PFTRL_LN Xreg expected data not equal to received data PF_FLAG Xreg expected data not equal to received data PF_ALG Xreg expected data not equal to received data PF13 Xreg ex
40. gt List Error history Node n 1 gt Set loop count to T at n Options o l clels Options for all tests or loop count at node n Quit Quit Diagnostics Run gt Run entire test list times 1 default 0 forever KEY routine number HEX t test number HEX 1 loop count byte 1 default to 254 times or 0 to loop test forever n node number x end node number continue on error stop on error display errors e suppress error display 5 display status s suppress status Off Line diagnostic command help macros Diagnostic Help Macros Macros are an easy way to build and run a list of diagnostics routines and tests Macros are executed by entering RUN macro name run count VALID MACRO NAMES ACL ACL FACL test without magazine MAG ACL FACL test with magazine ALL ACL FACL test list both with and without magazine COMB All LWR In line tests MTC Controller test list MTU Drive test without cartridge MTU CART Drive test with cartridge MTU ALL Drive test list both with and without cartridge LOAD Load cartridge UNLOAD Unload cartridge Off Line diagnostic command help notes Diagnostic Help Notes NOTES 1 Only the first letter case insensitive of each command is re
41. 8 5 1 521 INTRODUCTION 2 sth Bid otek site ed Go eee aes 5 1 5 2 ADDITIONAL COMMAND INFORMATION ON MTU MODE SELECT AND MODE SENSE 6 5 1 5 2 1 The Parameters Savable 5 1 5 2 2 Vendor Unique Parameter 5 2 5 2 3 Error Recovery and Reporting 5 4 5 2 4 Disconnect Reconnect Control Parameters 5 7 5 2 5 Common Device Type Control 5 9 5 2 6 Device Configuration 5 11 322 1 Density Code 28B cre EAE E E EUER 5 14 5 2 7 1 M2488 Operation When Density Code 28h Is Not Configured 5 15 5 2 7 2 M2488 Operation When Density Code 28h Is Configured 5 15 5 3 MTU INQUIR Y CHANGE DEFINITION VITAL PRODUCT DATA PAGES 5 17 5 3 1 General VPD Page 5 17 5 3 2 Supported VPD Pages Page 00 5 19 5 3 3 Unit Serial Number Page Page 80 5 19 5 3 4 Implemented Operating Definition Page 81 5 20 5 3 5 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page Page 82h 5 21 5 3 6 Unit Usage Page Page
42. A Default Deflt bit of zero indicates this density is not the default density of the logical unit A Deflt bit of one indicates this density is the default density of the logical unit A Dup bit of zero indicates this primary density code has exactly one DENSITY SUPPORT data block A Dup bit of one indicates this primary density code is specified in more than one DENSITY SUPPORT data block A Write OK WrtOK bit of zero indicates the logical unit support for this den sity does not include writing to the media A WItOK bit of one indicates the logical unit is capable of writing this density to either the currently mounted medium Media bit in is set to one or b for some media Media bit in CDB is set to zero The Bits per mm field indicates the number of bits per millimeter per track as recorded on the medium The value in this field shall be rounded up if the frac tional value of the actual value is greater than or equal to 0 5 A value of zero indicates the number of bits per millimeter does not apply to this logical unit Direct comparison of this value between different vendors possible prod ucts is discouraged since the definition of bits may vary REPORT DENSITY The Media Width field indicates the width of the medium supported by this den sity This field has units of tenths of millimeters The value in this field shall be rounded up if the fractional value of the actual value is greater than or e
43. April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 3 11 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 1 4 2 1 4 2 2 4 2 3 4 2 4 4 2 5 April 1997 CHAPTER 4 TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the commands and messages for the M2488 The following information is located in this chapter 4 2 LOGICAL UNITS AND SCSI IDS 4 3 M2488 TAPE SCSI COMMANDS 4 4 COMMAND DISCONNECTION 4 5 SCSI RESET LOGICAL UNITS AND SCSI IDS Target ID The default target ID for the M2488 tape drive is Oh The target ID can be configured to any value 0 through 7 not used by another device connected to the SCSI bus The target ID is configured via the operator panel as described in Chapter 6 Initiator ID When installed with a WIDE IPM Interface Personality Module having 68 pins the tape unit will recognize initiators with ID s 0 through 15 When installed with a 50 pin NARROW IPM the tape unit will recognize initiators with ID s 0 through 7 Tape LUN 0 The default Logical Unit Number LUN assigned to the tape drive is 0 Media Changer LUN 4 The default Logical Unit Number LUN assigned to an attached media changer MC is 4 The attached medium changer may be either and ACL or FACL LUN The LUN for the tape drive and attached medium changer may be configured to any value from 0 through 7 The tape drive LUN value must not be the same as the MC LUN value The LUN value is configured via the operator panel as de
44. DTC DTC 68 pin not used 50 pin Head 40 pin FPC April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 39 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 8 1 M2488 Interconnects Continued CABLE CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION TYPE CNJ90B 40 pin FPC CNJ22 20 pin FPC 4 pin 30 pin x2 FPC Z Z Q EA 7 40 pin FPC 40 pin FPC 40 pin FPC 40 pin FPC 40 pin FPC 40 pin FPC 8 40 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DTOUNNOOUALINI SCENES 5 5 5 1434 3 329uu02J9 U 77 9 ANZIA TAS Hod 244 V d FLOS ld ndi EW Ha JLO od 2 gc o ISUS 8 41 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 a 2 x e MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 42 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 8 2 FRUs Remove and Replace Procedures Air Filter screwdriver PARAGRAPH 8 11 1 on page 8 43 Fan Assembly 2 phillips screwdriver 8 11 2 on page 8 44 IPM all types 2 phillips screwdriver 8 11 3 on page 8 45 DTC PCBA 2 phillips screwdriver 8 11 6 on page 8 48 Threader Assembly 2 phillips screwdriver 9 32 nut driver 8 11 7 on page 8
45. EJECT test DIAG command code DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A H 19 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS EJECT test M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE name code DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve REPEAT name code DIAG command code REPEAT Ox0A DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 repeat start position 0x00 OxOF DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count repeat counter 99 reserve name code DIAG command code 0 0 or OxFF DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve H 20 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS ERROR RESET name code DIAG command code ERROR RESET command 0x70 or OxFO DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG p
46. Reserved Set aside fields for future use Default value is O for all bits Last byte of all commands Used for linked commands Consists of a link bit a flag Control bit and reserved bits Used to continue I O processes across multiple commands Creates an automatic link to the next command upon successful completion of the current command If Link 0 then no link to next command If Link 1 then an automatic link to the next command Occurs Link Bit Interrupts the initiator between linked commands Used with the link bit to specify which message is returned to the initiator when the command completes without error if Flag 0 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE message if Flag 1 LINKED COM MAND COMPLETE with Flag message Flag Bit 4 4 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 2 CHANGE DEFINITION command 40h The CHANGE DEFINITION command is used to modify the operating definition of the selected tar get with respect to all initiators This command is executed even if the Magnetic Tape Unit MTU is NOT READY It is not executed if the selected LUN is nonexistent This command is used in con junction with the INQUIRY command to change and optionally save parameters that affect the operation of the target 4 3 2 1 CHANGE DEFINITION CDB Description CHANGE DEFINITION is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 3 Common fields are described
47. SDDP HIph0l SDDP HI ph02 SDDP HI ph03 SDDP HI pho4 SDDP HI ph05 SDDP HI ph06 SDDP HI ph07 SDDP HI ph08 SDDP HI ph09 SDDP_HI ph10 SDDP HIphll 8 14 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 3 2 5 Format 4 Sense Information for Diagnostic Errors The Format 4 Sense Information for SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with SELFTEST bit setis shown in Table 8 14 and described in Table 8 15 Table 8 14 Format 04h Sense Information Diagnostic Errors Um mw 7 Interrupt Request Controller Mask IRCM Fault Symptom Code FSC Diagnostic Test List Node Number Diagnostic Routine Number Diagnostic Test Number Diagnostic Error Code Expected Value Received Value Address Reserved 00000000h Table 8 15 Format 04h Sense Information Diagnostic Errors Field Description DESCRIPTION The current state of the Interrupt Request Controller Mask IRCM in the Processor Companion Chip PCC at the time the diagnostic error was detected The Fault Symptom Code FSC indicating an error was detected while executing diagnostic tests invoked through a SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with the SELFTEST bit set The test list node number of the diagnostic test that detected an error from the list of diagnostic tests that were executing
48. Table 8 22 Operator Panel Level Menus Factory Option 92 TEST and UNLOAD pressed TEST and UNLOAD released Selection and execution of off Product Guide DIAGMODE line diagnostics Section 8 4 2 l START SETTING Access and configure user User Guide settable options Section 4 2 Y START Copy new firmware from a code User Guide LOADCODE image tape cartridge into non Section 4 3 volatile memory of M2488 4 START INQUIRY View M2488 Information User Guide Section 4 4 START Display or change selected Tape User Guide MODE PGS Unit or Medium Changer Mode Section 4 5 Pages d START TEST Change factory mode settings Product Guide FACTORY enable factory mode or enable Section 8 5 factory diagnostics 8 28 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING Navigation keys To navigate through the options settings and to make changes from the Operator Panel Press START to move forward through the options or settings It will also increment the setting num bers Press SHIFT and START to move backward through the options or settings It will also decrement the setting numbers Press RESET to move from settings to option or to leave setting mode Press TEST to move from the option to settings Press UNLOAD to select a number field for multiple digit numbers Setting Procedure 8 EA 5 un gt 2
49. 5 2 7 2 M2488 Operation When Density Code 28h Is Configured Once the DENSITY CODE 28H feature mode has been configured the Mode Select command will accept the following settings in the Density Code field Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Byte 00h Table5 15 Density Code Settings Accepted by Mode Select Command with Density Code 28h Configured DENSITY CODE DESCRIPTION Write tapes in 36T format Read tapes in 18T and 36T formats Write tapes in 36T format Read tapes in 18T and 36T formats Write tapes in 36T format Read tapes in 18T and 36T formats Retain current Density Code setting The Mode Sense command will report Density Codes in compliance with the following guide lines Table 5 16 Density Codes Reported by Mode Sense Command with DENSITY CODE 28H Configured WHEN THE FOLLOWING IS TRUE MODE SENSE WILL REPORT After a Power Up sequence while the unit is in the NOT READY state and no previous UNLOAD has been performed Density Code 238 When the unit is in the NOT READY state and a previous UNLOAD has Density Code as reported in the most been performed recent Mode Sense command Ua Z 2 e E ga E After Power Up sequence when the unit is the READY state but the tape format has not yet been determined by the unit Density Code 28h April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 15 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Tab
50. File reel tachometer phase error in backward direction File reel turns too slow un 2 un m e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES Servo command was not accepted sense information was built Servo command was accepted but failed to complete within 60 seconds Servo error occurred that was not reported as a diagnostic error Servo Diag ACL FACL test The servo command completed in error and valid sense information was built Byte 19 of the sense information which can be found in Table ACL or Table FACL gives a more detailed description of the error Medium changer not detected this test cannot be run without a medium changer attached Magazine eject failed Servo reported error occurred during ACL FACL test initialization Servo Diag Manual Sensor test Servo error reported during Manual Sensor test execution Medium changer not detected this test cannot be run without a medium changer attached Servo Diag Manual ACL test Servo error reported during Manual ACL test execution Medium changer not detected this test cannot be run without a medium changer attached April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 71 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 20 Routine 80 Test 06 Servo ACL Error Codes in Sense Byte 19 ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Sense Byte 19 for ACL Bottom stopper up and down sensors both on Bottom stopper up too f
51. Initialization timeout waiting for RSVP to reach the RSVP idle loop RSVP reported incorrect status after being reset RSVP failed to clear Response Available in the allocated time RSVP failed to set Response Available in the allocated time RSVP Alert Interrupt not set as expected RSVP failed to set data transfer or timer regis ters as expected RSVP Internal Registers test RSVP failed to set control register RCTL as expected RSVP failed to clear control register RCTL as expected Data miscompare attempting to set RSVP reg ister RDME Data miscompare attempting to clear RSVP register RDME Data miscompare attempting to set RSVP reg ister SNDA to 0x55 Data miscompare attempting to set RSVP reg ister SNDA to OxAA Data miscompare attempting to clear RSVP register SNDA Data miscompare attempting to set RSVP reg ister SNDB to 0x55 Data miscompare attempting to set RSVP reg ister SNDB to OxAA Data miscompare attempting to clear RSVP register SNDB Data miscompare attempting to set RSVP reg ister SNDC to 0x55 Data miscompare attempting to set RSVP reg ister SNDC to OxAA Data miscompare attempting to clear RSVP register SNDC F 14 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 6 Routine 4 Read Signal Verification Processor Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION
52. Ra ah ELA RENE 5 1 Table 5 2 Page 00 Vendor Unique Parameter 5 2 Table 5 3 Page 00 Vendor Unique Parameter Field Description 5 2 Table 5 4 Page 01 Error Recovery and Reporting 5 4 Table 5 5 Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters Field Description 5 4 Table 5 6 Valid Combinations of Error Recovery 5 6 Table 5 7 Page 02 Disconnect Reconnect Parameters 5 7 Table 5 8 Page 02 Disconnect Reconnect Parameters Field Description 5 7 Table 5 9 Data Transfer Disconnect 5 8 Table 5 10 Page Common Device type Control Parameters 5 9 Table 5 11 Page Common Device type Control Parameters Field Description 5 9 Table 5 12 Page 10h Device Configuration 5 11 Table 5 13 Page 10h Device Configuration Parameters Field Description 5 12 Table 5 14 Density Code Settings Accepted by Mode Select Command in Default Operation 5 15 Table 5 15 Density Code Settings Accepted by Mode Select Command with Density Code 28h Configured sede EX ex Re ER naval EUER 5 15 Table 5 16 Density Codes Reported by Mode Sense Command with DENSITY CODE 28
53. Table D 2 Formatter Error Recovery Continued DESCRIPTION RDE is not equal to 0 at RD operation in which xx Bit 0 Uncorrectable error Bit 1 Multiple track error Bit 2 Skew error Bit 3 Drop out error Bit 4 CRC error Bit 5 Postamble error Bit 6 Start read check Bit 7 End of data check Bit 0 2 MSB Bit 7 2 LSB Detected RBE on READ RSVP time out waiting for block or mark No IBG after good RDEND during readback Time out waiting for RSVP response RSVP time out during readback DID detected while block read BID Miscompare on read Invalid command sent to RSVP Read overflow detected in fdxs fdxs errors Formatter Packet Processor detected error at end of read transfer End of Transfer not detected Read sddp fdxs err crc ovrn par Read clear block on 36trk edrc tape Not a multiple of 32 bytes D 6 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE CHK XX ERROR CODES APPENDIX E CHK XX ERROR CODES 1 CODE DESCRIPTIONS Table E 1 lists the error codes and a brief description of each one Refer to Chapter 8 for an explana tion of this type of error message Table E 1 CHK xx Error Code Descriptions DESCRIPTION MICRO PROCESSOR ERROR RAM ERROR REGISTER ERROR TIMER ERROR INTERRUPT ERROR WRONG IRQ TO SERVO TOO MANY FTP INTERRUPTS TOO FEW FTP INTERRUPTS MACHI
54. The destination address specifies the location that the medium is moved to The device capabilities page XCL MODE parameters page 1Fh provides a matrix with the sup ported source element or destination element combinations for the MOVE MEDIUM command If the move addresses are valid and one of the addresses is the Data Transfer Element a synchro nize operation is performed before the media movement begins CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS The xCL supports Storage element to Storage element moves only when no cartridges are loaded in the drive Send a READ ELEMENT STATUS command before sending a MOVE MEDIUM command to determine if a move operation is possible 6 2 4 2 ACL FACL Tables of Allowed Moves The data in XCL MODE parameter pages 1Dh Element Address Assignments and 1Fh Device Capabilities define the valid MOVE MEDIUM SOURCE and DESTINATION pairs However that information is difficult to read The following table shows valid SOURCE DESTINATION pairs and the result of a MOVE MEDIUM command using a valid pair Table 6 16 XCL Allowed Moves DESTINATION SOURCE ADDRESS ADDRESS RESULT 0001h 0010h LOAD MAGAZINE 0011h 0015h LOAD CTG ACL 5 CTG MAGAZINE 0011h 0017h LOAD CTG FACL 7 CTG MAGAZINE 0011h 001Ah LOAD CTG ACL 10 MAGAZINE 0010h EJECT MAGAZINE 000Dh UNLOAD CTG TO ORIGINAL POSITION 000Dh 001Nh UNLOAD CTG TO EMPTY SLOT N M
55. There are three configurations for the rack mount M2488 drive Refer to Table 1 1 for the assembly instructions to use with your configuration Table 1 1 Rack mount Configurations ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATION EQUIPMENT REQUIRED PARAGRAPH M2488 one or two per tray Phillips screw IPM one per M2488 driver Terminator may be required AC Power Cable 110 or 220 VAC one per M2488 Rack mount tray Front panel for one M2488 or front panel for two M2488s 2488 with ACL M2488 one or two per tray Phillips screw IPM one per M2488 driver Terminator may be required Allen wrench AC Power Cable 110 or 220 VAC one per M2488 ACL Rack mount tray for M2488 with ACL Front panel for one M2488 with ACL or front panel for two M2488s with ACLs 5 or 10 Cartridge Magazine 2488 with FACL M2488 one or two per tray Phillips screw IPM one per M2488 driver Terminator may be required Allen wrench FACL AC Power Cable 110 or 220 VAC one per M2488 Rack mount tray for M2488 with FACL Front panel for one M2488 with FACL or front panel for two M2488s with FACLs 7 Cartridge Magazine one per FACL 1 2 CG00000 011503 REV April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 3 2 Desktop There are three desktop configurations for the M2488 drive Refer to Table 1 2 for the assembly instructions to use with your configuration Table 1 2 Desktop Configurations CONFIGURATION EQUIPMENT REQUIRE
56. eere bte UE TROU ERE RR ERES H 8 Index 2 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE M9CEBAN eren ERES READ WRITE sis eos Ses ea SAN as er ges Eg 25 Gee SES See Typesof Procedures gt saute ek oe te STR Ree UR eR Seeded OTI Lie o cta Reb eA TRA OR AM UAR RR ROS Tasked Go No G0 v0 os 6 oes kr EE OUR Fe Ue E EQUIPMENT INSPECTION ERPA CODES oaran Se Poe ee tees ER e Ry UR E ERE RUE RAUS ERROR MESSAGES CHK XX Lo bevebeegthb e a eS ER Ep a Diagnostic Error Initialization ERROR RECOVERY EDRGC at ue C OR AD PERALES RE M ER pads Retry Methods ea gre Dew UE RAUS ERROR RECOVERY 5 F FACTORY SEITINGS eene RR rper eer CE FAULT SYMPTOM CODES i e pe AAG Awaba d Error ice EHE REGULIS RR Formatter Error Recovery FIELD REPLACEABLE UNITS DTE PCBA Ar a ee syd eet od eA e eos 2 REPRE Neb CHE S IPM POBA iu crede eere eR ER
57. stop time name Specify a execution time of test Specify a stop time of test execute count the number of DIAG executions reserve NO CARTRIDGE LOAD UNLOAD Jtest DIAG command code DIAG parameter 1 name NO CARTRIDGE DIAG parameter 2 specifies LOADER or THREADER 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count the number of DIAG executions 0 99 999 reserve WITH CARTRIDGE LOAD UNLOAD test DIAG command code name DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 specifies loading start position 0x00 0x02 DIAG parameter 4 specifies unloading start position 0x00 0x02 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count the number of DIAG executions 0 99 999 reserve ACL LOAD UNLOAD test DIAG command code name L LOAD UNLOAD test DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 H 14 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS ACL LOAD UNLOAD test name code DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG para
58. 2 de 8 4 4 3 In line Diagnostics The types of tests performed are determined by the Selftest bit of the SEND DIAGNOSTICS com mand A selftest bit of 1 performs the default selftest as described in paragraph a A selftest bit of 0 directs the target to perform tests defined by the bytes in the parameter list as described in para graph b a Selftest The default selftest consists of the tests described in Table 8 19 Table 8 19 Selftest Description TEST DESCRIPTION PCC Timers Timer 0 2 Tests Test each timer in PCC Function and verify that it operates at 5 of normal value Parity checking Force parity errors on the CP bus and verify that an interrupt is gener ated CP Bus Tests Invalid Address Detection Attempt to access an address beyond the known address space and verify that an interrupt is generated External Register Tests Write verify to all writable registers and read all readable regis ters Verify RSVP counters and microcode timers in the chip External Register Tests Write verify to all writable registers and read all readable regis ters Data buffer DRAM Verification Write verify entire SDDP data buffer DRAM 256 bytes SDDP Tests at a time Host Packet Processor Verify that packet headers are built correctly for EDRC write and read operations EDRC Tests Verify data compression capability with canned data patterns Regist
59. 2 5 OPERATOR PANEL DISPLAYED ERROR 55 5 8 1 P Parameter Last al bold Seanad RE eR Pee RE H 10 PARTS REPLACEMENT 9 1 PERMANENT ERROR 7 3 READ ung ota C RU Oe eUam od gusce ee cedula 7 3 WRITE Rm ERE RE UR PPPHONCE REP E 7 3 PREPARATION FOR USE 2 cet Res Ree RR e 1 37 PREPARING THE M2488 AND ITS OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 8 35 PSU a wot Omer POS ete 8 53 R RIDE xxu RC EUR NC necem NUR Se aha 8 54 READ POSITION 22222522 4 75 Description of Block ID 4 78 Returi Dataa e tee UL ERE RT 4 76 READ WRITE ere aste p tx ONU ER Ee H 4 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE 4 89 Remove amp Replace Ait Falter SA Se RET 8 43 DIC PCB Asi Rd Are es 8 48 Fan Assembly 22 te bee 8 44 st RR ws es Ser 8 45 Loader Assembly ee bee PRO SA SE 8 51 OP PCA ECCL 8 52 Power Supply RR Ue rex 8 53 RDL cec E eR A REG RE S ER
60. April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 125 EA 7 Z 5 A Z H 25 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 115 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE CDB Field Description Overview Continued PARAMETER LIST LENGTH ROUTINE SELFTEST DEVOFL UNITOFL NOTE An X denotes don t care 4 3 28 2 4 3 28 3 4 126 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE CHECK CONDITION Status reserved bits must be set to zero If these bits are set to one the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST A self test bit of one directs the target to complete its default self test refer to the self test routine in Online Diagnostic Routine description in Chapter 8 If the self test is requested the parameter list length must be zero indicating that no data 15 to be transferred If it is not zero the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST If the self test successfully passes the command is ter minated with GOOD status otherwise the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is setto HARDWARE ERROR No Diagnostic Result file is prepared if the self test bit is 1 If the command completes with CHECK CONDITION the resulting sense data contains the Fault Symptom Code See Chapter 8 for a description of the sense data If the PF bit is O and the self test bit is O
61. CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE COMMAND Addr t I MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING RS 232 User Interface Commands Upon entering the Off Line diagnostic mode the command prompt OFF LINE DIAGNOSTIC COMMAND will appear At the command prompt the following commands are available Conventions used in this session commands are case insensitive and may be abbreviated by entering only the first letter of the command The lower case letters immediately following the first letter are optional Bold Commands options variables arguments and user input appear in bold type face Italic Names of variables to which values must be assigned are in italics lt gt Input typed a command line that does not appear the screen for example the return key is shown within angle brackets Optional input such as command options variables and arguments are enclosed in square brackets b RS 232 command set DESCRIPTION Add a new test to the end of the test list VARIABLES ARGUMENTS r Routine number to be added This number must be a valid rou tine number from the routines listed in the test registry see List command for more details t Test number of the routine to be added If an asterisk is entered all tests for the given routine will be added 1 Loop count number of times to repeat this test This number must be in the range between 1 and 254 If 0 is entered
62. RSVP Internal Registers test Data miscompare attempting to set RSVP reg ister TIMR to 0x55 Timeout waiting for RSVP Response Avail able after setting DSGO Order Available RSVP Alert Interrupt not set as expected after setting DSGO Order Available NWN T 242 EO OE Zw lt gt A lt Timeout waiting for RSVP Response Avail able after setting DSG1 Order Available RSVP Alert Interrupt not set as expected after setting DSG1 Order Available RSVP External Registers test Timeout waiting for RSVP Response Avail able after setting RDOP Order Available RSVP Alert Interrupt not set as expected after setting RDOP Order Available Timeout waiting for RSVP Response Avail able after setting FCNT Order Available RSVP Alert Interrupt not set as expected after setting FCNT Order Available Timeout waiting for RSVP Response Avail able after setting FCNT B Order Available RSVP Alert Interrupt not set as expected after setting FCNT B Order Available Unable to reset all register FCNT bits Timeout waiting for RSVP Response Avail able after setting CECC Order Available RSVP Alert Interrupt not set as expected after setting CECC Order Available RSVP Counters test 2 frame Carry counter error Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available RSVP Interrupts not set as expected Register CECC data miscompare after clear ing Response Avai
63. Servo Diag Loader test Loader downward motion is too slow Loader downward motion is too fast Loader upward motion is too slow Loader upward motion is too fast Servo command was not accepted sense information was built Servo command was accepted but failed to complete within 60 seconds Servo error occurred that was not reported as a diagnostic error Servo Diag Threader test Threader forward motion is too slow Threader forward motion is too fast Threader backward motion is too slow Threader backward motion is too fast Servo command was not accepted sense information was built Servo command was accepted but failed to complete within 60 seconds Servo error occurred that was not reported as a diagnostic error F 70 Servo Diag Tachometer test The machine reel tachometer is always Zo The machine reel tachometer is always 0 The machine reel tachometer is always Zu The machine reel tachometer is always 0 machine reel tachometer changed at the same time CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 19 Routine 80 Servo Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Servo Diag Tachometer test The machine reel turns too slow File reel tachometer phase error in forward direction
64. Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 65 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 17 Routine 50 Tones Test Error Codes ROUTINE DESCRIPTION 4M Tones Tests DVL card connection was not detected by the DTC A working tape was not loaded or the tape drive was not READY when the test started The tape drive is not READY un un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES Write 4M tones test The tape or magazine is FILE PRO TECTED Formatter command not accepted error Timeout waiting for Formatter Command Complete Formatter error during command execution Read backward 4M tones test Formatter command not accepted error Timeout waiting for Formatter Command Complete Formatter error during command execution Read 4M tones test Formatter command not accepted error Timeout waiting for Formatter Command Complete Formatter error during command execution F 66 CG00
65. Table 4 23 Default Vendor and Product Identification Fields Table 4 24 LOAD UNLOAD Field Table 4 25 LOCATE Field Table 4 26 Block ID Formmats 5 03204 e DR APO ES RCURUEDPEESOUNeH es Table 4 27 Block ID Format Field Table 4 28 Format Mode Table 4 29 LOG SELECT Field Description Table 4 30 LOG SENSE Field Table 4 31 Page Codes tata iu vip EU PI MERI LR Table 4 32 Log Page Table 4 33 Log Parameter Table 4 34 LOG Parameter Field C144 E019 03EN LIST OF TABLES xvii LIST OF TABLES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE LIST OF TABLES CONTINUED TABLE TITLE PAGE Table 4 35 Log Sense Page 00h Supported Log Pages 4 37 Table 4 36 Log Sense Page 00h Supported Log 4 37 Table 4 37 Log Sense Page 02h Error Counter Page Write 4 38 Table 4 38 Log Sense Page Error Counter Page 4 40 Table 4 39 Log Sense Page OCh Sequential Access Device
66. Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End un 2 un m e un Z O AND ERROR CODES RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 Reset Invalid ETP 8 RSVP failed to Respond good frms DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 59 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE LWR2 Reset Invalid ETP 8 good frms DESCRIPTION RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 Reset Invalid ET
67. Vendor ID Controller Product ID Logical Unit Product ID The following fields defined for this page are stored in NVRAM and are maintained across power cycles and resets These fields correspond to bytes 8 through 31 in the MC non VPD INQUIRY data described in the INQUIRY command description Reference the INQUIRY command description for additional information on these fields The Vendor ID field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor specific This field corresponds to bytes 8 15 in the non VPD INQUIRY data described in the INQUIRY command description The Controller Product ID field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor specific This field cor responds to bytes 16 23 in the non VPD INQUIRY data described in the INQUIR Y command description The Logical Unit Product ID field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor specific This field corresponds to bytes 24 31 in the non VPD INQUIRY data described in the INQUIRY command description M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE PROCESSING CHAPTER 7 TAPE PROCESSING 7 1 INTRODUCTION The following information is located in this chapter 7 2 CHANGING MODE PARAMETERS 7 3 PERMANENT ERROR HANDLING 7 2 CHANGING MODE PARAMETERS 7 2 1 April 1997 Initiator Setup To ensure that the MODE SELECT command performs the desired operations it is strongly recom mended that the initiator adhere to the following steps 1 Issue a MODE SENSE command requesting the ta
68. s Full bit is zero The Exception bit if one indicates that the element is in an error condition If the Exception bit is zero then the element is not in an error condition When the Exception bit is one the Additional Sense code and Additional sense code qualifier fields give detailed information about the error condition If the Access bit is one then the import export element is accessible to the medium transfer element If the Access bit is zero the import export element is not accessible to the medium transfer element 6 26 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS Table 6 30 Import Export Element Descriptor Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION The Export Enable bit is always set to one to indicate that the medium changer s import export element supports export operations The Import Enable bit is always set to one to indicate that the medium changer s import export element supports import operations The Invert bit is always set to 0 The cartridges for the supported tape format cannot be inverted If the SValid bit is set to one then the Source storage element address field indicates the address of the element where the current unit of media in the element was previ ously stored If the SValid bit is zero then the value in the Source storage element address field is not valid Table 6 31 Data Transfer Element Descriptor Type Code 4h BITS
69. 190h For extended length tapes the approx capacity is 800 320h Notes The capacity is based on compression being disabled b The capacity is based on the media being in good condition and that nor mal data and block sizes are used c The logical unit does not guarantee that this space is actually available in all cases d Direct comparison of this value between different vendors possibly prod ucts is discouraged since the length of media and the method used to mea sure maximum capacity may vary The Assigning Organization field contains eight bytes of ASCII data identifying the organization responsible for the information in this DENSITY SUPPORT data block The data is left aligned within this field The ASCII value for a space 20h is used if padding is required 4 110 The Density Name field contains eight bytes of ASCII data identifying the name that is associated with this DENSITY SUPPORT data block The data is left aligned within this field The Description field contains 20 bytes of ASCII data describing the density The data is left aligned within this field The ASCII value for a space 20h is used if padding is required CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 24 3 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 2h N
70. 3 a Z H 0 Page Length 0000h April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 127 2 ud a Z H 0 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 128 Description of Page Code 80h This page allows user selection of Online Diagnostic Routines and control over the number of times each routine is to be executed Table 4 119 Page 80h Online Diagnostic Test Page Reserved All bits are set to zero Page Length 0010h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 01h Self Test Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 50h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 51h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 52h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 53h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 54h Reserved All bits are set to zero Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 57h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine COh Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine C2h Reserved bits are set to zero Selection of a diagnostic routine is accomplished by assigning a routine s corresponding Execute Count byte a non zero value Routines 50 to 57 are diagnostic specific to the Tape Drive logical unit and routines and C2 are specific to the Medium Changer logical unit Therefore if the Tape Drive logical unit is selected only the Execute Count bytes corresponding to the Selftest rou tine Routine 01 and routine
71. 4 3 29 on page 4 135 INQUIRY Provides a means for an initiator to request information regarding parameters of the target and any attached peripheral devices 4 3 6 on page 4 18 amp 5 3 on page 5 17 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA optional Requests that the tape unit transfer zero or more blocks of data from the tape unit s buffer to the initiator The command is used to retrieve data contained in the buffer that had been sent earlier by the initiator to be written to the medium tape 4 3 21 on page 4 98 MODE SELECT RESERVE UNIT Provides a means for the initiator to specify medium logical unit and peripheral device parameters to the tar get by sending data relevant to such parameters in a data phase during the command Reserves the specified logical unit for the exclusive use of the requesting initiator 4 3 12 on page 4 51 amp 5 2 on page 5 1 4 3 25 on page 4 112 RELEASE UNIT Release previously reserved logical units for the requesting initiator 4 3 22 on page 4 101 ERASE Causes part or all of the remaining medium to be erased beginning from the current logical position 4 3 5 on page 4 15 4 2 MODE SENSE Provides a means for the target to report medium logi cal unit and peripheral device parameters to the initia tor by sending data relevant to such parameters in a data phase during the command CG00000 011503 REV A 4 3 13 on page 4 56 amp 5 2 on page
72. Block ID Format Physical Reference Format Code Logical Block Position MSB Logical Block Position middle significant bits Logical Block Position LSB E 1 ci April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 29 E lt e 5 TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 27 Block ID Format Field Description DESCRIPTION The Physical reference field can either be 0 or in the range 1 to 95 The value 0 indicates that a valid physical reference value is not known for the target position The values in the range 1 to 95 indicate an approximate physical location on tape close to the target position When the Physical reference value is not 0 the tape unit can use the value to perform a high speed locate to get close to the target position The Wrap field indicates whether the target position is in the first wrap or second wrap 4 of tape If Wrap equals 0 then the target position is in the first wrap If Wrap equals 1 then the target position is in the second wrap If the wrap of the target position is unknown then the Wrap field should be set to 0 The Format code field indicates the format of the tape cartridge The meaning of the possible values are described in Table 4 28 4 30 A unique Logical block position is associated with each data block and filemark written on a tape The first filemark or data block on tape is assigned Logical block position 0 the Logical block posi
73. DESCRIPTION Causes CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key being ILLEGAL REQUEST variable No CHECK CONDITION is set due to an actual block length being different than the length specified in the Transfer Length field except for the following condition The target still reports CHECK CONDITION status for an incorrect length condi tion if the overlength condition exists and the block length field in the mode param eter block descriptor is non zero a non zero value in this field in the Mode Select data implies fixed mode The overlength condition exits after executing a Read command when the length of the actual block read exceeds the requested transfer length in the CDB variable With Fixed bit 0 the transfer will take place in variable block mode independent of the value in the mode parameters block descriptor In variable block mode a single block is transferred with the bytes transferred being the lesser of the actual block length or the requested Transfer Length A successful READ command with the fixed bit of zero transfers the requested trans fer length in bytes to the initiator If the actual block length is different from the specified transfer length CHECK CONDITION status is returned to the initiator The incorrect length indicator ILT bit and valid bit in the sense data are set to one and the sense key is set to NO SENSE The information bytes contained in the sense data are set to the difference residue of t
74. ECMA 111 INQUIRY A Response Data Format is set to a value of 2 indicating that this INQUIRY data is formatted based on the format specified by the ANSI SCSI 2 standard X3 131 1994 version 10L The Terminate I O Process TrmIOP bit is set to zero indicating the device does not support the Terminate I O Process message The Asynchronous Event Notification Capability AENC bit is set to zero indicating the device does not support SCSI 2 defined asynchronous event notifications The Additional Length field indicates 99 additional bytes of parameters are supplied If the allocation length in the INQUIRY CDB is too small to transfer all of these parameters the additional length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation by the initia tor The Soft Reset SFTRE bit is set to zero indicating the target does not support the Soft Reset option The Command Queuing CmdQ bit is set to zero indicating the target does not sup port command queuing for this logical unit The Linked command Link bit is set to one indicating the target supports linked commands for this logical unit The Synchronous Transfer Sync bit is set to one indicating the target supports syn chronous data transfer April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 21 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 19 INQUIRY Data Format Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION A Wide bus 16 WBus16 bit set to one indicates
75. F DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR 8 F 1 G SUPPORTED SCSI TRANSFER 8 G 1 H MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS H 1 H 1 OUTLINE ERREUR swans pee tite beste DES H 1 H 2 HOW TO EXECUTE THE H 1 HE2 Y SCSTLinterface ee Coe eee as SSAA OER tbe H 1 H 2 2 8 232 25 cages sash betwee ps ECL Rp H 1 H 2 3 How to execute the DIAG for the H 1 H 3 M2488 DIAG H 1 H 4 MTU DIAG PARAMETER H 3 H 4 1 DIAG activation H 3 H 4 2 Explanations eL Rees We a Ae st Ww ches dogs H 3 4 53 DIAG oi nec ts HEUS edge c H 4 4 3 1 READ WRITE Ten diagnostic tests to check read and write H 4 144 019 03 xiii TABLE CONTENTS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 4 32 LOAD UNLOAD Two diagnostic tests to check loading and Unload Ngee As wee ae RN AR Oe ee aA H 5 H 4 3 3 ACL TEST Two diagnostic tests to check the autoloader H 6 H 4 3 4 TESTMODE Diagnostic test to measure operations H 6 xiv 4 3 4 1 MELOAD Ca
76. Invalid field in parameter list Write protected CG00000 011503 REV A B 3 ASC ASCQ ASC ASCQ ASC ASCQ M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table B 3 ASC and ASCQ Description by ASC ASCQ Continued ASC ASCQ DESCRIPTION Not ready to ready transition Priority 2 Power on reset or BUS DEVICE RESET occurred Priority 1 Mode parameters changed Priority 5 ON Incompatible medium installed attempting 36 track writes over 18 track data away from BOT Cannot read medium unknown format Incompatible format Incompatible format Tape length error Tape length error Priority 3 Not ready medium not present NOTE This ASC ASCQ can only be generated when feature mode 5 bit 4 0x10 is set to one as described in the configuration settings in the M2488 User s Guide Destination medium changer element full 6 6 3 8 3 5 3 6 2 No cartridge or magazine at specified medium changer source element position First destination medium changer element empty Second destination medium changer element full Second destination medium changer element empty Medium changer transport element full Medium changer element is not accessible Drive is full operation cannot be performed Invalid bits in IDENTIFY message Microcode has been changed Priority 4 Message reject error Recovered internal hardware error Hardware error Internal target fail
77. LOAD test Servo error reported during drive diagnostic cartridge load test tests Drive Diag AC PS MODCH Servo error reported during drive diagnostic access positioning test or mode change test Drive Diag TPPFM test Servo error reported during drive diagnostic tape acceleration decleration test Drive Diag LOCAT test Servo error reported during drive diagnostic tape locate test Drive Diag D S E test Servo error reported during drive diagnostic Data Security Erase test Drive Diag REWND test Servo error reported during drive diagnostic rewind test Drive Diag UNLOD test Servo error reported during drive diagnostic cartridge unload test F 78 Drive Diag ACL LDUL test A DVL card was not detected This routine requires that the DTC card be properly con nected to a DVL card Autoloader not detected Must have an auto loader attached to run this test Servo error reported during tape removal Servo error reported during magazine removal Servo error reported during magazine inser tion Servo error reported while waiting for FACL door to be closed Servo error reported while waiting for START switch to be pressed to load a tape Servo error reported during magazine load Servo error detected during magazine opera tion CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND E
78. LWRO Seismic CRCA Error Detection LWR2 Seismic SDFT Data Pattern LWR2 Seismic CRCA EDRC Transfer Write 4M tones test 4 Read backward 4M tones test CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 1 Diagnostic Test Registry for all Diagnostic Modes Continued DIAGNOSTIC MODES ROUTINE OFF LINE GO NO GO Read 4M tones test Write incrementing block lengths Rewind Read incrementing block lengths Servo Diag Logic test un un un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES Servo Diag Photo sensors test Servo Diag Loader test Servo Diag Threader test Servo Diag Tachometer test Servo Diag ACL FACL test Servo Diag Manual Sensor test Servo Diag Manual ACL test MFG diagnostic load execute table MFG diagnostic display execute table Clear Log Counters Write BOT EOT test Read BOT EOT test Rewinding tape Locate Block Space Block Write Filemarks Space File MFG diagnostic display results table MTU diagnostic load execute table MTU diagnostic send execute table MTU diagnostic run MTU diagnostic retrieve results table Operator Control Panel keys test Operator Control Panel display test Operator Control Panel tape LED test April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 5
79. Manual Mode is set Leave Mode as currently set Auto Mode is set Set Auto Mode System Mode Is set Set System Mode Reserved Reserved Table 6 39 Eject Codes CODE ACL ACTION 00b No change of Eject Function 01b Inhibit Magazine Eject 10b Enable Magazine Eject default lib Reserved When the Inhibit Magazine Eject code is set the Medium Changer does NOT eject the Magazine upon either the receipt of a MOVE MEDIUM command that specifies move Import Export Element to Medium Transport Element eject Magazine or after processing the last cartridge in a Magazine while in Automatic Mode If Inhibit Magazine Eject is set when either of these situations occur the Magazine is moved to the first available cartridge see Table 6 40 on page 6 34 for operation of car tridge unloading If an ACL is attached the Eject code is reported as changeable and defaults to a value of 10b For an FACL the Eject code is not supported If an FACL is attached the Eject code is reported as NOT changeable on a MODE SENSE command and defaults to a value of zero See Table 6 40 for operation of cartridge unloading Table 6 40 Operation of Cartridge Unload Is the cartridge being unloaded the last cartridge in the magazine Is Inhibit with an ACL with an FACL Magazine Eject set Eject Code 01b AUTO SYSTEM 1 Move cartridge from MTU to magazine 2 Load next cartridge 3 Position magazine to
80. RSVP External registers test RSVP Counters test 2 frame RSVP Counters test 4 frame RSVP Counters test 8 frame RSVP Counters test 16 frame RSVP Counters test single byte mode April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 1 un 2 un 2 2 un Z AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 1 Diagnostic Test Registry for all Diagnostic Modes Continued ROUTINE OFF LINE DIAGNOSTIC MODES GO NO GO RSVP Counters test 2 byte mode RSVP DBOB interrupt test SDDP Host I F Buffer Page Xreg test SDDP Host I F Buffer Refresh Xreg test SDDP Host I F Packet Header Xregs test Buffer RAM data bus bit test Buffer byte half word boundary test Buffer paging test Buffer RAM address bus bit test Buffer RAM data pattern test Buffer RAM 0x55 data pattern test Buffer RAM walking one s test Buffer RAM incremental pattern test SPC CP Bus Bit test SPC User Program Memory test SPC MCS Buffer test SPC to Data Buffer DMA test SPC MPU bus parity test Formatter Counter 0 test Formatter Counter 1 test Formatter Counter 2 test PCC Timers Timer 0 test PCC Timers Timer 1 test PCC Timers Timer 2 test Write clear 3 bytes 00 mode 1Eh Read clear 3 bytes 00 mode OEh Write EDRC NC 3 bytes 00 mode 18h Read EDRC NC 3 byte
81. Read Crc b error check Read Header crc error check Write PPh host crc error check Write PPh host count error check April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 3 un 2 un 2 2 un Z AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 1 Diagnostic Test Registry for all Diagnostic Modes Continued ROUTINE OFF LINE DIAGNOSTIC MODES GO NO GO Read Compression err sgd crc a errors Read Sync h_cnt comp sgd cnt h errs Read Sync h_cnt comp sgd cnt l errs Read Synch crc comp sgd h crc errors Loop write to read 0 test 36 Track Loop write to read 0 test 18 Track LWRO EDRC Data 36 Track Loop write to read 2 test 36 Track LWR2 ETPs Skew Error 36 Track LWR2 ETPs Skew Error 18 Track LWR2 ETPs Invalid Error 18 Track LWRQ2 ETPs Disorder Error 36 Trk LWR2 ETPs Format Control Error 36 LWR2 ETPs Unknown Error 36 Track LWR2 ETPs Unknown Error 18 Track LWR2 Ignore Invalid ETP 4 good fms LWR2 Reset Invalid ETP 8 good frms LWR2 Reset Invalid ETP at Resync LWR2 Reset Persistence ETP at Resync LWR2 Multi Track Error 36 Track LWR2 Multi Track Error 18 Track LWR2 Uncorrectable Error 36 Track LWR2 Detect Hard Error 36 Track No Signal Test LWR3 External Loop Write to Read
82. Reserved 000000h The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command Note Changeable fields in this page are shaded eal Uo Z 22 E go E S Table 5 5 Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters Field Description DESCRIPTION When the Disable Correction DCR bit is set to one this bit indicates error correc tion is not applied in the course of error recovery Other normal error recovery oper ations are not affected by this bit When DCR is set to zero this bit enables error correction The DCR bit is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero When the Disable Transfer on Error DTE bit set to one and the PER bit is set to one the target creates the CHECK CONDITION status and terminates the data transfer to the initiator immediately upon detection of an error The transfer length is then not exhausted The data of the block in error which is the first erring block encountered may not be transferred to the initiator depending upon the setting of the TB bit The DTE bit can only be setto one if the PER bit is set to one The target creates the CHECK CONDITION status with an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key if PER bit is set to zero and the DTE bit set to one When DTE is set to zero this bit enables data transfer for any data which is recov ered within the limits of the error recovery flags Any erring block that would be posted which is the last rec
83. Routine 10 EDRC Control Signals Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE Read EDRC NC 3 bytes 00 mode 04h DESCRIPTION A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host rd complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Read EDRC 3 bytes 00 mode 00h A host data path end of transfer was not detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host rd complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Write EDRC 3 bytes 00 mode 10h after a write diag operation was initialized in the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data f
84. Tape DIVE s uet o tac pr Rc os Rs SON RR RR aac F 78 DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS H 1 Diagnostic Test Registry 8 27 Diagnostic Test Registry for all Diagnostic Modes F 1 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES F 1 DIAGNOSTICS Stith typ REP Renee 8 16 GO NO GO ds ah nhs E RE RE MERGER MA Peu eg Hd eos 8 16 MIU uei cC APER OE UC Se 8 16 Off Line Diagnostics pi Eee eR ORAT ERR 8 16 Diagnostics DIAG result data s uter mee RI e RENE MR ERR H 21 Error reset command H 9 How to execute the 22222222202222 0 eR ERES H 1 M2488 DIAG structure H 1 MTU DIAG H 3 Page Code 80h Tests 8 26 Tests COMBINATION eh bailed H 9 LOAD UNLOAD eee Res ks Bea BAA Suge H 5 MIL OAD PE eT Se ees RES TA EMEND SC H 7 2 iuum ra AED Rasen eae kainate H 7 MBA CIPS e H 7 MAMODCH eec ate ae ole oe Dees H 7 oto eSI ROS USC Meee Ses be Soe ae H 8 MOREWND posce 8 MIDS 8
85. The Diagnostic Routine number of the test that failed The Diagnostic Test number of the test that failed The Diagnostic Error Code number of the test that failed The value the diagnostic test expected if applicable at the time the error was detected The value the diagnostic test received at the time the error was detected if applicable The address that was accessed to obtain the received value at the time the error was detected if applicable April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 15 SENSE DATA N mA 2 2 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 4 8 4 1 8 4 2 8 4 3 DIAGNOSTICS The 2488 tape drive supports three operational modes for diagnostics The first mode is the Go No Go diagnostics that are invoked automatically each time power is applied to the tape drive The second mode of diagnostics called Off Line diagnostics may be invoked from the Operator Control Panel on the front panel of the tape drive or medium changer or from an RS 232 terminal or computer running terminal emulation software attached to the RS 232 Maintenance Interface The third mode of diagnos tics are called In Line diagnostics and are invoked through the SCSI interface using the SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command sent from a host Diagnostic Organization Diagnostics are arranged by routine number and test number Each routine is designed to verify a particular hardware function
86. The parameter list length is neither 0 nor 17 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the DISPLAY command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 11 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 4 DISPLA Y command CFh 10h For display data length of 10h refer toFT4 bit 7 described in the M2488 User s Guide The DISPLAY command is used to display a message on the operator panel of the tape drive or car tridge loader if installed This command is executed even if the Magnetic Tape Unit MTU is NOT READY The Display Data is described in paragraph 4 3 4 2 4 3 4 1 DISPLAY CDB Description 10h DISPLA Y is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 10 Com mon fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 gt s zl 2 Reserved Reserved Display Display Mode Selection Length Half Msg Reserved Data Format Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Parameter List Length 10h Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 10 DISPLAY Field Description 10h DES
87. The response is then recovered by execu tion of the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 4 124 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 114 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION A Page Format PF bit of 1 indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters defined by ANSI standard X3 131 1994 are used The PF bit specifies the parameter list con sists of zero or more diagnostic pages and that the data returned by subsequent RECEIVED DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command shall use the diagnostic page for mat A PF bit of 0 indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTICS parameters are vendor specific When the Self Test bitis 1 the PF bit can be 0 or 1 and the parameter list length must be 0 When the Self Test bit is 0 and the PF bit is 0 the parameter list length must be 0 or 16 The Parameter List Length field specifies the length in bytes of the SEND DIAG NOSTIC parameter list to be transferred from the initiator to the target Table4 115 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE CDB Field Description Overview PARAMETER ROUTINE SELFTEST DEVOFL UNITOFL LIST LENGTH N A SelfTest 00h 80h Olh 80h 50h 80h Sih 80h 52h 80h 53h 80h 54h 80h 57h 80h COh 80h C2h 81h MFG TEST 90h 9Fh MTU TEST Olh 50h Sih gn Z lt e gi 52h
88. When set to one the Change active Format CAF bit indicates that the active format is changed to the value specified in the active format field The CAF bit is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero When set to one the Change Active Partition CAP bit indicates that the logical partition is to be changed to the one specified by the active partition field The CAP bit is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero The Active Partition indicates the current logical partition number in use on that medium This field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero The Write Buffer Full Ratio field on WRITE commands indicates to the target how full the buffer is before writing data to the medium This field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is 80h The Read Buffer Empty Ratio field on READ commands indicates to the target how empty the buffer is before retrieving additional data from the medium This field is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is 40h gi Z gem D E The Write Delay Time field indicates the maximum time in 100 millisecond incre ments the target should wait before any buffered data that is to be written is forced to the medium after the last buffered WRIT
89. gt WR 0x18 or 0x06 DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count 4 2 reserve 12 CG00000 011503 REV April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS WRAP 1 EOT test name DIAG command code WRAP 1 EOT test DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count E reserve LOCATE test name code DIAG command code LOCATE test gt Ox1A or 0x05 DIAG parameter 1 Specify a sector DIAG parameter 2 3 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve TAPE PATH test name code DIAG command code TAPE PATH test Ox1B or OxOB DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A H 13 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS TAPE PATH test M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE execute time
90. issue a SPACE command to space back one block Otherwise treat as a permanent error 9 Report all 44 bytes of SCSI sense data to the Product Support Engineer ASC ASCQ DESCRIPTION Table B 3 ASC and ASCQ Description by ASC ASCQ No additional sense available No additional information Filemark detected Clean Requested NOTE This ASC ASCQ can only be generated when feature mode 5 bit 5 0x20 is set to one as described in the configuration settings in the M2488 User s Guide End of Medium detected End of Medium detected End of Medium detected Beginning of Medium detected Tape void Logical unit not ready cause not reportable Manual unload and buffered write data exists DO Wl Not ready in process of becoming ready NOTE This can only be generated when feature mode FT4 bit 5 0x20 is set to one as described in the configuration settings in the M2488 User s Guide Load assistance required Load assistance required and buffered write data exists Recovered write error Write error Unrecovered read error Block sequence error Recovered read data with retries Parameter list length error Invalid command operation code Invalid medium changer element address Invalid field in CDB Logical unit not supported 00 April 1997 of at Git Go 9 bo
91. reserve parameterO reserve execution time For the read write DIAG specifies the execution time of the read write For the path test specifies start position For the ACL DIAG specifies a cleaning count FACL only stop time For the read write DIAG specifies the stop time of the read write For the path test specifies end position execute count Specifies the number of DIAG executions DIAG reserve 1 to 8 diag reserve For drive local flag diag reserve 2 For 232C SCSI mode flag Details of each parameter are specified elsewhere DIAG READ WRITE Ten diagnostic tests to check read and write Set the tests in detail using the given parameters 1 FWDREAD Forwardread wenn ne CMD CD 0x11 2 BWDREAD Backwardread gt 1 1 0 a CMD CD 0x12 3 WRITE Write enn CMD CD 0x13 4 FRD BRD Forward and backward read alternately gt CMD CD 0x14 5 Loop write to read CMD CD 0x15 6 FEEDTHR Feedthrough write 0000000 CMD CD 0x16 7 DSE DSE operation CMD CD 0x17 8 WRPIBOT High speed tape run to wrap 1 BOT Rewinding CMD CD 0x18 9 WRPIEOT High speed tape run to wrap 1 EOT 2 CMD CD 0x19 10 LOCATE High speed tape run to specified sector Locating CMD CD 0x1A 11 TAPE PATH run between the specified start position and end posi CMD CD Ox1B tion CG00000 011503 REV A April 1
92. the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION status the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense key is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB 4 3 27 3 Diagnostic Pages 1 Refer to Chapter 8 for the test descriptions To use diagnostic pages the Page Format PF bit must be set to 1 Data in the diagnostic pages is primarily used to select the tests to be executed and the number of times each test is to be run exe cute count A page code can not be used more than once within the command If the same page code is sent the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDI TION status The Diagnostic pages for the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command are 00h and 80h If the page code is set to any unsupported value the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION status the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST For all pages the Page Length bytes must be set as indicated for bytes 2 3 in the following Page Code descriptions If the page length is set to any other value the target terminates the SEND BA 7 2 ud Z H 0 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV 4 119 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION status the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Table 4 109 Sen
93. then the parameter list length must be 0 or 16 or else the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data is transferred This condition is not an error no result file is prepared and the command is terminated with GOOD status in this case If the specified parameter list length results in truncation of one or more pages with the PF bit is set to one the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION status the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense key is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB Diagnostic Pages PF 1 Refer to Chapter 8 for the test descriptions To use diagnostic pages the Page Format PF bit must be set to 1 Data in the diagnostic pages is primarily used to select the tests to be executed and the number of times each test is to be run exe cute count A page code can not be used more than once within the command If the same page code is sent the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDI TION status The Diagnostic pages for the SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE command are 00h 80h 81h and 90h through 9Fh Pages 81h and 90h through 9Fh require that FACTORY MODE be set before the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command is issued otherwise these page codes are treated as unsupported values If the page code is set to any unsupported value the target terminates the CG00000 011503
94. ttc a CHR CE ORC RR ut 4 25 Log Sense Pages oe E ERU ERR peer EN eee es 4 37 uc og ER ea Ue et CO Rs ERAS dictat 4 1 M M2488 Interconnects sodes Res PRI ev y ETUR 8 38 M2488 Tape Drive FRUs Bottom Side 9 3 M2488 Tape Drive FRUs Top Side 9 2 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 1 MAINTENANCE TERMINAL 8 33 Interface eq ea t S taa C LA CRURA RS 8 33 Interface Communications Settings 8 34 Interface Connector Pin Assignments 8 33 Remote Debug for JDB 8 34 MANUAL TAPE 8 36 Media Changer LUN 25 uer SERES 4 1 Medium Changer Additional Information MODE SELECT AND MODE SENSE COMMANDS 6 32 COMMANDS 6 1 Inquiry Change Definition 6 41 MODE SELECT MODE SENSE COMMANDS Additional Information 5 1 Common Device Type Control 5 9 Density Code 28h nc eis Ree e Geos See ee be 5 14 Device Configuration Parameters 5 11 Disconnect Reconnect Control Parameters
95. 000000h Reserved ERE Table 4 57 MODE SELECT Parameter Header Field Description DESCRIPTION Density codes of 00h and 09h default create tapes in the format described by ANSI standard X3B5 94 043 Density Code 28h is described in CHAPTER 5 000000h The number of blocks field is always set to zero indicating that any remaining logical blocks of the logical unit have the medium characteris tics specified by the block descriptor The block length specifies the length in bytes of each logical block described by the block descriptor A block length of zero indicates the length is variable Page Descriptor Table 4 58 Page Descriptors Reserved Page Code Additional Page Length Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes un Z ua April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 59 ua Z ua UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 59 Page Descriptor Field Description DESCRIPTION Following the block descriptor if supplied are MODE SELECT pages The Page Code field identifies the format and parameters for that page This control ler supports pages O1h Error Recovery and Reporting 02h Disconnect Reconnect control OAh Control Mode Page 10h Device Configuration Parameters and 00h Vendor Unique Parameters When using the MODE SENSE command a PS bit of one indicates that the m
96. 1Fh Device 1 6 38 6 4 MC MEDIUM CHANGER INQUIRY CHANGE DEFINITION VITAL PRODUCT 6 41 6 4 1 General VPD Page 6 41 6 4 2 Supported VPD Pages Page 00 6 42 6 4 3 Implemented Operating Definition Page 81 6 43 6 4 4 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page 82 6 44 6 4 5 Product Identification Page 2 6 45 7 TAPE PROCESSING oirr er QURE EHE ERI ERES V 7 1 7 1 INTRODUCE MON mee e teen to peter HR e qe ae ae 7 1 7 2 CHANGING 5 7 1 7 21 Initiator Set p ig REA RR REFERRE 7 1 7 5 PERMANENT ERROR 7 3 7 31 PERMANENT WRITE 7 3 7 3 PERMANENT READ 7 3 X C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 8 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING eese nn 8 1 8 1 INTRODUCTION ee RR RU UR E 8 1 8 2 OPERATOR PANEL DISPLAYED ERROR 8 1 8 2 1 OZONE xxxxyyyy
97. 3 Connect the M2488 and the 1 35 1 7 PREPARATION FOR 6 1 37 2 DESIGN 2 1 2 INTRODUCTION E ro eee Pe Duces cts 2 1 2 2 OPERATION OF THE 2488 2 1 2 3 OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC CONTROLLER 2 2 2 31 Data Path ooo er UN RUNDE 2 2 2 32 Data B ffet eO oen RC Re ROC 2 2 2 3 3 ERDC Compression 2 2 2 3 4 Microprocessor 1 2 3 2 35 2 4 2 4 OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC 2 4 2 4 1 Airness Tape Path cesset XAR Mac BA ale RC RR s 2 4 2 4 2 Read and Write 2 5 3 SCSI MESSAGES oriai rtr ROSS SA UO ROD UR DE PUR Mae Deals 3 1 3 1 INTRODUCTION o eeu ERU CUP ia REM e RE 3 1 3 2 M2488 AND MEDIUM CHANGER SCSI 3 1 3 21 ABORT code 06h cot rer ep eacus 3 2 3 2 2 BUS DEVICE RESET code 3 2 3 2 3 COMMAND COMPLETE 00
98. 5 1 April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 1 M2488 SCSI Commands Continued COMMAND LOAD UNLOAD optional DESCRIPTION Performs either a rewind operation or a rewind and unload operation PARAGRAPH 4 3 7 on page 4 25 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS optional Requests that result data generated for a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command be sent to the initiator 4 3 19 on page 4 83 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Requests the target to perform diagnostic tests on itself or on the attached peripheral devices 4 3 27 on page 4 117 LOCATE optional READ POSITION optional Causes the tape unit to position to a specific logical location Causes 20 bytes to be sent from the target to the initia tor The 20 bytes are a report of the position of the tape unit and information about blocks stored in the buffer N Z P S 4 3 8 on page 4 28 4 3 17 on page 4 75 WRITE BUFFER optional Used in conjunction with the READ BUFFER com mand as a diagnostic function for testing target memory and the SCSI bus integrity 4 3 32 on page 4 144 READ BUFFER optional CHANGE DEFINITION optional Used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER com mand as a diagnostic function for testing target memory and the SCSI bus integrity Used to modify the operating definition of the selected target with respect to all initiators This command is used in
99. 7 MODE SELECT MODE SELECT MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 2 2 2 6 2 2 3 6 8 MODE SELECT CHECK CONDITION Status For the following conditions a MODE SELECT command will fail with a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST The requested mode settings changes will not be per formed a Ifthe initiator attempts to change any field that is not changeable as reported by the target b Ifthe initiator sends a value for a parameter that is outside the range supported by the target and rounding is not permitted for that parameter c Ifthe initiator sets any field in the mode parameter header or block descriptor to an unsup ported value d Ifthe initiator sends a mode page with a page length not equal to the page length returned by the MODE SENSE command for that page e Ifthe initiator sets any reserved field in the mode parameter list to a non zero value Certain parameters sent to a target with the MODE SELECT command contain a range of values The target rejects unsupported values unless rounding is permitted in the description of the param eter If rounding is permitted then when the target receives a value not supported it rounds the value received to a supported value Rounding of MODE SELECT parameter values when permitted is performed as follows A tar get that receives a MODE SELECT parameter v
100. After end of 5th group command code is set following DIAG command code is set diag parameter 6 is set 2 execute count is set 3 This diagnostic test repeats execution of diagnostic test 3 times from group 2 to group 5 12 END Endofrun P CMD CD 0x0C Running end This is end of diagnostic test or OxFF H 4 5 Error reset command CMD CD 0x70 or OxF0 If A error is reported by the MTU during diagnostic test it is necessary to issue this command April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A H 9 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS H 5 PARAMETER LIST FORWARD READ test M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAG command code FORWARD READ test 0x11 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 1 Set the operation mode 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 Specify a test wrap 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 Specify a execution time of test 0 99 999 Specify a stop time of test 0 99 999 the number of DIAG executions 0 99 999 BACKWARD READ test DIAG command code BACKWARD READ test 0x12 or 0x02 DIAG parameter 1 Set the operation mode 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 Specify a test wrap 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG
101. An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after writing byte 3 of a word with bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after reading byte 3 of a word which was previ ously written with bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made An unexpected Check 1 condition was detected after attempting to write a word with good parity to control store CP Bus parity SDDP An unexpected Check 1 condition was prema turely detected at the beginning of this test An unexpected Check 1 condition was detected after reading the HDXC register in the SDDP A CP bus parity error was not detected as expected after a SDDP register write opera tion with forced bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A data miscompare was detected reading an SDDP register previously written with bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was detected after reading an SDDP register An unexpected Check 1 condition was detected after attempting to restore the con tents of the HDXC register A data miscompare was detected when verify ing the contents of the HDXC register previ ously restored An unexpected Check 1 condition was pen
102. April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS Result of Locating time 4M5 LOCAT measurement result error code result data 1 Locating time for normal 1 10 sec result data 2 Locating time for E CTG 1 10 sec result data 3 result data 4 result data 5 result data 6 result data 7 result data 8 result data 9 result data 10 result data 11 result data 12 result data 13 result data 14 result data 15 Result of Rewinding time M6 REWND measurement result error code result data 1 Rewinding time for normal CTG 1 10 sec result data 2 Rewinding time for E CTG 1 10 sec result data 3 2 result data 4 result data 5 result data 6 result data 7 result data 8 result data 9 result data 10 result data 11 result data 12 result data 13 result data 14 result data 15 Result of D S E time M7 D S E measurement result error code result data 1 D S E time for normal CTG 1 10 sec result data 2 D S E time for E CTG 1 10 sec result data 3 result data 4 result data 5 result data 6 result data 7 result data 8 result data 9 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A H 23 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Result of D S E time M7 D S E measurement result result data 10 result data 11 result data 12
103. COMMANDS IE gt ST Load magazine DT IE Unload cartridge from tape unit and place it into magazine then unload DT gt ST Unload cartridge from tape unit and place it into magazine Table 6 49 FACL Page Code 1Fh Device Capabilities Page MODE SENSE DEFAULT VALUES Page Code Additional Page Length StorDT StorIE StorMT Reserved Ob Ob Ib Reserved MT DT Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved MT OIE 655 0 0 STIE STCOST STMT 0 1 0 Reserved IECOIE IECOST IECOMT 0 0 0 Reserved DT OIE DTCOST lt 0 0 0 Reserved Key MT Medium Transport Element ST Storage Element IE Import Export Element DT Data Transfer Element The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command NOTE All fields are reported as NOT changeable The default values are shown in the table Reserved fields always have a default value of Zero A StorXX bit value of one indicates that the defined elements of type XX may provide independent storage of a unit of media For more information about how the Device Capabilities page can be used for MOVE MEDIUM operations see Table 6 16 for XCL allowed moves March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 39 MODE SELECT SENSE MODE SELECT SENSE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 40 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE An XX bit value of one indicates that the Medium Changer supports MOV
104. CONTROLLER MTC 2 4 OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT MTU 2 2 OPERATION OF THE M2488 The following paragraphs describe the operation of the M2488 Refer to the block diagram in Figure 2 1 PCA RDL READ CIRCUIT PCA WTL WRITE CIRCUIT PCA DVL PCA SVL Figure 2 1 M2488 Block Diagram SI BUS PCA DTC IPC A OP The M2488 is a highly reliable compact tape unit using IBM 3490 349E compatible half inch tape car tridges It is fully contained with the power supply integrated into the compact 8 inch form factor The M2488 architecture consists of the magnetic tape controller MTC which performs the host interface data buffering compression and formatter functions and the magnetic tape unit MTU that performs the mechanical control and read write functions Descriptions of the MTC and MTU are presented in the following sections April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 2 1 DESIGN ARCHITECTURE M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 OPERATION THE MAGNETIC CONTROLLER The DTC PCA contains all of the MTC Magnetic Tape Controller logic in a highly integrated imple mentation This double sided PCBA has extensive VLSI for reduced cost and increased reliability The 2488 uses one of four Interface Personality Modules IPM to configure the SCSI 2 interface for the four combinations of wide or narrow and differential or single ended operation The main functions cont
105. Chapter 8 Selection of MTU diagnostic commands is achieved by entering the MTU Diagnostic Command Code in byte 4 and any associated parameters in bytes 5 21 Bytes 22 25 are generally used to specify the number of times to execute the MTU Diagnostic command If an error condition is encountered during MTU Diagnostic command execution diagnostic result data is generated at that time and no further diagnostic execution occurs Diagnostic Parameter List PF 0 Refer to Chapter 8 for the test descriptions To use the Diagnostic Parameter List the Page Format PF bit must be cleared to 0 Data in the Diagnostic Parameter List indicates which tests are to be executed and the number of times each test is to be run execute count Use of the Diagnostic Parameter List is very similar to Diagnostic CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Page 80h described above The format of the Diagnostic Parameter List is given in Table 4 124 below Table 4 124 Diagnostic Parameter List Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 01h Self Test Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 50h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 51h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 52h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 53h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 54h Reserved bits are set to zero Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 57h Execute
106. Control Parameters MODE SENSE BYTES DEFAULT VALUES Page Code Additional Page Length Reserved Queue Algorithm Modifier Reserved QErr Reserved RAENP UAAENP Reserved Ready AEN Holdoff Period 0 0FFFFh microsecond The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command Note Changeable fields in the page are shaded NOTE The only field that may be modified in this page is the RLEC bit On a MODE SELECT command all other fields must be zero On a MODE SENSE command only the RLEC field is reported as changeable un Z A Table 5 11 Page 0Ah Common Device type Control Parameters Field Description DESCRIPTION When set to one the Report Log Exception Condition RLEC bit indicates that the target reports log overflow conditions When set to zero this bit indicates that log overflow conditions are not reported The RLEC bit is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is one When set to one the Disable Queuing DQUE bit indicates that tagged queueing shall be disabled The default value reported for this field on a MODE SENSE command is one and not changeable When set to zero the Queue Error Management bit indicates that remaining sus pended I O process shall resume after the contingent allegiance condition or extended contingent allegiance condition The default value re
107. Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returned RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data An allocation length of 0 indicates that no RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data is transferred This condition is not considered an error The target terminates the DATA IN phase when all allocation length bytes have been transferred or when all available RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data has been transferred to the initiator whichever is less Refer to Table 4 76 for parameter list length values for RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS in FACTORY MODE April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 89 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table4 85 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE Parameter List Length Field PARAMETER ROUTINE LIST LENGTH SelfTest RESULTS e 2 S 00h 80h Olh 80h Sih 80h 53h 80h 57h 80h C2h 90h 9Fh 50h 51h d 52h 54 COh 4 90 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 20 2 Diagnostic Page Codes PF 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB If the Page Format PF bit was setto 1 in a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE command will return diagnostic result data in paged format with 00 80h 81h and 90h through 9Fh as the returned Page Code Refer to Table 4 86 and Table 4
108. Figure 8 5 IU As hen ads shale sus ath as aoe ae a 8 45 C144 E019 03EN XV LIST OF FIGURES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE LIST OF FIGURES CONTINUED FIGURE TITLE PAGE Figure 8 6 TOP COVER S RAIN C EE e Eb I 8 46 Figure 8 7 Bottom Cover UE EROR Re Bw E UT ELE 8 47 Figure 8 8 DIG PEBiA ss e eb PI BE 8 49 Figure 8 9 Threader Assembly e Ree ie eb erm Re EE 8 50 Figure 8 10 Loader Assembly rax RBA ER ERE RD RO ete 8 51 Figure 8 11 OP PEBA 4 Gv ote tat deut ema re PEDE 8 52 Figure 8 12 PSU pt BAY Sb bats ENG Mebane ESE UE PUES CUP URS CE td 8 53 Figure 8 13 WIDPCHBA eue ette eque go E 8 55 Figure 9 1 M2488 Tape Drive FRUs Top 5 9 2 Figure 9 2 M2488 Tape Drive FRUs Bottom 5 9 3 Figure 9 3 POBA RR ae Wee 9 4 Figure 9 4 IPM PGBA RUPES EE EO Aue sas asa 9 4 Figure 9 5 RIDE PCBA op seco osea deg tius assum 9 5 Figure 9 6 es chee ate de 9 5 Figure 9 7 WTLIPCBA m e oh bate cube 9 6 Figure 9 8 DVL PCBA Reference 9 6 Figure I 1 Operator Panel 1 2 Figure 1 2 RUN COMB
109. Format 2 and 3 provides a listing of controller hardware registers Bytes 22 and 23 of Format 2 and Format 3 sense data however provide fault symptom codes Table 8 12 Format 02h Sense Information SCSI Hardware Registers es NN 20 21 Companion chip s interrupt request mask 22 23 Fault Symptom Code SPC Registers reference the SPC User Manual for a detailed description of these registers Secondary Interrupt Status or FFh if none stacked Secondary Command Step or FFh if none stacked SPC Command Register Status FFh SPC registers not captured due SPC being busy Nexus Status Primary Interrupt Status Primary Command Step Data MC Byte MSB Data MC Byte Data MC Byte LSB SCSI Control Signal Status Transfer Mode Transfer Period Transfer Offset Modified Byte Self ID Setting Response Mode Setting Select Reselect Mode Setting Parity Error Detection Setting Interrupt Enable Setting April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 13 t E Z E MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 8 13 Format 03h Sense Information EDRC Hardware Registers BITS gt 20 SDDP Hl rev 00h Fault Symptom Code SDDP Hl hdxc SDDP Hlhdxs t t s E Z SDDP HI ph00
110. Godesc o ie EE E ei e meuble obse 6 34 Table 6 40 Operation of Cartridge 6 34 Table 6 41 Cartridge Map ese LER E Ro e RE e RT E ee 6 35 Table 6 42 ACL Page Code 1Dh Element Address 510 6 35 Table 6 43 ACL Page Code 1Dh Element Address Assignments Field Description 6 36 Table 6 44 FACL Page Code 1Dh Element Address 510 6 36 Table 6 45 FACL Page Code 1Dh Element Address Assignments Field Description 6 37 Table 6 46 Page code 1Eh Transport Geometry 6 37 Table 6 47 Page code 1Eh Transport Geometry Parameters Field Description 6 37 Table 6 48 ACL Page Code 1Fh Device 6 38 Table 6 49 FACL Page Code 1Fh Device Capabilities 6 39 Table 6 50 Supported MC VPD Page Codes 6 41 Table 6 51 RE SESSEL t ELE 6 41 Table 6 52 VPD Page Format Field Description 6 42 Table 6 53 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 00h Supported VPD 6 42 Table 6 54 INQUIRY data format VPD Page 81h Implemented Operating Definition Page 6 43 Table 6 55 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 82h ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Pages pedet
111. HARDWARE ERROR NOVRAM DATA ERROR DOWN LOAD COMMAND CAN NOT EXECUTE EJECT CLEANING CELL SENSOR ON SERVO PROGRAM DOWN LOAD ERROR FAN ONE STOP OR SLOW ROTATION ERROR FAN TWO STOP OR SLOW ROTATION ERROR UNDEFINED SERVO OFFLINE ERROR NO CLEANING CARTRIDGE OR CANNOT EJECT CLEANING CARTRIDGE CLEANING CARTRIDGE IS NOT INSERTED IN CLEANING CELL CLEANING CARTRIDGE IS NOT KEPT IN CLEANING CELL DOOR OPEN ERROR DURING POWER UP E 6 DOOR OPEN ERROR CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE CHK XX ERROR CODES Table E 1 CHK xx Error Code Descriptions Continued CHK XX CODE LOADED CARTRIDGE IS NOT A CLEANING CARTRIDGE DESCRIPTION ABNORMAL CARTRIDGE IN CLEANING CELL POWER ON 2 CODE REPLACEMENT ACTIONS Table E 2 describes which items should be replaced when a particular xx is displayed The Replacement Action 1 column lists the item most likely to have caused the error the next column lists less likely items etc If the error is not corrected by this item replace or correct the item listed in the next column and so on More than one item may be listed in the Replacement Action column replace one of these items at a time Table E 3 on page E 13 describes the codes for the items listed in the Replacement Action columns Table E 2 CHK xx Error Code Replacement Actions REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT ACTION 1 AC
112. INVALID SECTOR UNEXPECTED COMMAND END INTERRUPT AUTOLOADER COMMAND RECEIVED TO NONEXISTENT DEVICE UNACCEPTABLE AUTOLOADER PARAMETER RESET KEY PRESSED BY OPERATOR LOAD MAGAZINE COMMAND CAN NOT EXECUTE MOVE MAGAZINE COMMAND PARAMETER ERROR MOVE MAGAZINE COMMAND CAN NOT EXECUTE NO MAGAZINE AT CTG UNLOAD ACL OVER CURRENT PINION PHASE ADJUST TIMEOUT BOTTOM STOPPER ARM MOVING RETRIES EXHAUSTED BOTTOM STOPPER SENSOR UP amp DW BOTH ON DOWNWARD MOVE MAGAZINE TIMEOUT UPWARD MOVE MAGAZINE TIMEOUT April 1997 MAGAZINE POSITION MISCALCULATION CG00000 011503 REV A E 5 CHK XX ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table E 1 CHK xx Error Code Descriptions Continued DESCRIPTION MAGAZINE TOP DETECTED DURING MOVING UP OR UNLOADING ACL SENSOR CABLE CHECK MAGAZINE MISPOSITION CORRECTION ERROR FEEDER ARM SENSOR OP CL BOTH ON MOUNT ARM HOME SENSOR FAILURE FEED IN TOO FAST FEED IN RETRIES EXHAUSTED CARTRIDGE IN MAGAZINE ALWAYS ON CARTRIDGE CATCH TIMEOUT MOUNT ARM DOES NOT RETURN BACK TO HOME MOUNT CARTRIDGE RETRIES EXHAUSTED UNFEED RETRIES EXHAUSTED UNFEED TOO FAST OR CTG IN MAG SENSOR ALWAYS ON INTERLOCK SW DETECT ERROR CARTRIDGE INSTALLED INCORRECTLY UNFEED SENSOR IS ON OR UNFEED COMPLETE FILE PROTECTED DURING WRITE OR DSE READ HEAD BIAS ERROR WRITE HEAD CIRCUIT
113. Operation code The Element type code field specifies an element type element descriptors are only returned for those elements that are of the same type as specified by this field Table 6 18 shows the codes used for the Element type code field The special value Oh can be used in the Element type code field when element descriptors for all element types are to be reported If any reserved value 05h to OFh is used in the Element type code field then no data is sent and CHECK CONDITION status will be reported The sense data for this error will contain a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST The Starting element address field specifies a minimum element address element descriptors are only returned for those elements with addresses greater than or equal to the value in this field The defined element addresses for the Flush Mount Car tridge Loader FACL and Automatic Cartridge Loader ACL are shown in Table 6 19 The Number of elements field specifies a maximum number of element descriptors to be reported If the set of element descriptors to be reported as defined by the Element type code field and Starting element address field contains more element descriptors than are allowed to be reported by the Number of elements field then only a subset of these element descriptors will be reported Which elements are chosen for this subset is not specified The Allocation length field describes the maximum number of bytes that are to be transf
114. Parts List This chapter describes the M2488 models and optional equipment available The ANSI X3 131 199x SCSI specification may be purchased from American National Standard Institute Inc 1430 Broadway New York N Y 10018 Tel 212 642 4900 SCSI 2 unreleased documentation X3B5 87 099 may be obtained from Global Engineering Documents 2805 McGaw Irvine CA 92714 CONVENTION Hexadecimal numbers are denoted by an h following the number e g 23h or OXNN Binary numbers are denoted by a b following the number e g 001b C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER TITLE PAGE REVISION i DIRECTORY eese y kr exeo tA swale EO ii AGENCY 5 8 iii PREFACE RR E DEP EPEEVONREECMEN S PE iv INFORMATION LOCATOR vi TABLE CONTENTS 5 255556 Ch t Inh a RP REI RI RENE ACRI Rn ix LIST OFFIGURES eee RR RUE FERE DAE ERR Pere YR AI E e xxi LISTOF TABLES 9 Er pas e er hat PERIERE RT Dae xxiii 1 5 1 1 1 1 INTRODUCTION ni EGER RR 1 1 1 2 PREPARING THE M2488 AND ITS OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
115. Perform the Threader Assembly replacement procedure in paragraph 8 11 7 2 on page 8 50 Figure 8 10 Loader Assembly April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 51 pe 7 lt q Q MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 11 9 OP PCA Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 11 for location of the OP PCBA 8 11 9 1 OP PCA Removal STEP ACTION 1 A W N Remove the four screws from the sides of the front panel Pull front panel forward and disconnect connector CNJ41 Remove two screws from front panel Remove retaining plate and screw plate Remove two screws securing the OP PCA and remove the OP Remove the five switch buttons from the OP PCA 8 11 9 2 OP PCA Replacement STEP ACTION 1 A 9 N Insert the five switch buttons into the OP PCA Secure the OP PCA to the front panel with two screws Insert screw plate and retaining plate Insert two screws into bottom of front panel Connect CNJ41 Push front panel onto drive Insert four side screws to secure front panel to drive Figure 8 11 OP PCBA CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 11 10 Power Supply PSU Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 12 for location of the PSU 8 11 10 1 Power Supply Removal STEP ACTION 1 Perform the DTC PCBA removal procedure in paragraph 8 11 6 1 on page 8 48 Remove the three screws securing the pow
116. RDL PCBA replacement procedure in paragraph 8 11 12 2 on page 8 54 Figure 8 13 WTL PCBA April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 55 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 56 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE PARTS REPLACEMENT CATALOG CHAPTER 9 PARTS REPLACEMENT CATALOG 9 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides parts information on the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive field replaceable units as described in the following paragraphs 9 2 FIELD REPLACEABLE UNITS 9 2 FIELD REPLACEABLE UNITS Table 9 1 describes the Field Replaceable Units FRUs for the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive For loca tion of the FRUs refer to the drawing figure s and index listed in the table FIGURE amp INDEX Air Filter PART NUMBER B90L 1155 0021A Table 9 1 Field Replaceable Units DESCRIPTION Air Filter Not Shown Fan Assembly AC Fuse CA01311 D016 Fan Assembly 120 ACV 15 Watts 9 1 2 9 4 PCA IPM 20312 45 CA20312 B46X CA20312 B47X CA20312 B48X Fast Wide Single ended SCSI Fast Wide Differential SCSI Narrow Single ended SCSI Narrow Differential SCSI Loader Assembly PCBA DTC PCBA OP CA01311 F200 CA20312 B44X B17B 1540 0140A Loader Assembly Controller Printed Circuit Board Assembly Control Panel Printed Circuit Board Assembly PCBA SVL CA20116 B81X Servo Printed Circuit Board Assembly PCBA RDL CA20116 B79X Read Circ
117. READ gt 32Kx 16 3 oO D ss I 2 90 A m p p CP f PROCESSOR gt MICROPROCESSOR COMPANION 2 DE CHIP RSVP Controller 5 86930 558 z SPARC lite FLASH 2n Im PCC Eek MB8486A o lt 2 256Kx18 8 8 2 2 1 Mbyte CS MASK g ROM RS232 2x512K x 8 Figure 2 2 DTC PCA Block Diagram packet to be built without requiring additional buffering Data buffering increases overall perfor mance by allowing data streaming since the buffer can mask or eliminate some tape repositions The EDRC chip set consists of a compression engine CE a decompression engine DE and a data control function SG The SG LSI is used twice in the design once each for the CE and DE The complete chip set is designed to operate at the full data path rate of 20 MB s In addition The com pression SG input FIFO is 64k bytes for compression data caching If compression retries are ever required retries can automatically be performed without host intervention Microprocessor Control A 20MHz MB68930 Sparc lite MPU is the single Control Processor CP used for the controller requirements The controller CP communicates directly to the drive servo CP via dual port RAM The RSVP Read Signal Verification Processor is a 10 Mhz 24 bit fixed instruction sequencer that is embedded inside the PCC Processor Companion Chip It requires less than 4200 basic cells of the 22 800 cells in the PCC The RSVP p
118. Ratio Write Buffer Empty Ratio Bus Inactivity Time Disconnect Time Limit Connect Time Limit Maximum Burst Size Reserved Reserved The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command Note Changeable fields in this page are shaded Table 5 8 Page 02 Disconnect Reconnect Parameters Field Description DESCRIPTION The Read Buffer Full Ratio and Write Buffer Empty Ratio fields indicate how full the buffer should be on a read command or how empty the buffer should be on a write command before the target attempts reselection These fields are not supported and are reported as NOT changeable on a MODE SENSE command The default values are zero The Bus Inactivity Limit field indicates the maximum time in 100 microsecond increments that the target is allowed to maintain the bus busy without handshakes until it must disconnect value of zero in this field indicates that there is no Bus Inactivity Limit The Bus Inactivity Limit field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero A non zero value in the Disconnect Time Limit field indicates the minimum time in 100 microsecond increments that the target remains disconnected for the specified LUN until it attempts to reconnect A value of zero in this field indicates that the target is allowed to reconnect immedi ately The Disconnect Time Limit field is reported as changeable on a MODE SELECT command an
119. Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buffered mode operation occurred in RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure e g transfer of RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS data failed due to a hardware failure 2 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the RECEIVE DIAG NOSTIC RESULTS command 2 Flag bit in the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CDB was set and the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 97 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 21 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA c
120. SAVE DATA POINTER code 02h This message is sent from a target to direct the initiator to save a copy of the present active data pointer for the currently attached logical unit CG00000 011503 REV A 3 9 SCSI MESSAGES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 3 3 SCSIBUS STATUS A status byte Table 3 3 is sent from the target to the initiator during the STATUS phase at the termina tion of each command unless the command is cleared by An ABORT message A BUS DEVICE RESET message A hard RESET condition or An unexpected BUS FREE condition 9 E x 9 72 Table 3 3 Status Byte 3 _ pese T poe EL Table 3 4 describes the status byte codes Table3 4 Status Byte Code Bit Values STATUS BYTE BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 FER Check condition STATUS REPRESENTED Condition met good Busy Intermediate good Intermediate condition met good Reservation conflict A AA A A A X A A A A A A 50 Command terminated Queue full Reserved R Reserved bit Not supported by this controller 3 3 1 Good Status oO coc cococ o co O ol OSD ee AAA AA A A AS gt E n This status indicates the target has successfully completed th
121. SENSOR ALWAYS ON UNFEED SENSOR ALWAYS ON WRITE TYPE COMMAND WITH FILEPROTECT FRONT CARRIER SENSOR ALWAYS ON UNFEED SENSOR NOT ON LOADER MOTION TIME OUT TAPE PATH SENSOR CT amp MR BOTH ON LEADER BLOCK CANNOT BE PULLED OUT FROM CART CARTRIDGE LOAD RETRY EXHAUSTED TAPE THREAD RETRY EXHAUSTED TAPE PATH HOME SENSOR ALWAYS ON ERROR THREADER ARM CANNOT MOVE TO HOME POSITION AT POWER UP CARTRIDGE NOT EJECTED TOO LOOSE OR BROKEN TAPE IS LOADED THREADING TIMEOUT E 2 UNTHREAD TIME OUT CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE CHK XX ERROR CODES Table E 1 CHK xx Error Code Descriptions Continued DESCRIPTION CARTRIDGE UNLOAD TIME OUT TAPE UNLOAD TIME OUT THREADING TIME WAS TOO FAST UNTHREADING TIME WAS TOO FAST THREADER ARM IS NOT HOME DURING CART LOADING FILE PROTECT SENSOR IS ALWAYS OFF WRITE ENABLE FILE REEL DIRECTION ERROR DUE TO LOOSE TAPE WRAP FILE REEL TURNS TOO FAST DUE TO LOOSE TAPE WRAP TAPE PATH SENSOR CT IS NOT OFF DURING THREADING FILE REEL DIRECTION ERROR DURING THREADING FILE REEL TURNS TOO SLOW DURING UNTHREADING FILE REEL DIRECTION ERROR DURING UNTHREADING CARTRIDGE OR MOUNT SENSOR FAILURE MACHINE REEL TACHOMETER FAILURE IN UNLOAD ABNORMAL REEL CLUTCHING DURING LOAD OR TOO LOOSE WRAP NO CARTRIDGE OR FILE PROTECT SENSOR ERROR LD CARTRIDGE IS N
122. STEP ACTION 1 Perform the top cover removal procedure in paragraph 8 11 4 1 on page 8 46 2 Perform the bottom cover removal procedure in paragraph 8 11 5 1 on page 8 47 3 Remove the four screws securing the RDL 4 Lift up the RDL and disconnect connectors CNP12 CNP13 CNP14 CNP15 and CNP16 5 Remove the RDL PCBA 8 11 12 2 RDL PCBA Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Insert the RDL PCBA into the bottom of the drive 2 Align connectors CNP12 CNP13 CNP14 CNP15 and CNP16 then gently press on each connec tor to mate 3 Align screws holes then insert four screws and tighten 4 Perform the bottom cover replacement procedure in paragraph 8 11 5 2 on page 8 47 5 Perform the top cover replacement procedure in paragraph 8 11 4 2 on page 8 46 8 54 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 11 13 WTL PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 13 for location of the WTL PCBA 8 11 13 1 Removal STEP ACTION 1 Perform the RDL removal procedure in paragraph 8 11 12 1 on page 8 54 Remove the three screws securing the WTL Disconnect connectors CNJ30 and CNJ31 A WwW N Remove the WTL PCBA P ea 21 e mA 8 11 13 2 WTL PCBA Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Insert the WTL PCBA into the bottom of the drive Connect connectors CNJ30 and CNJ31 Align screws holes then insert three screws and tighten A 9 N Perform the
123. TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE LWR2 ETPs Invalid Error 18 Track DESCRIPTION RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 ETPs Disorder Error 36 Trk RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 ETPs Format Control Error 36 RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST F 56 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop W
124. Table 4 2 CDB Field Description Table 4 3 CHANGE DEFINITION Field Description Table 4 4 Definition Parameter Description Table 4 5 DISPLAY Field Description Table 4 6 DISPLAY Parameter Table 4 7 Display Parameter Field Description 11 Table 4 8 Display Data i siio Suv Table 4 9 Display Mode Selection Bits 1 Table 4 10 DISPLAY Field Description 108 Table 4 11 Display Format Control Byte Description 10 Table 4 12 DISPLAY Parameter 10 Table 4 13 Display Mode Selection Bits 10 Table 4 14 ERASE Field Table 4 15 INQUIRY Field Table4 16 EVPD Bitz one RR e SERIE RE EN Eee Table 4 17 Supported VPD Page Table 4 18 INQUIRY Data Table 4 19 INQUIRY Data Format Field Description Table 4 20 Peripheral Qualifiers Table 4 21 Peripheral Device Table 4 22 Possible Peripheral Qualifier and Device Types Generated
125. VPD page 82h returns the target s implemented operating definitions in ASCII format The format for VPD page 82h is Table 5 24 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 82h ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 01h Page code 82h Reserved Page length 9Dh ASCII operating definition description length 9Ch ASCII OPERATING DEFINITION DESCRIPTION DATA 00h Use current operating definition NULL 00h 03h SCSI 2 operating definition NULL 00h MTU VPD PAGES 40h Change user product data 121 NULL 00h 122 159 41 Change factory product data 160 NULL 00h Table 5 25 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 82h Field Description DESCRIPTION The ASCII operating definition description length field indicates the length in bytes of the ASCII operating definition description data that follows If the allocation length is less than the length of data to be returned the ASCII operation definition description length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation The ASCII operating definition description data field contains the ASCII operating definition description data The data in this field is formatted in lines where each line is terminated with a NULL 00h character The ASCII characters in each line shown in the table above are left aligned and ASCII spaces 20h are used to pad each line up to the NULL 00h character Each line has a t
126. WRITE command NOTE It is possible for the target to generate SENSE KEY OBh Aborted Command with sense data bytes 12 13 and 19 containing values other than those shown in Figure 8 2 This indicates that more spe cific data transfer errors occurred e g SPC Parity error on data received and the initiator can still reissue the WRITE command April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 31 gt 52 ea E MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Host sends com mands to TARG SCSI Check Host sends Status 02h REQUEST SENSE 03h Sense data Byte2 Process Other Status xBh Sense Data Bytes 12 amp 13 4400h Sense Data Byte 19 4Ch Not Retryable Reissue Write Command Figure 8 2 EDRC Retry 8 32 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 7 MAINTENANCE TERMINAL The maintenance terminal is attached to the rear of the M2488 via the 9 pin DIN connector It has two functions use as a terminal to run diagnostics using keyboard input and as a debug port for use with special tools that can be accessed by remote attach with a modem 8 7 1 Maintenance Interface A 9 pin DB 9 maintenance interface DTE device is provided on the rear panel of the tape drive which is used for maintenance and diagnostic operation Nearly all maintenance and all diagnostic capabilities are accessible t
127. When the Selftest bit is zero this command is usually followed by a RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 4 3 27 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Description SEND DIAGNOSTIC is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 107 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Parameter List Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded The following Field Description table specifies the use of each field of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Refer to Table 4 108 in conjunction with the following table for a more concise overview of how each field is used Table 4 107 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code A UnitOfL Unit Offline bit of 1 enables write operations on user medium or opera tions that affect user visible medium positioning 2 2 Z H 0 A DevOfL Device Offline bit of 1 enables diagnostic operations that may adversely affect operations to other logical units on the same target A Selftest bit of 1 directs the target to complete its default selftest A Selftest bit of O directs the target to perform tests defined by the bytes in the parameter list Successful completion of the function and preparation of a response is indicated by presentation of GOOD status The response is then recovered by execu tion of the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 117
128. a MODE SELECT command Upon termination the log ical position 1s located after the block s written by this command EOM side A successful WRITE command with the fixed bit of one transfers the requested transfer length times the current block length in bytes from the initiator A successful WRITE command with the fixed bit of zero transfers the requested transfer length in bytes from the initiator If the transfer length specified by the WRITE command is 0 no data is transferred and the current position on the logical unit is not changed This condition is not considered an error Buffered Mode Write data may be buffered or unbuffered as indicated by the Buffered Mode field of the MODE SENSE command For unbuffered operation GOOD status is not returned until all data block s are successfully written to the medium For buffered operation GOOD status is returned as soon as all data block s are successfully transferred to the buffer If the early warning condition is encountered while writing an attempt to finish writing any buff ered data is made depending on the value of the SEW Synchronize at Early Warning bit in the mode parameters reference MODE SENSE SELECT mode page 10h The command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status and the EOM and valid bits are set to one in the sense data If all of the data has been written to tape the sense key is set to NO SENSE If any data that is to be written after encountering the early wa
129. a source element to a destination element Provides a means to exchange the medium in the source element with the medium located at a des tination element 4 3 19 on page 4 83 4 3 27 on page 4 117 4 3 2 on page 4 5 amp 6 4 on page 6 41 6 2 4 on page 6 16 6 2 1 on page 6 2 READ ELEMENT STATUS March 1997 Requests that the target report status information for the medium changer elements CG00000 011503 REV A 6 2 5 on page 6 19 MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS EXCHANGE MEDIUM MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 2 1 6 2 1 1 EXCHANGE MEDIUM MC command A6h The EXCHANGE MEDIUM medium changer command provides a means to exchange the medium in the source element with the medium located at a destination element The medium in the source element is moved to the first destination element and the medium that pre viously occupied the first destination element is moved to the second destination element The sec ond destination element may or may not be the same element as the source element In the case of a simple exchange the source element and the second destination element are the same This device can emulate the capability of handling two units of media at the same time The ACL cannot perform exchange medium operations The FACL can perform an exchange medium opera tions if the tape unit is empty EXCHANGE MEDIUM CDB Description EXCHANGE MEDIUM is a twelve byte command The bytes are shown b
130. always cause a synchronization unless The device is operating in Buffered Mode 1 wherein different initiators may have data in the buffer at the same time or A third party reservation is being requested where the 3rd Party Dev ID is that of the initiator which currently has write data in the buffer This command requests that the entire logical unit be reserved for the exclusive use of the initiator until the reservation is superseded by another valid RESERVE UNIT command from the initiator that the device is currently reserved for the unit is released by RELEASE UNIT command from the initiator that made the reserva tion a hard reset condition occurs a BUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator or a power on cycle occurs The reservation is not granted if the logical unit is reserved by another initiator Itis permissible for an initiator to issue a RESERVE UNIT command to a logical unit that it has already reserved If the logical unit is reserved for another initiator the target returns RESERVATION CONFLICT status If after honoring the reservation any other initiator tries to perform any command on the reserved logical unit other than an INQUIR Y REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE UNIT command then the command is rejected with RESERV ATION CONFLICT status A RELEASE UNIT command is ignored by returning GOOD status without altering any reservations if received from an initiator other than the one reserving the in
131. and the current mode is variable as setby MODE SELECT command or default power on condi tion the command is rejected with a CHECK CONDITION and a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST If the Fixed bit is zero the LWR command operates in variable block mode regardless of the current mode setby MODE SELECT If the LWR operation fails CHECK CONDITION status is generated and the sense key is set to HARDWARE ERROR 4 3 11 3 LOOP WRITE TO READ Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR 1 Recovery was performed when transferring data from the initia tor 2 Recovery was performed when writing buffered data to tape 3h MEDIUM ERROR Writing buffered data to tape failed due to defective tape 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 Transferring data from the initiator failed due to a hardware failure 2 Writing buffered data to tape failed due to a hardware failure 3 The loop write to read operation failed Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the LWR command 2 The Fixed bit was set to one but the current mode is variable as set by MODE SELECT or default power on condition 3 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the LOOP WRITE TO READ command was not per formed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been change
132. as those defined in the INQUIRY com mand description When being received as CHANGE DEFINITION data these fields are ignored The Page Code field identifies the format and parameters defined for that VPD page The Page Length field indicates the length in bytes of the VPD parameters that fol low For VPD pages that are permitted to be sent from an initiator via the CHANGE DEFINITION command if the initiator does not set this value to the value that is returned for that page by the INQUIRY command the target terminates the CHANGE DEFINITION command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST For VPD pages requested by an initiator via the INQUIRY command if the allocation length in the INQUIRY CDB is too small to transfer all bytes in the VPD page the page length is not adjusted to reflect the trun cation 07 EE 2 A me The VPD parameters for each page are described in the following sections NOTE All Inquiry ASCII data generated in fields representing numerical val ues e g power on time cleaning count etc is the ASCII equivalent to the hexadecimal numerical value 5 18 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS 5 3 2 Supported VPD Pages Page 00h VPD page 00h returns a list of the vital product data pages supported by this target The format f
133. attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 2 The rewind operation was not completed because of a hardware failure Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Illegal parameter was found in REWIND command CDB The rewind operation was not performed 2 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the REWIND command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND REWIND command was aborted The REWIND command can be reissued Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the Read Reverse operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached 4 116 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 27 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 1Dh The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command requests the target to perform diagnostic tests on itself or on the attached peripheral devices After the receipt of a valid SEND DIAGNOSTIC command the unit performs synchronization prior to execution of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC operation Disconnection occurs if allowed during the execution of the function
134. be powered on in which case you don t need to perform this step 2 Prepare modem DIP switch settings Important settings are 1 down DTR override 2 up verbal results code 3 up suppress result codes 4 up echo off line commands 5 up auto answer 6 up carrier detect normal 7 down load factory defaults 8 down smart modem Attach phone line to modem telephone wall socket to modem connection Attach line between phone and modem if desired Connect power cord to modem Connect RS 232 cable between modem and M2488 Switch modem power on QN A Q Press SHIFT and TEST keys at same time Hold keys for 5 seconds If the modem has a Receive Data RD lamp this lamp will blink a few times 8 34 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 8 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Refer to the User s Manual Chapter 6 for a description of preventive maintenance procedures 8 9 TAPE PATH CLEANING PROCEDURE If the media created excessive debris buildup on the head or head guide then manually wet clean the head or head guide as follows STEP ACTION 1 Turn the tape drive power switch to off Disconnect SCSI cables and power cord E 5 lt E CLEANING 2 See Figure 8 1 Remove the two screws from the fan cover Open the fan cover 3 Without allowing hands to contact the head or guides clean the tape path head and head guides using a cotton swab and 98 isopropy
135. be rejected If the target receives this message under any other circumstance the target rejects this message CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE SCSI MESS AGES 3 2 13 3 2 14 3 2 15 April 1997 When a target sends this message it changes to MESSAGE IN phase and sends this message prior to requesting additional message bytes from the initiator This provides an interlock so that the initiator can determine which message was rejected NO OPERATION code 08h This message is sent from an initiator in response to a target s request for a message when the initia tor does not currently have any other valid message to send RESTORE POINTERS code 03h This message is sent from a target to direct the initiator to restore the most recently saved pointers for the currently attached logical unit to the active state Pointers to the command data and status locations for the logical unit are restored to the active pointers Command and status pointers are restored to the beginning of the present command and status areas The data pointer is restored to the value at the beginning of the data area in the absence of a SAVE DATA POINTER message or to the value at the point at which the last SAVE DATA POINTER message occurred for that logical unit NOTE If a DISCONNECT message is used to break a long data transfer into two or more shorter transfers then a SAVE DATA POINTER is issued before each DISCONNECT message
136. block or filemark was encountered on the medium for a distance of 680 mm The medium position following this condi tion is not defined CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION Bh ABORTED COMMAND READ command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the read operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 67 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 15 READ BLOCK LIMITS command 05h The READ BLOCK LIMITS command requests the target s block length limits for the logical unit The READ BLOCK LIMITS data shown in Table 4 62 is sent during the DATA IN phase of the command 4 3 15 1 READ BLOCK LIMITS CDB Description READ BLOCK LIMITS is a six byte command The bytes are as shown below and described in Table 4 61 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 61 READ BLOCK LIMITS Field Description BYTE VALUE DESCRIPTION NENNEN NIU NN Variable and fixed length blocks are supported Refer to Table 4 62 for the READ BLOCK LIM ITS data Table 4 62 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data DESCRIPTION Reserved 040000h 262 144 The maximum block length is the maximum number of bytes the host can request via a read or write oper
137. buffered write data will not neces sarily be written to tape To force buffered write data to tape issue a WRITE FILEMARK command with a count of 0 Table 4 126 Code Field Bits CODE FIELD DESCRIPTION Space N Blocks If the Count field is positive then space forward blocks N Count If the Count field is negative then space backward blocks N Count Space N Filemarks If the Count field is positive then position forward to the End of Tape side of the Nth filemark encountered N Count If the Count field is negative then position backward to the Beginning of Tape side of the Nth filemark encountered Count Space to N Sequential If the Count field is positive then position forward to the End of Tape side of Filemarks the next occurrence of N consecutive filemarks N Count If the Count field is negative then position backward to the Beginning of Tape side of the next occurrence of N consecutive filemarks N Count Space to End of Data The count field is ignored Upon successful completion the tape is posi tioned such that a subsequent write command will append data after the last recorded block If the tape is in 18 track format end of data is defined as two sequential filemarks April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 135 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 126 Code Field Bits Continued CODE FIELD TYPE DESCRIPTION 100b 111b These codes are not used by
138. but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the SPACE command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND Space command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the SPACE operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 137 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 30 TEST UNIT READY command 00h The TEST UNIT READY command provides a means to check if the logical unit is ready This is not a request for a self test If the logical unit would accept an appropriate medium access command without returning CHECK CONDITION status this command returns a GOOD status 4 3 30 1 TEST UNIT READY CDB Description TEST UNIT READY is six byte command The bytes are as shown below and described in Table 4 127 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 127 TEST UNIT READY Field Description BYTE VALUE DESCRIPTION 4 3 30 2 TEST UNIT READY CHECK CONDITION Status I
139. byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Write EDRC NC 32 bytes walk after a write diag operation was initialized in ing 1 mode 14h the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 35 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ Un m a ia Z lt DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 13 Routine 11 EDRC Data Buffers Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE Write EDRC NC 32 bytes walk ing 1 mode 14h DESCRIPTION when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm request wrtbuffer the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data buffer Read EDRC NC 32 bytes walk ing
140. bytes of CRC and then veri fies the CRC The CRC is then stripped away and not sent to the initiator with the other Read Buffer data NOTE When performing Write Buffer operations to the Data Buffer the max imum Transfer Length that can be written is the Buffer Capacity of the Data Buffer minus two The two remaining bytes in the Data Buffer are needed to store the two byte CRC which is automatically appended to the data when it is stored in the buffer Download Microcode Mode 100b Description In this mode vendor specific microcode is transferred to the control store memory of the target via the data buffer and then an automatic reset is performed causing the target to run from the new microcode The downloaded microcode is not saved into non volatile memory i e flash memory therefore after a power cycle the target reverts to the previous version of microcode After SCSI bus or Bus Device resets the target con tinues to run from the downloaded code In the download microcode mode Buffer ID 0 is the only Buffer ID supported If any other Buffer ID value is selected the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB NOTES 1 Since an automatic reset is performed upon completing the Write Buffer command in Down load Microcode mode the MICROCODE HAS BEEN CHANGED unit attention condition is replaced with the POWER ON RESET unit attention
141. cartridge position number 1 4 Eject magazine If the HltLd Halt Load bit is set to 1 the Medium Changer is instructed to suspend loading of the next cartridge following an unload of the currently loaded cartridge when the Medium Changer is set in Automatic Mode This function is cleared and the bit reset a by depressing the START key after loading has been suspended in Automatic Mode or b by depressing the RESET key followed by the START key when the Medium Changer is in Automatic Mode or by a new Mode Select command with the HLTLD bit set to Ob 6 34 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS NOTE The Cartridge Map may be returned as zeros if the Medium Changer is NOT READY Table 6 41 Cartridge Map 6 3 2 Page Code 1Dh Element Address Assignments Table 6 42 ACL Page Code 1Dh Element Address Assignments MODE SENSE DEFAULT VALUES Page Code Additional Page Length Medium Transport Element Address Number of Medium Transport Elements First Storage Element Address Number of Storage Elements First Import Export Element Address Number of Import Export Elements First Data Transfer Element Address Number of Data Transfer Elements Reserved The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 35 SELECT SENSE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M248
142. changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short LOAD UNLOAD command was aborted The LOAD UNLOAD command can be reissued April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 27 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 8 LOCATE command 2Bh The LOCATE command causes the tape unit to position to a specific logical location The Block address field specifies the target location the logical unit positions in front of the block associated with the Block address i e on the BOT side of the block Any buffered write data and filemarks are written to the tape before the locate operation occurs 4 3 8 1 LOCATE CDB Description LOCATE is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 25 Com mon fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 nu Pas eS Reserved Reserved E lt 5 Partition Reserved mo Block Address Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 25 LOCATE Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code If Immed Immediate 0 status is not returned for the LOCATE com mand until the locate operation has completed or has failed If Immed bit 1 status is returned for the LOCATE command as soon as the CDB has been validated and any buffered write data
143. command sending these parameters A PF bit of 0 or 1 both indicate that the Mode Select parameters are structured as pages of related parameters as defined by the ANSI standard Pages which can be saved are identified by the Parameter Savable PS bit that is returned in the page header by the MODE SENSE command If the PS bit is set in the MODE SENSE data the page can be saved by issuing a MODE SELECT command with the SP bit set Once a MODE SELECT command with an SP bit of one is completed successfully the parameters set during that command become the saved parameters The saved parameters become the active or current parameters until another MODE SELECT command is completed If the new MODE SELECT command has an SP bit of 0 the newly set parameters become the current parameters and remain in effect until any of the following occurs a a new MODE SELECT command is successfully performed b a RESET CONDITION is detected a power on cycle is performed or d a BUS DEVICE RESET message is received in which case the saved parameters are restored as the active or current parameters If the new MODE SELECT command has an SP bit of 1 the newly set parameters become the saved parameters as well as the active or current parameters Therefore following any of the conditions described in b through d above the newly set saved parameters will be restored as the current parameters CG00000 011503 REV A 6
144. condition 2 The microcode image that is downloaded via the WRITE BUFFER command includes the con troller and servo microcode In the Download Microcode mode only the controller microcode is copied to control store and activated The downloaded servo microcode is not used and the previous servo code remains active In order to change the servo code a WRITE BUFFER command in Download Microcode and Save mode must be performed followed by a power cycle aa B m ec x 4 146 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Download Microcode and Save Mode 101b Description In this mode vendor specific micro code is transferred to the target and if the WRITE BUFFER command is completed successfully is saved into a non volatile memory i e flash memory The downloaded code shall then be effec tive after each power cycle and reset until another download microcode and save operation is per formed When the download microcode and save command has completed successfully the target shall generate a unit attention condition for all initiators except the one that issued the WRITE BUFFER command When reporting the unit attention condition the target shall set the additional sense code to MICROCODE HAS BEEN CHANGED NOTE The saved microcode does not become the active code load until a power on reset is per formed In the download microcode and save mode Buffer ID 0 is the o
145. connectors CNP24 and CNP28 Route the CNJ24 cable through the inside of the corner post on the M2488 See Figure 1 30 3 Align the positioning projections the M2488 to the holes on the rear of the FACL Attach the three Allen bolts through the inside of the FACL into the grounding plate and tighten 4 Replace the top covers on the FACL Tighten four screws to hold the covers in place 5 Replace the top cover on the M2488 Tighten the four screws to hold the cover in place See Figure 1 31 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 35 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Positioning 421003 Positianing projecdens Figure 1 29 Connect the M2488 and the FACL CNI28 Figure 1 30 Cable Connection CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Top cover 86 Figure 1 31 Replace Top Covers 1 7 PREPARATION FOR USE See the User s Guide for configuration information April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DESIGN ARCHITECTURE CHAPTER 2 DESIGN ARCHITECTURE 2 1 INTRODUCTION This chapters provides information on the principles of operation of the M2488 tape drive This chapter begins with a a high level description of the M2488 then progresses to a more detailed description of the individual circuits Refer to the appropriate paragraphs for the necessary level of detail 2 2 OPERATION OF THE M2488 2 3 OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC TAPE
146. developers only NVRAM Initialization Required This message is displayed after power on if the non volatile RAM that contains configuration and setting information is not initialized 1 CRC error when reading the configuration file It is possible that the NVRAM was previously initialized but has since failed When this message is displayed the tape unit will not respond to SCSI selection until the configuration is performed via the operator panel See the User s Guide Chapter 4 SETTING MENU CHK XX CHK xx errors signal drive or ACL FACL errors when displayed on the operator panel xx may be any hexadecimal value from 00 to FF When CHK XX is displayed pressing the TEST key will cause the operator panel to scroll a short descriptive text message describing the cause of the error Pressing the RESET key when a CHK XX message is displayed erases the message and unloads the tape car tridge and when an autoloader is installed ejects the magazine A description of each check code is contained in Appendix E The operator should press the reset key to eject the cartridge and magazine after recording the check code and associated text This information should be provided to the service engineer Host jobs in progress and using the tape unit should be aborted Write data should be considered not valid Read data on the media is not effected Diagnostic Error Codes The diagnostic error codes as displayed on the operator panel or the mainten
147. e un Z O AND ERROR CODES RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 Multi Track Error 36 RSVP failed to Respond Track DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 61 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE LWR2 Multi Track Error 36 Track DESCRIPTION RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 Multi Track Error 18 Track RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time ou
148. ede 4 31 4 3 9 LOG SELECT command 4 32 4 3 9 LOG SELECT CDB 4 32 4 3 92 LOG SELECT CHECK CONDITION 4 32 4 3 10 LOG SENSE command 4 33 4 3 10 1 LOG SENSE CDB 4 33 4 3 10 2 LOG SENSE 4 34 4 3 10 3 LOG SENSE 4 35 4 3 10 3 1 Log Sense 4 37 4 3 10 4 LOG SENSE Sense Keys 4 48 4 3 11 LOOP WRITE TO READ command 4 49 4 3 11 1 LOOP WRITE TO READ CDB Description 4 49 4 3 11 2 LOOP WRITE TO READ CHECK CONDITION Status 4 50 4 3 11 3 LOOP WRITE TO READ Sense 4 50 4 3 12 MODE SELECT command 15 4 51 4 3 12 1 MODE SELECT CDB 4 51 4531227 Mode Select Data e stet ER EROS 4 52 4 3 12 3 MODE SELECT Sense Keys 4 55 4 3 13 MODE SENSE command 1 4 56 4 3 13 1 MODE SENSE CDB 4 56 4 3 13 2 Mode Sense 4 57 4 3 13 3 Mode Settings
149. field is in error the bit pointer field points to the most significant bit left most of the field A command data C D bit of one indicates that the illegal parameter is in the CDB A C D of zero indicates that the illegal parameter is in the data parameters sent by the initiator during the DATA OUT phase April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 8 2 Error Code 70 Sense Format Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION The meaning of the sense key specific field depends on which sense key is returned and whether the Sense Key Specific Valid SKSV bit is a one If the sense key field is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the SKSV bit is one the sense key specific field is defined as shown in bytes 15 through 17 If the SKSV bit is a zero the field is not defined The field pointer field indicates which byte of the CDB or of the parameter data was in error Bytes are numbered starting from zero as shown in the tables describing the com mands and parameters When a multiple byte field is in error the pointer points to the most significant byte of the field The format byte defines the format of bytes 20 43 See Table 8 15 on page 8 15 to iden tify the format of additional sense Byte 19 identifies the error recovery procedure action ERPA code The codes are described in Appendix C ut E Z The format of sense bytes 20 43 varies depe
150. for Read Data Mode BUFFER ID DESCRIPTION Read Write Data Buffer CAPACITY Specified in the Buffer Capacity field of the Read Buffer Descriptor obtained via the Read Buffer command April 1997 Read Write nonvolatile NV RAM Specified in the Buffer Capacity field of the Read Buffer Descriptor obtained via the Read Buffer command 512 bytes Data is transferred beginning at the offset within the buffer as specified by the buffer offset If the initiator fails to conform to the offset boundary requirements returned in the READ BUFFER descriptor CHECK CONDITION status is returned with a sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of ILLEGAL FIELD in CDB NOTES 1 The read write data buffer and NVRAM are wrap around buffers Therefore the entire capacity specified by the Read Buffer Descriptor is available regardless of the offset specified 2 Prior to allowing READ BUFFER command processing to occur for the read write data buffer the controller performs required positioning or synchronization Buffered write data is written to tape and buffered read data is discarded 3 There is only one 512 byte NVRAM area available This area may be accessed by any initia tor The NVRAM is not partitioned into per initiator areas 4 only difference between the vendor unique mode and data mode is that a READ BUFFER in vendor unique mode reads the number of bytes requested and does not perform a
151. have been changed or the target has been reset DATA PROTECT Indicates a command that writes the medium was attempted on a device that is pro tected from this operation The write operation is not performed BLANK CHECK Indicates the device encountered blank medium indication while reading COPY ABORTED Indicates a COPY command was aborted due to an error condition on the source device the destination device or both ABORTED COMMAND Indicates the target aborted the command The initiator may be able to recover by trying the command again VOLUME OVERFLOW Indicates EOM was reached and data remains in the buffer that has not been written to the medium A RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command s may be issued to read the unwritten data from the buffer April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 SENSE KEYS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE A 2 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE APPENDIX B ASC ASCQ ASC ASCQ The Additional Sense Code ASC and the Additional Sense Code Qualifier ASCQ are described in Table B 1 by Sense Key and in Table B 3 by ASC ASCQ These are the ASC and ASCQs returned in bytes 12 and 13 of the error code sense formats described in paragraph 8 3 1 on page 8 4 The sense keys which are mapped to the ASC ASCQs are described in Appendix A The Advised Action column indicates action codes which are described in Table B 2 SENSE ASC ASCQ Table B 1 ASC and ASCQ Description by Sense Key DES
152. in feature setting FT5 as described in the M2488 User s Guide Track Error Statistics 4 3 10 2 4 34 Return All Supported Pages Any other value in the Page Code field will resultin CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST A value in the PPC field of other than Ob will be rejected with a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST A value in the PC field of other than 01b will be rejected with a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST When the Page Code Field contains 3Eh the controller will attempt to return pages 00h 02h 03h OCh and 31h in this order A minimum allocation length of 1E9h is required to receive all page data If fewer than 1E9h bytes are requested then that number of bytes are returned If more than 1E9h are requested then only 1E9h bytes are returned LOG SENSE Operation available log parameters for the specified log page are returned to the initiator during a Data In phase subject to the specified allocation length The page requested by the Page Code is trans ferred in ascending order of parameter codes A page control field PC of 01b must be specified to indicate that the target s current cumulative counter values for the specified log page s are returned Log data is cleared under the following ANSI defined conditions 1 SCSI BUS RESET if operating in hard reset mode 2 BUS DEVICE RESET 3 Power on 4 Valid Log Selec
153. include the length of the pages Table 4 55 Buffered Mode Description BUFFERED MODE DESCRIPTION Target does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written on the medium The Target may report GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as all of the data specified in the WRITE command has been transferred to the buffer Write data from multiple initiators can reside in the buffer prior to writing the data to the medium default The Target may report GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as all of the write data has suc cessfully transferred to the target s buffer from any one initiator prior to writing the block s to the medium If an initiator issued a WRITE command while the buffer contains write data from a different initiator the target writes any buffered data to the medium prior to accepting any data from the new initiator Reserved un Z ua 4 58 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Block Descriptor The block descriptor specifies the medium characteristics for all of a logical unit The block descriptor contains a density code of 00h or 09h default a number of blocks and a block length Table 4 56 Block Descriptor Ceres ever Density Code 09h 09h DEFAULT Number of Blocks 000000h
154. ing rewind operation Read incrementing blocks test Cartridge not installed or drive NOT READY error A tape cartridge must be loaded before this test can be run Error detected while requesting buffer space for data transfer April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 67 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 18 Routine 51 Incrementing Block Length Test Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Read incrementing blocks test Data transfer timeout error Error reported during data transfer Fatal error reported at completion of data transfer Incorrect transfer length retry required or recovered error and incorrect length reported at end of data transfer un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES F 68 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 19 Routine 80 Servo Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Servo Diagnostic Tests Test initialization error the controller could not sense the presence of a DVL card The DTC card must be connected to a DVL card in order to run this test Test initialization error a servo unload com mand failed while attempting to eject a car tridge NN T 242 EO OE Zw lt gt A lt Servo reported error while attempting to unload a cartridge during test initialization Servo Diag Logic test Dummy s
155. is not linked after the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 4 3 19 1 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CDB Description RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 75 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 RESULTS Reserved Reserved e Allocation Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 75 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESUL TS Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returned RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data An allocation length of 0 indicates that no RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data is transferred This condition is not considered an error The target terminates the DATA IN phase when all allocation length bytes have been transferred or when all available RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC data has been transferred to the initiator whichever is less April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 83 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 76 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Length Field PARAMETER ROUTINE LIST LENGTH N A SelfTest RESULTS e 2 S 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 00 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Ih Oh Ih 2h 3h 4h 7h Oh 2h Ih Oh Ih 2h 3h 4h 7h Oh 2h h h 0 h 5 h 5 h 5 h
156. list nodes 5 through 10 of the current test list Example L 050A 0 5 0 L A E Ending node Beginning node List This command is available only if FACTORY MODE is enabled 8 4 3 2 Off Line Diagnostic Menu through the Remote Maintenance RS 232 Interface Off Line diagnostic tests may be invoked and run through the RS 232 interface as well as the Operator Control Panel interface Diagnostic tests are selected and executed in the same manner regardless of which interface is used however the RS 232 interface is easier to use more flexible and provides more detailed error information The RS 232 user interface is command set driven architecture A basic set of commands is pro vided to facilitate the selection and execution of diagnostic tests The Diagnostic Microcode archi tecture is a list processing architecture The RS 232 user interface command set enables the creation modification and deletion of tests to build a test list The command set also includes the capability to begin test execution provide user help information and exit the Off Line diagnostic mode Multiple commands may be entered on the same line using a semicolon as a separator The usual sequence of operations would be to first create a list of tests to be executed Then mod ify any test options as desired Finally begin test execution A description of the commands to accomplish these steps are outlined in section
157. lt gt 8 1 8 2 Initialization Required 8 2 8 2 3 CHI XX Mees ged neg Shae fae 8 2 8 2 4 Diagnostic Error Codes 8 2 8 2 4 1 Operator Panel Error Code 8 2 8 2 4 2 Maintenance Terminal Error Code Display 8 3 8 3 back aye bet 8 4 8 3 1 Error Code Sense 8 4 8 3 2 Sense Information Bytes 20 43 8 9 8 3 2 1 Format 0 Sense Information Description for SIC 8 9 8 3 2 2 Format Olh Sense Information for 8 9 8 3 2 3 Description of Format 01h Sense Information for Drive 8 11 8 3 2 4 Format 2 and 3 Sense Information Hardware Registers 8 13 8 3 2 5 Format 4 Sense Information for Diagnostic Errors 8 15 84 DIAGNOSTICS tuve DR ASSURENT ROT 8 16 8 4 1 Go No Go 8 16 8 4 2 Off Line Diagnostics 8 16 8 4 3 MTU Diagnostics 5 202 o eek SSA 8 16 8 4 3 1 Off Line Diagnostic Menu on the Operator Panel 8 19 8 4 3 2 Off Line Diagnostic Menu through the R
158. microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short LOCATE command was aborted The LOCATE command can be reissued April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 31 4 un C ta TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 9 LOG SELECT command 4Ch The LOG SELECT command provides a means for the initiator to manage statistical information maintained by the target about itself and attached logical units It is a complementary command to the LOG SENSE command Log data is collected within the target on a per event basis regardless of the initiator ID 4 3 9 1 LOG SELECT CDB Description LOG SELECT is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 29 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Parameter List Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 29 LOG SELECT Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code Parameter Code Reset PCR The Page Control PC field defines the type of parameter values to be selected The only supported PC value is 01b current cumulative values Parameter List Length 4 3 9 2 LOG SELECT CHECK CONDITION Status A LOG SELECT command with the parameter code reset bit PCR set a PC of 01b and a parameter list length of zero f
159. multiple customer records into a single tape block When set to 01 this field indicates that the controller will first encode customer data using the Binary Arithmetic Encoding hardware compress the data and to also combine multiple compressed customer data records into a single tape block NOTES 1 Itis permissible to modify the data compression algorithm mode away from BOT and in between write operations however buffered write data is automatically syn chronized to tape prior to activating the new mode 2 For backwards compatibility reasons the values 83h and 84h will be accepted in this field and treated as 00h and Oth respectively 5 2 7 Density Code 28h Until now when sending Mode Parameters with a Mode Select command the initiator could only set 00 09h or 7Fh in the Density Code field in the Block Descriptor byte 00h The Mode Parameter data returned by a Mode Sense command would always return the value of 09h in the Density Code field According to the ANSI SCSI 2 standard a Density Code value of 09h referred to 18Track for mat tape densities The M2488 product tape drive is capable of reading both 18Track and 36Track format tapes but will only write in the 36Track 36T format Since the ANSI SCSI 2 standard had not defined a Density Code value representing the 36T format the M2483 and the early M2488 drives used Density Code 09h to represent both the 18T and 36T formats Since the ANSI SCSI 3 standard ha
160. of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_host_wrt_cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP_HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data_buffer Read clear 3 bytes 00 mode OEh A host data path end of transfer was not detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer_phase when transferring data from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_ACK SCSI_BSY xfer_phase All the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer was not transferred F 26 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 12 Routine 10 EDRC Control Signals Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Read clear 3 bytes 00 mode OEh A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host rd complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Write EDRC NC 3 bytes 00 after a write diag operation was initialized in mode 18h the spc chip the SPC status register did not have
161. of the M2488 Tape Drive Routines are comprised of individual tests which are designed to focus on a specific area of a hardware function This organization allows for finer resolution in diagnostic testing which may be helpful in fault isolation A list of all the diag nostic tests in the Diagnostic Test Registry for all diagnostic modes except the Boot Go No Go mode is presented in Appendix F Diagnostic Execution Diagnostic execution is accomplished through the use of a list processing architecture Each diag nostic routine and test to be executed must first be placed in an ordered list and then this list is exe cuted sequentially The ordered list is referred to as a test list and each individual routine and test placed in the ordered list is referred to as a test list node or simply a node Therefore a test list is a sequence of test list nodes which are individual routines and tests Test list nodes are numbered in ascending order beginning with node number one Go No Go Diagnostics The Go No Go diagnostics are performed every time power is initially applied to the M2488 tape drive These tests are designed to verify the integrity of the tape drive hardware at power on No user intervention is required for these tests however Tasked Go No Go diagnostics can be aborted by pressing the ENTER key at any time after they begin to execute In the event of a Go No Go test failure diagnostic error information will be sen
162. of transfer signal in SDDP hdxs register Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion and sync host count error SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion host count error SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion host CRC error SDDP failed to report expected CRCA error F 48 Read Sync host crc compression error sgd host crc errors Failed to receive data end of transfer signal in SDDP hdxs register Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion and sync host CRC error CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 15 Routine 13 EDRC Error Detection Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE April 1997 Read Sync host crc compression error sgd host crc errors DESCRIPTION SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion host count error SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion host CRC error SDDP failed to report expected CRCA error CG00
163. of zero indicates no MODE SENSE data is to be transferred This condition is not considered as an error Any other value indicates the maximum number of bytes transferred The target termi nates the DATA IN phase when allocation length bytes have been transferred or when all available MODE SENSE data has been transferred to the initiator which ever is less Table 6 10 PC Field PC FIELD BITS 7 6 DESCRIPTION Report Current Values The current values are those parameters under which the target is presently config ured The current values are defined to be the following 1 those values set in the last successfully completed MODE SELECT command 2 saved values ifa MODE SELECT hasn t successfully completed since the last power on hard reset condition or BUS DEVICE RESET message 3 default values if saved values are not available Page fields not supported are set to zero The additional page length field returned by the target indicates the number of bytes supported in that page Report Changeable Values The changeable values of any page indicate which parameters the initiator may change by a subsequent MODE SELECT command Any field allowed to change is set to all ones Fields and bits not allowed to be changed by the initiator are set to zero Attempting to change any field via MODE SELECT command that is not changeable causes the target to return a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST in t
164. one if no tape cartridge is loaded The End of Partition EOP bit if one indicates that the tape unit is logically positioned between early warning LEOT and the Physical End of Tape If this bit is zero then the tape unit is posi tioned previous to early warning 2 qa o a F S The Beginning of Partition bit if one indicates that the tape unit is logically positioned at the beginning of the tape if the bit is zero then the tape unit is not logically positioned at begin ning of tape The tape unit is logically positioned at beginning of tape if and only if the next block to be written or to be read forward is block 0 the first block on tape The Partition number field is always set to 0 This tape unit only has one partition the identifica tion number of this partition is 0 The First Block Location field indicates the current logical position The value in this field is the block address of the next block to be transferred between the initiator and the tape unit if a READ or WRITE command is issued the format of the block address reported is dictated by the BT bit setting as explained above The Last Block Location field indicates the physical position of the tape The value in this field is the block address of the next block to be transferred between the buffer and the tape medium the format of the block address reported is dictated by the BT bit setting as explained above The cur
165. one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty un 2 un m e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer_phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_ACK SCSI_BSY xfer_phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_request_wrtbuffer All the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_host_wrt_cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP_HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data_buffer Read EDRC NC 3 bytes 00 mode A host data path end of transfer was not 08h detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ 5 5 BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC data to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer was not tr
166. paragraph 8 11 3 1 on page 8 45 Remove the top cover as described in paragraph 8 11 4 1 on page 8 46 2 3 Remove the five screws from the controller 4 Disconnect the connectors CNP05 CNJ02 and CNJ03 on the DTC PCBA CNJ02 are on the underside of the board 5 Remove the DTC board 8 11 6 2 DTC PCBA Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Place the DTC PCBA component side down on the drive 2 Connect the connectors CNP05 CNJ02 and CNJ03 on the DTC PCBA CNJ02 and CNJO3 on the underside of the board and should be gently pushed onto the mating plugs 3 Place the five screws into the board aligning the board with all screw holes Tighten the five screws into the board Be careful not to bow the board while tightening the screws 4 Replace top cover as described in paragraph 8 11 4 2 on page 8 46 5 Replace the IPM as described in paragraph 8 11 3 2 on page 8 45 8 48 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING a8 d VdOd OLG Figure 8 8 DTC PCBA 8 49 CG00000 011503 REV A M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE SN April 1997 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 11 7 Threader Assembly Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 9 for location of the Threader Assembly 8 11 7 1 Threader Assembly Removal STEP ACTION 1 Perform the DTC PCBA removal procedure in paragraph 8 11 6 1 on page 8 48 Disconnect ribbon cable CNP43 from the PCBA DVL CNJ43 Lift up on conn
167. parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 Specify a execution time of test 0 99 999 Specify a stop time of test 0 99 999 the number of DIAG executions 0 99 999 WRITE test DIAG command code WRITE test 0x13 or 0x03 DIAG parameter 1 Set the operation mode 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 Specify a test wrap 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 4 Select a write data pattern 0x00 0x09 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 H 10 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS WRITE test name code DIAG parameter 9 1 Specify execution time of test Specify a stop time of test execute count the number of DIAG executions reserve FORWARD READ BACKWARD READ test name DIAG command code FORWARD READ BACKWARD READ test 0x14 DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 Specify a test wrap 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time Specify a execution time of test stop time Specify a stop time of test execute count the number of DIAG executions 0 99 999 reserve LOOP WRITE TO READ test name DIAG command code L W R test DIAG parameter 1 DIAG paramete
168. result data 13 result data 14 result data 15 Result of Unloading time M8 UNLD measurement result unit error code result data 1 Tape winding time for normal CTG 1 10 sec result data 2 Tape winding time for E CTG 1 10 sec result data 3 Unthreading time 1 10 sec result data 4 Loader operation time 1 10 sec result data 5 result data 6 result data 7 result data 8 result data 9 result data 10 result data 11 result data 12 result data 13 result data 14 result data 15 Result of Cleaning time M9 CLEAN error code result data 1 Cleaning time 1 10 sec result data 2 result data 3 result data 4 result data 5 result data 6 result data 7 result data 8 result data 9 result data 10 result data 11 result data 12 result data 13 result data 14 result data 15 H 24 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE FLOWCHARTS APPENDIX I FLOWCHARTS The Operator Panel flowcharts provided in this appendix show the flow through the menus available via the operator panel Navigate the menus by pressing the pushbuttons indicated in the flowcharts Begin with the flowchart in Figure I 1 The flowcharts are arranged as follows Figure I 1 Operator Panel Flowchart on page I 2 Figure I 2 RUN COMB Flowchart on page I 3 Figure I 3 RUN ACL Flowchart on page I 3 Fig
169. select an unloading position from the following 0x00 E TH END Start unloading from the thread end 0 01 E CAR DW Start unloading from the carrier down position 0x02 1 6 FPT Start unloading from the cartridge in position execute count Specify an execution count Specify a command execution count from 1 to 99 999 When 0 is set the command execution continues with no stop H 4 3 3 ACL TEST Two diagnostic tests to check the autoloader Set the tests in detail using the given parameters 1 ACL 1001 Load and unload cartridges sequentially from the top posi CMD CD 0x90 tion of the magazine 2 MAG Move the magazine between two position CMD CD 0x91 The tests can be set using the following parameters DIAG parameter 3 For MAGAZINE UP DOWN test set the following OxXX STRT Position Magazine up down start position ACL type 0x00 0x09 10 slot type 0x00 0x04 5 slot type FACL type 0x00 0x06 DIAG parameter 4 For MAGAZINE UP DOWN test set the following OxXX END Position Magazine up down end position ACL type 0x00 0x09 10 slot type 0x00 0x04 5 slot type FACL type 0x00 0x06 execution time For ACL LOAD UNLOAD test set the frequency in use of cleaning cartridge Cleaning cartridge in cleaning cell is loaded every setting counter from 1 to 99 999 Only FACL If DIAG command code is set 0 90 and execution time is set 999 cleaning cartridge is l
170. sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the ASC ASCQ is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB Specifies that the target return the optional Vital Product Data VPD specified by the Page Code field See Table 4 17 Table 4 17 Supported VPD Page Codes VPD PAGE CODE DESCRIPTION List of the vital product data pages supported by this target Unit serial number page Implemented operating definition page ASCII implemented operating definition page Unit usage page Note This is a vendor unique page containing the tape motion timer and power on time Configuration page 4 3 6 2 4 3 6 3 April 1997 Product identification page INQUIRY CHECK CONDITION Status Ifan INQUIRY command is received from an initiator with a pending unit attention condition before the target reports CHECK CONDITION status the target performs the INQUIRY com mand and does not clear the unit attention condition If an INQUIRY command is received after CHECK CONDITION status has been presented for the unit attention condition then the unit attention condition is cleared and the INQUIRY command is performed CHECK CONDITION status is only generated for the INQUIRY command when the target can not return the requested INQUIRY data due to a hardware error or invalid INQUIRY CDB con tents Inquiry data is returned to the initiator regardless of the state of the selected LUN e g NOT READY Non Existent If the i
171. sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 4 64 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS DESCRIPTION If a filemark is encountered during a READ command the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to NO SENSE The filemark and valid bits are both set to one If the Fixed bit is one the target sets the information bytes to the difference resi due of the requested transfer count minus the actual number of blocks read not including the filemark If the Fixed bit is zero the target sets the information bytes to the requested trans fer length The logical position is located after the filemark EOM side If end of data is encountered during a READ command the target returns CHECK CONDITION status sets the sense key to BLANK CHECK and sets the valid bit to one If the Fixed bit is one the target sets the information bytes to the difference resi due of the requested transfer count minus the actual number of blocks read If the Fixed bit is zero the target sets the information bytes to the requested trans fer length The logical position is located after the EOD block EOM side Subsequent Read commands issued after EOD has been encountered and reported to the initiator will result in reading into invalid old data If a logical unit encounters the physical EOM during a READ command the target returns CHECK CONDITION status to the initiator and sets the End Of
172. sent to the initiator After successfully sending this message the target goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing BSY The target considers the message transmission to be successful when it detects the negation of ACK for the COMMAND COMPLETE message with the ATN signal false NOTE The command may have been executed successfully or unsuccess fully as indicated in the status DISCONNECT code 04h This message is sent from a target to inform the initiator that the present physical path is going to be broken the target plans to disconnect by releasing BSY but a later reconnect is required in order to complete the current operation This message does not cause the initiator to save the data pointer After successfully sending this message the target goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing BSY The target considers the message transmission to be successful when it detects the negation of ACK for the DISCONNECT message with the ATN signal false CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE SCSI MESS AGES 3 2 5 EXTENDED MESSAGE FORMAT code 01h This message is sent from either the initiator or the target as the first byte of a multiple byte message LENGTH Synchronous Data Transfer Request 03h Wide Data Transfer Request a 3 2 5 1 Synchronous Data Transfer Request SDTR Extended Message 01h Extended Message Length 03h SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST code 01h Transfer Period Facto
173. slot Y 10h to empty slot Z 10h then move cartridge in slot X 10h to slot Y 10h March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 3 EXCHANGE MEDIUM EXCHANGE MEDIUM MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 2 1 3 EXCHANGE MEDIUM Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 2h NOT READY 3h MEDIUM ERROR 4h HARDWARE ERROR 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 6h UNIT ATTENTION 6 4 Logical Unit is not ready magazine not set or if set then START button not pressed or magazine not loaded via host command 1 Medium exchange failed due to synchronization failure 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium Medium exchange failed due to hardware failure If this command is received and the XCL ACL FACL is not attached the target shall return CHECK CONDITION status and set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 2 If this command is received and the XCL ACL or FACL is not in SYSTEM MODE the target shall return CHECK CONDITION sta tus and set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 3 If this command is received and the source element is empty or the first destination element is empty or the second destination element if different from the source element is full or the second destination element if the same as the source element is empty the target shall return CHECK CONDITION status and set the sense key to ILLE GA
174. terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 87 RESULTS UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 19 5 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh 3h 4h 5h 6h Bh Dh RECOVERED ERROR MEDIUM ERROR HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION ABORTED COMMAND VOLUME OVERFLOW Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buffered mode operation occurred in RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 1 SCSI interface error occurred due to a hardware failure e g transfer of RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS data failed due to a hardware failure 2 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 1 Reserved bit was found set in the of the RECEIVE DIAG NOSTIC RESULTS command 2 Flag bit in the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CDB was set and the Link bit was not set Indicates the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microco
175. the MTU and MC INQUIRY data Reference the CHANGE DEFINITION command for more information on changing these fields The Controller Microcode Version and Revision Level information contains vendor unique ASCII data A MC Medium Changer bit set to one indicates that a Medium Changer is installed A MC bit set to zero indicates that a Medium Changer is not installed If a Medium Changer is installed then the MC bit will be set in INQUIRY data gener ated for any logical unit whether or not the logical unit is attached If the MC bit indi cates that a Medium Changer is installed then INQUIRY Vital Product Data page Clh Configuration page byte 15 mc 1 addr indicates the logical unit address of the installed Medium Changer The Microcode Build Date information fields contain the following ASCII data The month day and year when the controller microcode was generated The MTU servo Microcode Level information fields contain the following ASCII data a MTU Engineering Control EC level b MTU Microcode Version The MTU servo Microcode Checksum information field contains the checksum of the MTU microcode i e not including the controller microcode in ASCII data The Controller Microcode Checksum information field contains the checksum of the controller microcode i e not including the MTU microcode in ASCII data 4 22 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMAND
176. the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI 5 xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm request wrtbuffer the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host wrt cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data buffer SDDP R20 Read flush testing mode 00h A host data path end of transfer was not detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ 5 5 BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase F 42 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Tab
177. the Second destination element is the same as the Source element 6 2 5 4 READ ELEMENT STATUS Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated READ ELEMENT STATUS SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the READ ELE MENT STATUS command 2 Illegal value used in Element type code field of the 3 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the READ ELEMENT STATUS command was not per formed due to one of the following 1 ANOT READY TO READY transition has occurred 2 The target has been reset 3 The Medium changer Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND READ ELEMENT STATUS command was aborted The READ ELEMENT STATUS command can be reissued March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 29 TEST UNIT READY MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 2 6 TEST UNIT READY MC command 00h The TEST UNIT READY command provides a means to check if the logical unit is ready This is not a request for a self test If the logical unit would accept an appropriate medium access command without returning CHECK CONDITION status this command returns a GOOD status 6 2 6 1 TEST UNIT READY CDB Description TEST UN
178. the target supports 16 bit wide data transfers A value of zero indicates that the device does not support 16 bit wide data transfers The value this bit depends on the type of SCSI Interface Personality Module IPM installed in the target i e 50 pin or 68 pin SCSI connector type NOTE In order for 16 bit wide data transfers to occur the 68 pin IPM must be installed in the target i e WBus16 bit in INQUIRY data is reported as set to one and Wide Data Transfer negotiation via the Wide Data Transfer Request message is required The Wide bus 32 WBus32 bit is set to zero indicating the target does not support 32 bit wide data transfers INQUIRY The Relative Addressing RelAdr bit is set to zero indicating the target does not sup port relative addressing for this logical unit The Vendor and Product Identification fields contain ASCII data retrieved from NVRAM during power up reset The first time the controller is powered up the corre sponding NVRAM fields are initialized to the default values The default values for these fields are shown in Table 4 23 note all ASCII data shown is left aligned within each field When being read from NVRAM if these fields are not available due to an NVRAM error then ASCII spaces will be returned in the corresponding Inquiry data field The values in these fields in NVRAM can be changed via the CHANGE DEFI NITION command It is possible to assign unique values in these fields for both
179. un 2 un 2 2 un Z AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 1 Diagnostic Test Registry for all Diagnostic Modes Continued ROUTINE OFF LINE DIAGNOSTIC MODES GO NO GO Operator Control Panel drive LED test Library I F Port output test Library I F Port input test Drive Diag LOAD test Drive Diag AC PS MODCH tests Drive Diag test Drive Diag LOCAT test Drive Diag D S E test Drive Diag REWND test Drive Diag UNLOD test Drive Diag ACL LDUL test Refer to Chapter 8 for Diagnostics information and displays Table F 3 through Table F 25 lists and describes the Diagnostic Error Codes Refer to Table F 1 for the Diagnostic Test Registry Table F 2 Error Codes Common to all Routines Tests ROUTINE Error Codes common to all tests of routines greater than 0x02 DESCRIPTION A Check 1 condition was left pending which was able to be cleared A Check 1 condition was left pending which could not be cleared The RSVP code download to the PCC LSI failed Real Time Clock initialization in the PCC LSI failed CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 3 Routine 1 Control Store Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE Control store data bus test DESCRIPTION Data miscompare clearing control st
180. unit even though the RESERVE UNIT command was directed to the tape logical unit The RESERVE UNIT command is not supported for the medium changer logical unit however res ervation of the tape logical unit will serve as a method of reserving the medium changer logical unit as well The reservation on the medium changer logical unit will be released when a RELEASE UNIT command is issued for the tape logical unit RESERVE UNIT CDB Description RESERVE UNIT is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 105 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 3rd Party 3rd Party Dev ID Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 105 RESERVE UNIT Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation Code The 3rd Party Device ID specifies the SCSI device the reservation is for This field is ignored when bit 4 0 4 112 Third Party Reservation allows an initiator to reserve a logical unit for another SCSI device If the 3rd Party bit is zero then the RESERVE UNIT command is to reserve the logical unit for the initiator sending the command If the 3rd Party bit is one then the logical unit will be reserved for the SCSI device specified in the 3rd Party Dev ID field CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 25 2 April 1997 RESERVE UNIT Operation This command will
181. used by the MTU Inquiry and Change Definition commands The MTU VPD parameters include information such as configura tion data vendor identification product identification model serial number usage data and other ven dor or device specific data The supported MTU VPD pages are shown in the following table Table 5 17 Supported MTU VPD Page Codes VENDOR USED BY UNIQUE DESCRIPTION PAGE INQUIRY CHANGE CMD DEF CMD List of the vital product data pages supported by this target Unit serial number page Implemented operating definition page ASCII implemented operating definition page Unit usage page MTU VPD PAGES Configuration page Product identification page 5 3 1 General VPD Page Format The General VPD page format is shown in Table 5 18 and described in Table 5 23 Table 5 18 VPD Page Format cR NE Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type Page Code Reserved Page Length n 1 VPD Parameters April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 17 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 5 19 VPD Page Format Field Description DESCRIPTION The meaning of the Peripheral Qualifier and Peripheral Device Type fields depend on whether the VPD page is being sent to the initiator as INQUIRY data or is being received from the initiator as CHANGE DEFINITION data When being sent as INQUIRY data these fields are the same
182. was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND SEND DIAGNOSTIC command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the SEND DIAGNOSTIC operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached 4 134 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 29 SPACE command 11h The Space command changes the logical unit position relative to the current position The Code and Count fields determine how this relative positioning is to be performed Before the position change occurs any buffered write data and filemarks are written to the tape 4 3 29 1 SPACE CDB Description SPACE is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 125 Com mon fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Code Field Count Field Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 125 SPACE Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Code Field bits are described in Table 4 126 The 3 byte Count Field is a 24 bit signed number two s complement When the count field is 0 no position change occurs and
183. will be 1 the Valid bit will be 0 The Report Early Warning REW bit in the Device Configuration Page is not supported by this tape unit No Early Warning indication will occur when spacing 4 136 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 29 3 SPACE Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION Oh NO SENSE 1 A filemark was encountered while spacing over blocks 2 Beginning of Tape was encountered while spacing backward 8h BLANK CHECK End of Data was encountered while spacing forward lh RECOVERED ERROR 1 Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the positioning occurred 2 Retries were needed to complete the positioning 2h NOT READY Logical Unit was not ready tape was not loaded or wasn t ready 3h MEDIUM ERROR Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape 2 End of Tape was encountered while spacing forward 3 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4 The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 2 The spacing operation was not completed because of a hard ware failure 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the SPACE com mand 2 Illegal Code field specified for SPACE command 3 The Flag bit was set
184. 0 mode 04h A host data path end of transfer was not detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI SCSI xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host rd complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Read EDRC32 bytes walking 0 mode 00h A host data path end of transfer was not detected in the allotted time F 36 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 13 Routine 11 EDRC Data Buffers Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Read EDRC32 bytes walking 0 when transferring data from the SPC data fifo mode 00h to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set
185. 000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 18 Routine 51 Incrementing Block Length Test Error Codes ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Incrementing block length tests DVL card connection was not detected by the DTC A working tape was not loaded or the tape drive was not READY when the test started The tape drive is not READY un un 2 e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES Write incrementing blocks test The tape or magazine is FILE PRO TECTED Cartridge not installed or drive NOT READY error A tape cartridge must be loaded before this test can be run Cartridge WRITE PROTECT error The car tridge must not be write protected for this test Buffer space request not granted for data transfer Data transfer timed out Fatal error detected during data transfer Bad status reported on data transfer complete Logical EOT encountered during data trans fer Buffer flush timeout Write from data buffer to tape was not completed in the allocated time Write data in error reported at end of data transfer Rewind test Cartridge not installed or drive NOT READY error A tape cartridge must be loaded before this test can be run Timeout waiting for Servo Command Com plete during rewind operation Timeout waiting for Formatter Action Com plete during rewind operation Record Manager or Servo error reported dur
186. 000 011503 REV A F 49 un 2 un m e un Z A AND ERROR CODES un un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE All Loop Write to Read tests DESCRIPTION FDXS Xreg expected data not equal to received data FBPP Xreg expected data not equal to received data FBBC Xreg expected data not equal to received data WES expected data not equal to received data WER Xreg expected data not equal to received data RBE Xreg expected data not equal to received data RBO Xreg expected data not equal to received data Xreg expected data not equal to received data RB2 Xreg expected data not equal to received data RB3 Xreg expected data not equal to received data RESI Xreg expected data not equal to received data RDE Xreg expected data not equal to received data CRS Xreg expected data not equal to received data ETPA Xreg expected data not equal to received data ETPB Xreg expected data not equal to received data VODA Xreg expected data not equal to received data VODB Xreg expected data not equal to received data TONE Xreg expected data not equal to received data TJ_HERR Xreg expected data not equal to received da
187. 0000 011503 REV A F 37 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 14 Routine 12 EDRC Address Bus Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE All R20 Address Check Diagnos tics SDDP R20 buffer flush signal test mode 14h DESCRIPTION SPC register initialization failed SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Com mand Complete The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Diag nostic Self Test passed The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared At end of test SPC did not generate an inter rupt request At end of test SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller At end of test the SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Control ler At end of test SPC interrupt step code did not report Command Complete At end of test the SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC interrupt request or interrupt step register could
188. 03 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING Table 8 2 Error Code 70 Sense Format Field Description DESCRIPTION When the valid bit is a one sense bytes 3 to 6 indicate the difference between the number of bytes blocks or filemarks requested by a command and the number of bytes blocks or filemarks actually executed The segment number field contains the number of the current segment descriptor if the REQUEST SENSE command is in response to a COPY COMPARE or COPY AND VERIFY command Up to 256 segments are supported beginning with segment zero Sense Key See Appendix A for sense key descriptions The Incorrect Length Indicator ILI bit indicates the requested logical block length did not match the logical block length of the data on the medium The End Of Medium bit indicates an End Of Tape EOT or Beginning Of Tape BOT condition exists This bit indicates the unit is at or past the early warning EOT if the direction of the tape was forward or that the command could not be completed because BOT was encountered when the direction was reverse SENSE DATA The filemark bit indicates the current command has read a filemark The contents of the information field is device type or command specific and is defined within the appropriate section for the device type or command of interest The information bytes contain the difference residue of the requested length minus the actual lengt
189. 04h Sense Information Diagnostic Errors Field Description 8 15 Table 8 16 Operator Panel Top Level Menus Diagnostics Mode 8 17 Table 8 17 Operator Panel Off Line 8 19 Table 8 18 Options Byte Field 824 Table 8 19 Selftest Descriptions ost epi Res ga Ree RR ER 8 25 Table 8 20 Page Code 80h Test 8 26 Table 8 21 Diagnostic Microcode 8 27 xxii C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE LIST OF TABLES CONTINUED TABLE TITLE Table 8 22 Operator Panel Top Level Menus Factory Table 8 23 Factory Menu Options and Settings Description Table 8 24 Maintenance Interface Connector Pin Assignments Table 8 25 Maintenance Interface Communications Table 8 1 M2488 Table 8 2 FRUs Remove and Replace Procedures Table 9 1 Field Replaceable 6 Table A 1 Sense Key Table B 1 ASC and ASCQ Description by Sense Table B 2 Action Advised
190. 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 2 SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure i e unable to transfer parameters 3 Writing of the Change Definition data to the non volatile RAM failed due to a hardware error Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the CHANGE DEFI NITION command 2 Flag bit was set and Link bit was not set 3 Definition parameter 41h is sent to target without the factory mode set 4 Parameter data contains a partial page 5 Parameter data contains an unchangeable page 6 Parameter data contains invalid non ASCII data 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the CHANGE DEFINITION command was not per formed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 7 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 3 DISPLA Y command CFh 11h For display data length of 11h default value refer toF T4 bit 7 described in the M2488 User s Guide The DISPLAY command is used to display a message on the operator pane
191. 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 14 ERASE Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code If Long bit 0 Erase gap If Long bit 1 Data security erase The Immediate Immed bit controls the time at which status is to be returned Actions taken by the target depend on the settings of the Immed and Long bits as described in the next table IMMED BIT LONG BIT ACTION TAKEN 0 Don t care Status is returned after the Erase operation is complete 1 0 Status is returned after the CDB is validated 1 1 Status is returned after all previously buffered commands completed and the CDB is validated If a CHECK CONDITION status is returned for this case the ERASE operation is not performed April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 15 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 5 2 A Long bit set to zero causes a 7 8 0 4 mm of the medium to be recorded with an erase tone special pattern along with a 2 mm IBG This is known as the Erase Gap based on the Gap Size field in the Device Configuration Mode Page An End of Data EOD mark is written after this type of erase operation If the early warning condition is encountered while erasing with the long bit set to zero a CHECK CONDITION status is sent by the target after completion of the erase operation The valid and EOM bits in
192. 4 145 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 131 Supported Buffer ID Values for Vendor Unique and Write Data Modes BUFFER ID DESCRIPTION CAPACITY Read Write Data Buffer Specified in the Buffer Capacity field of the Read Buffer Descriptor obtained via the Read Buffer command Specified in the Buffer Capacity field of the Read Buffer Descriptor Read Write non volatile RAM obtained via the Read Buffer command 512 bytes NOTES 1 The read write data buffer and NVRAM are wrap around buffers Therefore the entire capacity specified by the Read Buffer Descriptor is available regardless of the offset specified 2 Prior to allowing WRITE BUFFER command processing to occur for the read write data buffer the controller performs required positioning or synchronization Buffered write data is written to tape and buffered read data is discarded 3 There is only one 512 byte NVRAM area available This area may be accessed by any initiator The NVRAM is not partitioned into per initiator areas 4 When a write buffer operation is performed in vendor unique or write data modes a two byte CRC is appended This CRC is handled in two ways when performing a read buffer operation depending on the Read Buffer mode A Read Buffer in vendor unique mode reads the number of bytes requested and does not perform any CRC checking A Read Buffer operation in data mode reads the number of bytes requested and an additional two
193. 4 87 Diagnostic Routine l Control St re ois ike neck her ER RR ERR F 7 10 EDRC Control Signals F 25 11 EDRC Data Buffers Rec dp wes F 32 12 EDRC Address Bus F 38 13 EDRC Error Detection F 44 2 Interrupt Request F 8 20 Loop Write to Read ssc scone eu RR se ERR F 50 3 CP Bus Parity oat ea e Ue HEN heed E F 9 4 Read Signal Verification Processor F 14 5 SDDP External Register F 18 50 4M Tones Test eens ha Me Lea ees F 66 51 Incrementing Block Length Test F 67 6 Data Bu ffer z coke tt aca die CREADO es tee de F 18 7 SCSI Protocol Controller F 19 8 Formatter Counters lese EE ad RR ER ERE F 22 MEI DERI F 69 80 Test 06 Servo ACL Error Codes in Sense Byte 19 F 72 80 Test 06 Servo FACL Error Codes in Sense Byte 19 F 73 81 Manufacturing Test F 74 82 Magnetic Tape Unit F 76 83 Operator Control F 76 9 PCC Timers StS eL F 24 90
194. 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short MOVE MEDIUM command was aborted Write of buffered data prior to the MOVE MEDIUM operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 2 5 READ ELEMENT STATUS MC command B8h The READ ELEMENT STATUS medium changer command requests that the target report status information for the medium changer elements Status for the elements is returned in blocks of bytes called element descriptors one descriptor per element This command can be used to determine which elements are defined and the state of each defined element The READ ELEMENT STATUS command is typically used preceding a MOVE MEDIUM or EXCHANGE MEDIUM command to help determine if a move or exchange operation is possible 6 2 5 1 READ ELEMENT STATUS CDB Description READ ELEMENT STATUS is a twelve byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 6 4 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Element Type Code Starting Element Address Number of Elements Reserved EN Allocation Length Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 19 READ ELEMENT STATUS READ ELEMENT STATUS MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 6 17 READ ELEMENT STATUS Field Description DESCRIPTION
195. 5 h 5 h 5 h C h 0 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 c e 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 4 84 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 19 2 Diagnostic Page Codes 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB If the Page Format PF bit was setto 1 in a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command will return diagnostic result data in paged format with or 80h as the returned Page Code Refer to Table 4 77 and Table 4 78 Table 4 77 Diagnostic Page Codes QUALIFIER DESCRIPTION 00h Supported diagnostics pages see Table 4 79 80h Online diagnostic test page see Table 4 80 Table 4 78 Receive Diagnostic Results Page General Form Page Code XXh Reserved Page Length n 3 e 2 eA Diagnostic Parameters Description of the Page Code 00h The Page Code 00h instructs the target to make available the list of all supported diagnostic pages to be returned by a subsequent RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command Table 4 79 Page 00h Supported Diagnostic Pages Page Code 00h Reserved Page Length 0002h Supported page list 00h Supported page list 80h April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 85 RESULTS UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Description of the Page Code 80h Table 4 80 Page 80h Online Diagnost
196. 50 Loader Assembly 2 phillips screwdriver 9 32 nut driver 8 11 8 on page 8 51 OP PCBA Power Supply PSU 2 phillips screwdriver 2 phillips screwdriver 8 11 9 on page 8 52 8 11 10 on page 8 53 SVL PCBA 2 phillips screwdriver 8 11 11 on page 8 54 RDL PCBA 2 phillips screwdriver 8 11 12 on page 8 54 WTL PCBA 2 phillips screwdriver CG00000 011503 REV A 8 11 13 on page 8 55 April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 11 1 Air Filter Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 3 for location of the air filter 8 11 1 2 Air Filter Replacement ea 8 11 1 1 Air Filter Removal RS This procedure takes approximately five minutes to perform mar STEP ACTION 1 Insert screwdriver into the bottom left of the front panel under the air filter m 2 Push up with screwdriver then remove air filter from top of front panel E STEP ACTION Insert clean air filter though the top left of the front panel Figure 8 3 Air Filter Removal April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 43 m gt ex uo 2 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 11 2 Fan Assembly Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 4 for location of the fan assembly kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk CAUTION kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Ensure that the power has been turned off and that the fan is no longer ro
197. 6 REWIND Field Description Z e DESCRIPTION Operation code for the rewind command If the Immed Immediate bit is 0 Status is not returned for the REWIND command until the rewind has completed or has failed If the Immed Immediate bit is 1 Status is retumed for the REWIND command as soon as the CDB has been validated and any buffered write data and filemarks have been written to tape The rewind operation has been started but not necessarily completed when status is returned 4 3 26 2 REWIND CHECK CONDITION Status If the status reported for the previous command was a CHECK CONDITION because data could not be written to the tape then any buffered data is discarded before the rewind occurs If CHECK CONDITION status is reported for a REWIND command with the Immediate bit set to 1 then the rewind will not occur April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 115 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 26 3 REWIND Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR 1 Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the rewind occurred 2 Retries were needed to complete the rewind operation 2h NOT READY Logical Unit was not ready The tape cartridge was not loaded or the logical unit was not made ready 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An
198. 8 PRODUCT GUIDE NOTE All fields in this page are reported as NOT changeable The default values are the same as the current values shown above and described below Table 6 43 ACL Page Code 1Dh Element Address Assignments Field Description DESCRIPTION There is one Medium Transport Element and it is referred to as address 000 The First Storage Element Address is 0011h Storage Elements are the slots that may hold tape cartridges in a Magazine There are 31 logical storage elements A 5 volume Magazine has five Storage Elements and a 10 volume Magazine has ten storage elements There is one Import Export Element address at 0001h This is the Magazine Port There is one Data Transfer Element address at 000Dh This is the Cartridge load port in the MTU Table 6 44 FACL Page Code 1Dh Element Address Assignments BITS MODE SENSE DEFAULT L 0 PS Reserved Page Code Additional Page Length Medium Transport Element Address Number of Medium Transport Elements First Storage Element Address Number of Storage Elements First Import Export Element Address Number of Import Export Elements First Data Transfer Element Address Number of Data Transfer Elements Reserved The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command 6 36 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS NOTE All field
199. 87 Table 4 86 Diagnostic Page Codes QUALIFIER DESCRIPTION Supported diagnostics pages see Table 4 79 Online diagnostic test page see Table 4 80 Manufacturing Online diagnostic test page FACTORY MODE only see Table 4 91 MTU Online diagnostic test pages FACTORY MODE only see Table 4 93 Table 4 87 Receive Diagnostic Results Page General Form e 2 e eA Page Code XXh Reserved Page Length n 3 Diagnostic Parameters Description of the Page Code 00h The Page Code 00 instructs the target to make available the list of all supported diagnostic pages to be returned by a subsequent RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE com mand Table 4 88 Page 00h Supported Diagnostic Pages FACTORY MODE Page Code 00h Reserved Page Length 0013h Supported page list 00h Supported page list 80h Supported page list 81h Supported page list 90h April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 91 RESULTS UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 88 Page 00h Supported Diagnostic Pages FACTORY MODE Continued _ a eee Supported page list 91h Supported page list 92h Supported page list 93h Supported page list 94h Supported page list 95h Supported page list 96h Supported page list 97h Supported page list 98h Supported
200. 9 Table 4 57 MODE SELECT Parameter Header Field Description 4 59 Table 4 58 Page Deserptotrs are pace dace Pa RE RURSUS UR 4 59 Table 4 59 Page Descriptor Field Description 4 60 Table 4 60 READ Field Descrption rep eI E EXQONAUS ENS CHUTE 4 63 Table 4 61 READ BLOCK LIMITS Field Description 4 68 Table 4 62 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data 4 68 Table 4 63 READ BUFFER Field 4 70 Table 4 64 READ BUFFER Command 4 71 Table 4 65 Supported Buffer ID Values for Read Data 4 71 Table 4 66 Read Write Data Buffer Descriptor buffer ID 0 4 72 Table 4 67 Read Write Descriptor buffer 1 4 72 Table 4 68 Descriptor Mode Field Description 4 72 Table 4 60 Offset ioo eoo ete ecb Ph nee betel 4 73 Table 4 70 READ POSITION Field 4 75 Table 4 71 READ POSITION Return Data Description 4 77 Table 4 72 Block ID Field 4 78 Table 4 73 Format Codes see
201. 96 Parameter List Field Description DESCRIPTION The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine If this field contains 00h no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND DIAG NOSTIC command The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error was detected If an error is detected on the first pass this field contains a 1 This field is reset each time a new different routine is started For example if the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for Routine 50 and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51 and an error was detected on the third attempt to execute Routine 51 this field would contain a 3 4 3 20 4 4 96 This field contains the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CHECK CONDITION Status If the initiator does not send a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command first the command is terminated with GOOD status and the target does not transfer any result data reserved bits must be zero If these bits are set to one the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 20 5 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR
202. 997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 2 1997 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS The tests can be set using the following parameters DIAG parameter 1 0x00 0x01 For FRD READ BWD READ or WRITE set the operation mode STREAMING Seta continuous read or write operation START STOP Set the start stop operation For LOCATE specify a sector Specify a location sector from 1 to 99 DIAG parameter 2 0x00 0x01 DIAG parameter 4 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 DIAG parameter 5 0x00 0x01 DIAG parameter 6 0x00 0x01 execution time For FWD READ BWD READ WRITE FRD BRD L W R and FEED specify test wrap WRAP 1 Wrap 1 test WRAP 2 Wrap 2 test For WRITE select a write data pattern from the following D S E PT D S E pattern 2FPT 2F pattern 1 6 F PT 1 6F pattern 1 5 F PT 1 SF pattern 1 4 F PT pattern 1 3 1 pattern 1 2 1 2 pattern pattern 1 12 FPT 1 12F pattern 1 5 F PT 1 5F pattern For L W R select a path of the Loop Write To Read command from the following PATH A Path A PATH B Path B For L W R set a level of the Loop Write To Read command from the following LEVEL LO Low level LEVEL HI High level When diag parameter 1 is START STOP set the GO ON time time when the
203. A AND ERROR CODES Buffer RAM 0x55 data pattern Data miscompare error test Buffer RAM walking one s test Data miscompare error Buffer RAM incremental pattern Data miscompare error test Table F 9 Routine 7 SCSI Protocol Controller Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE DESCRIPTION SPC Routine Initialization SPC register initialization failed SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Com mand Complete The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Diag nostic Self Test passed The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC interrupt request or interrupt step register could not be cleared at the end of the test April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 19 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 9 Routine 7 SCSI Protocol Controller Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION SPC CP Bus Bit test SPC data bus bit test failed data miscompare in walking one s test SPC User Program Memory test SPC data miscompare d
204. AG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve M8 UNLD name DIAG command code M8 amp UNLD DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve M9 CLEAN name DIAG command code M9 CLEAN DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 H 18 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M9 CLEAN name code execute time stop time execute count reserve LOAD test DIAG command code DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve UNLOAD test name code DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve
205. ANDS SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION p EXCHANGE MEDIUM command was aborted MAND Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW _ Write of buffered data prior to the Read Reverse operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 5 EXCHANGE MEDIUM MODE SELECT MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 2 2 6 2 2 1 MODE SELECT MC command 15h The MODE SELECT medium changer command provides a means for the initiator to specify medium changer device parameters to the target by sending data relevant to such parameters in a data phase following the command Initiators should issue MODE SENSE prior to MODE SELECT to determine supported pages page lengths and other parameters A single set of Mode Select parame ters kept by the controller are common to all initiators for a specific LUN Buffered write data is syn chronized to tape prior to activating the new mode parameters Mode Select parameters remain in effect until modified by another MODE SELECT command or until reset to their saved values following a power on sequence SCSI bus reset or SCSI device reset Refer to the description of the Mode Sense command for an explanation of the different types of parameters PC field MODE SELECT CDB Description MODE SELECT is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in the follow ing paragraphs Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4
206. AST DURING UNLOADING MACHINE REEL DIRECTION ERROR DURING UNLOADING MACHINE REEL TURNS TOO FAST DURING UNLOADING MOUNT ARM MOVE FORWARD TIMEOUT ERROR DURING POWER UP MOUNT ARM MOVE BACKWARD TIMEOUT ERROR DURING POWER UP MOUNT ARM MOVE FORWARD RETRY EXHAUSTED MOUNT ARM MOVE BACKWARD RETRY EXHAUSTED MOUNT ARM HOME DRIVE END amp MAGAZINE END SENSORS ALL ON MOUNT ARM HOME DRIVE END SENSORS BOTH ON MOUNT ARM HOME MAGAZINE END SENSORS BOTH ON MOUNT ARM HOME SENSOR ALWAYS ON MOUNT ARM DRIVE END SENSOR ALWAYS ON MOUNT ARM MAGAZINE END SENSOR ALWAYS ON MOUNT ARM DRIVE amp MAGAZINE END SENSORS BOT ON DOOR SOLENOID LOCK TIMEOUT ERROR E 4 DOOR SOLENOID UNLOCK TIMEOUT ERROR CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE CHK XX ERROR CODES Table E 1 CHK xx Error Code Descriptions Continued DESCRIPTION DOOR SOLENOID LOCK SENSOR ALWAYS ON DOOR SOLENOID LOCK SENSOR OFF SERVO PROGRAM ERROR FACL OVER CURRENT DETECTED MISSING GAP IN INTERRUPT ON MOTION COMMAND SERVO COMMAND FAILED TO COMPLETE IN ALLOTTED TIME MOTION COMMAND TO NOT READY DEVICE WRITE OR D S E COMMAND TO FILE PROTECTED DEVICE NO RESPONSE FROM SERVO MPU SENDING COMMAND WRITE FPC CABLE CHECK WRAP 1 WRITE FPC CABLE CHECK WRAP 2 PROGRAM DOWN LOAD FAILURE CANNOT EXECUTE PROGRAM DOWN LOAD TRANSFER DATA COUNT ERROR WRAP DIRECTION ERROR
207. Bad SCSI bus status detected waiting for REQ assertion during diagnostic data transfer F 20 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 9 Routine 7 SCSI Protocol Controller Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION SPC to Data Buffer DMA test Incorrect SCSI bus status during diagnostic data transfer while expecting REQ de asser tion SPC reported an incorrect data transfer length Record Buffer manager did not report suc cessful completion for the DMA transfer NWN T 242 EO OE Zw lt gt A lt Data miscompare detected in SPC MSC buffer after DMA data transfer completed SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller An incorrect SPC interrupt step code was reported The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Com mand Complete The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC MPU bus parity test SPC reported incorrect status Bad SCSI bus status detected waiting for REQ assertion during diagnostic dat
208. Block Location and Last Block Location are to be reported as Logical block addresses The first filemark or data block on tape is assigned logical block address 0 logical block addresses increase by 1 for each data block and filemark thereafter The maximum Logical block address is 3FFFEFh Values in First Block Location and Last Block Location are to be reported as Device specific block addresses also known as Block IDs The format of these device specific block addresses are shown in paragraph 4 3 17 3 on page 4 78 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 75 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 17 2 READ POSITION Return Data The READ POSITION Return Data is shown below and described in Table 4 71 Reserved Partition number Reserved Reserved READ POSITION First block location Last block location Reserved Number of blocks in buffer Number of bytes in buffer 4 76 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 71 READ POSITION Return Data Description DESCRIPTION The Block Position Unknown BPU bit if one indicates that the first and last locations could not be determined by the tape unit in this case the First Block Location field and the Last Block Location field do not contain valid information If the BPU bit is zero then the First and Last block locations contain valid information The reported BPU bit will be
209. C144 E019 03EN M2488 CARTRIDGE TAPE DRIVE PRODUCT GUIDE FUJITSU Please complete the comment from at the back of this manual and send it by mail or facsimile to the indicated address The contents of this manual may be revised without prior notice The contents of this manual shall not be disclosed in any way or reproduced in any media without the express written permission of Fujitsu Limited Rights Reserved Copyright FUJITSU LIMITED 1996 1997 C144 E019 03EN M2488 USER S GUIDE PREFACE PREFACE The M2488 User s Guide provides the information necessary for the user to operate the M2488 Car tridge Tape Drive Chapter 1 Introduction This chapter provides an overview of the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive and its optional equipment Chapter 2 Installation Instructions This chapter provides procedures for the preparation and assembly of the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive Chapter 3 Controls and Indicators This chapter describes the controls indicators and connectors for the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive and its optional equipment Chapter 4 Configuration This chapter describes the configuration menus of the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive Chapter 5 Operating Instructions This chapter provides procedures for operating the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive and its optional equipment Chapter 6 Maintenance and Servicing This chapter describes the user maintenance and servicing of the M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive Chapter 7
210. C4 Byte 06 p Indicates other options not shown Byte 01 TEST START To change MODE PAGE bytes 1 Go to block identified with an asterisk 2 The flashing hex digit moves to the right with UNLOAD to the left with SHIFT and UNLOAD 3 Increment digit with START decrement with SHIFT and START 4 After change is completed move to PG XX WRT and save by executing WTROM Y For definitions of Tape Unit Mode Pages refer to Chapter 5 Figure I 9 MODE PAGES Flowchart April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A I 7 FLOWCHARTS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE R From Figure I 1 04 START T TART For FACT 2 START FS START TEST TEST TEST TEST FACT I 00 00 FACT 3 00 TEST TEST TEST TEST START START E5 PTIME ART TEST TEST 00000000 Displays Tape TEST Motion time in Displays Power Displays Serial On time in min No of the drive utes hex seconds hex L 5 FMODE gt V TEST START START oS ae TEST PWE Requires Password TEST FOR FACTORY USE ONLY v F
211. CNT 0007 CNT 000 TEST TEST TEST Starts Test v Starts Test HE Starts Test RUN CNT RUN CNT RUN CNT ERR CNT ERR CNT ERR CNT RESET RESET RESET NOTES Use TEST to go DOWN one level EXECUTE function Use RESET to go UP one level Use START to go RIGHT to next selection Use SHIFT amp START to go LEFT to previous selection Flashing character moves to RIGHT with UNLOAD to LEFT with SHIFT amp UNLOAD INCREMENT character with START DECREMENT character with SHIFT amp START Figure I 1 Operator Panel Flowchart 1 2 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE p RUN COMB D From Figure I 1 j E Y START REAL START ALL TEST TEST TEST y CNT 0001 CNT 0001 CNT 0001 TEST TEST TEST Starts Test Starts Test Starts Test v RUN CNT ERR CNT ERR CNT RESET RESET RESET y y y Figure I 2 RUN COMB Flowchart m RUNACL From Figure 1 1 v START START o W 0 MAG W MAG ALL TEST TEST TEST y y CNI 0007 CNT 0007 CNT 0001 Starts Test Starts Test Starts Test v v v RUN RUN CNT ERR CNT RESET RESET RESET y y y Figure I 3 RUN ACL Flowchart April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV FLOWCHARTS START D START K 3 FLOWCHARTS M2488 PR
212. CRIPTION No additional sense available ADVISED ACTION Filemark detected End of Medium detected 0 0 0 0 Beginning of Medium detected Clean Requested NOTE This ASC ASCQ can only be generated when feature mode 5 bit 5 0x20 is set to one as described in the configuration settings in the M2488 User s Guide xx Internal Software Error Unsupported ERPA code xx encountered by error process 9 ing software Report ERPA code to Product Support Engineer 1 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 Recovered write error Recovered read data with retries 44 Recovered internal hardware error 5B Log counter at maximum 0 Internal Software Error Unsupported code xx encountered by error process ing software Report ERPA code to Product Support Engineer 04 Logical unit not ready cause not reportable 04 Not ready in process of becoming ready NOTE This ASC ASCQ can only be gen erated when feature mode FT4 bit 5 0x20 is set to one as described in the config uration settings in the M2488 User s Guide Load assistance required Not ready medium not present NOTE This ASC ASCQ can only be generated when feature mode FT5 bit 4 0x10 is set to one as described in the configuration settings in the M2488 User s Guide Unload failure Unload failure No additional information End of Medium detected Manual unload and buffered write data exi
213. CRIPTION Operation Code This byte is the display format control byte The fields in this control byte are described in Table 4 11 The Parameter List Length specifies the length of c display information to be transferred from the initiator The parameter list length specifies the length of display information to be transferred from the ini tiator A CHECK CONDITION is returned if the specified length is not 0 or 16 bytes 10h 4 12 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 11 Display Format Control Byte Description 10h DESCRIPTION The Data Format bit describes the type of data contained in bytes 0 through 15 If this bit is 0 the data in bytes 0 through 15 is in EBCDIC format If this bitis 1 the data in bytes 0 through 15 is in ASCII format Reserved The Half Msg bit selects which half of the message is to be displayed This bit is valid only when the Display length bit is set to zero When the Half Msg bit is set to zero the first half of the message bytes 0 to 7 is dis played When the Half Msg bit is set to one the second half of the message bytes 8 to 15 is displayed When the Flash bit is set to zero the display does not flash A Flash bit set to one causes the display to flash When the Display Length bit is set to zero only 8 bytes are displayed Whether bytes 0 to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are displayed is selected by bit 2 If bit 2 is
214. CTION Remove four screws from foot rails if attached and remove Remove six screws from sides and back of top cover Lift off top cover 8 11 4 2 Top Cover Replacement STEP 1 2 3 ACTION Replace top cover on drive Screw in the six screws on the cover s sides and back Attach foot rails with the four screws top cover E Screws 8 46 Foot Rails Figure 8 6 Top Cover CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 11 5 Bottom Cover Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 7 for location of the bottom cover 8 11 5 1 Bottom Cover Removal STEP ACTION 1 Lay drive on its top cover 2 Remove four screws from foot rails if attached and remove 3 Remove four screws from bottom cover 4 Lift off cover 8 11 5 2 Bottom Cover Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Replace bottom cover on drive 2 Screw in the four screws on the cover 3 Attach foot rails with the four screws Screws bottom without foot rails bottom with foot rails Figure 8 7 Bottom Cover April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 47 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 11 6 PCBA Remove Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 8 for location of the DTC PCBA kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk CAUTION kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Do not exchange the lithium battery on the DTC PCBA 8 11 6 1 DTC PCBA Removal STEP ACTION 1 Remove the IPM as described in
215. Catch arm open sensor on too fast error Catch arm close timeout error Catch arm close sensor on too fast error Catch arm open and close sensors both on error Mount arm move drive side timeout error Mount arm drive end sensor on too fast error Mount arm move magazine side timeout error Mount arm magazine end sensor on too fast error Mount arm home and drive end sensors both on error Mount arm home and magazine sensors both on error No cleaning cartridge or not out of cleaning cell April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 73 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 22 Routine 81 Manufacturing Test Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE DESCRIPTION MFG tests DVL card not detected This test cannot be run without a DVL card connected to the DTC card Drive NOT READY error A working tape must be loaded to run this test Get MFG Parameters No error codes specific to this test Display MFG Parameters No error codes specific to this test DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Clear Log Counters No error codes specific to this test Write BOT EOT test Cartridge not installed or drive NOT READY error A tape cartridge must be loaded before this test can be run Cartridge WRITE PROTECT error The car tridge must not be write protected for this test Buffer space request not granted for data transfer Data transfer timed out Fat
216. Codes e dac pee re Table B 3 ASC and ASCQ Description by 8 Table C 1 eR RN EN pee Table D 1 Error RECOVERY esee re eR ete Rn Y RE RR AEN E Table D 2 Formatter Error Table E 1 xx Error Code Table E 2 xx Error Code Replacement Table E 3 Replacement Action Table F 1 Diagnostic Test Registry for all Diagnostic Table F 2 Error Codes Common to all Routines Tests Table F 3 Routine 1 Control Store Diagnostic Error Table F 4 Routine 2 Interrupt Request Controller Diagnostic Error Codes Table F 5 Routine 3 CP Bus Parity Diagnostic Error Table F 6 Routine 4 Read Signal Verification Processor Diagnostic Error Codes Table F 7 Routine 5 SDDP External Register Diagnostic Error Codes Table F 8 Routine 6 Data Buffer Diagnostic Error Table F 9 Routine 7 SCSI Protocol Controller Diagnostic Error Codes Table F 10 Routine 8 Formatter Counters Diagnostic Error Codes Table F 11 Routine 9 PCC Timers Diagnostic Error
217. Count Pass Count of Online Routine COh Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine C2h Reserved bits are set to zero Selection of a diagnostic routine is accomplished by assigning a routine s corresponding Execute Count byte a non zero value Routines 01 and 50 to 57 are diagnostic specific to the Tape Drive logical unit and routines CO and C2 are specific to the Medium Changer logical unit Therefore if the Tape Drive logical unit is selected only the Execute Count bytes corresponding to the Selftest routine Routine 01 and routines 50 to 57 may have non zero values Bytes 6 7 and 9 15 must be Zero otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Conversely if the Medium Changer logical unit has been selected only the Execute Count bytes corresponding to routine CO and or C2 may have non zero values Bytes 0 8 and 11 15 must be zero otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Selection of routines 50 and 51 do not require either DevOfl or UnitOfl to be set Selection of rou tines 52 to 57 or CO to C2 require both DevOfl and UnitOfl to be set If a parameter list is received by the controller which indicates selection of any of the routines 52 to 57 or CO and or C2 and both UnitOfl and DevOfl are not set a CHECK CONDITION is r
218. D M2488 Phillips 2 IPM screwdriver Terminator may be required AC Power Cable 110 or 220 VAC ASSEMBLY PARAGRAPH 2488 with ACL 2488 Phillips 2 screwdriver Terminator may be required 5mm 8 in long ACL Allen wrench AC Power Cable 110 or 220 VAC Optional Support base for M2488 with ACL 5 or 10 cartridge size 5 or 10 Cartridge Magazine 2488 with FACL 2488 Phillips 2 screwdriver Terminator may be required 5mm 8 in long FACL Allen wrench AC Power Cable 110 or 220 VAC 7 Cartridge Magazine Optional Support base for M2488 with FACL April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 3 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 4 UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS Use the following procedures to unpack the M2488 tape drive and its optional equipment When the equipment is unpacked proceed to the inspection procedures in paragraph 1 5 1 4 1 Unpack the M2488 Tape Drive Unpack the M2488 tape drive as described below NOTE The model shown is a M2488 without an ACL or FACL attached Carefully remove the M2488 from the packing material as shown in the figure above Place the tape drive on a flat work surface Verify contents of package to the packing list Retain packing material for future use Ne Continue with unpacking the medium changer if applicable or inspect the equipment 1 4 CG00000 011503 REV April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTA
219. E ERE RSS ERI ud RDEPCBA uee E ER Sees EE T AU SVL PCBA so Brie do HO E I eu a Beta gh PCR AUR Malton EUR W TL PCBA Seige mle bag ae beg Weber I INQUIRY CHANGE DEFINITION VPD ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Configuration xoi ROC REGENS Ned ue General VPD Page Format Implemented Operating Definition Page Product Identification supported VPD Pages io eria eae bea Unit Serial Number Page Umit Usage 5 y ted oho See INSPECTION xri Ric Seu ue in OE adobe edt Tag Automatic Cartridge eere UM Be eee BA Rhian shee ES Flush mount Automatic Cartridge Loader April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A INDEX Index 3 INDEX M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE IPM eee eer eS ehe rette ete tie 1 9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 1 Interconnect Diagram 8 41 L LOAD UNLOAD
220. E MEDIUM com mands where the source element is type XX and the destination element is type YY The following sources and destinations are supported ST gt DT ST SIE ST gt ST IE gt ST DT IE DT gt ST Select cartridge from magazine and load cartridge into tape unit Unload magazine Move cartridge in magazine to empty slot in magazine Load magazine Unload cartridge from tape unit and place it into magazine then unload Unload cartridge from tape unit and place it into magazine CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 4 MC MEDIUM CHANGER INQUIRY CHANGE DEFINITION VITAL PRODUCT DATA PAGES 6 4 1 This section describes the VPD Vital Product Data pages and parameters used by the MC Inquiry and Change Definition commands The MC VPD parameters include information such as configuration data vendor identification product identification model The supported MC VPD pages are shown in the following table Table 6 50 Supported MC VPD Page Codes USED BY THE VENDOR FOLLOWING MC CMDS UNIQUE DESCRIPTION PAGE INQUIRY CHANGE CMD DEF CMD List of the vital product data pages supported by this target Implemented operating definition page ASCII implemented operating definition page Product identification page General VPD Page Format The General VPD page format is Table 6 51 VPD Page Format ZO ERE
221. E blockid is the READ POSITION Last Block Location field This field indicates the physical position of the tape The value in this field is the block address of the next block to be transferred between the buffer and the tape medium WRITE the recovered data If the write error occurs again it is possible that the media in the cartridge is so badly worn or damaged that it is not possible to write on the tape Other things to try If you determine that the tape is worn damaged then replace the cartridge and re write the data on the new cartridge e If you only have one tape drive you can attempt the previous procedure with a cleaning cycle performed between steps three 3 and four 4 e The drive may need to be cleaned If you are not sure how to clean the tape drive then contact your product support representative for more information e Contact your product support representative for more information about additional recovery procedures 7 3 2 PERMANENT READ ERROR Two common causes of permanent read errors are worn damaged media and dirty tape drive heads and or tape path The procedure to recover from a permanent read error is similar to the procedure for recovery from a permanent write error 1 Issue a READ POSITION command with the BT bit set to 1b 34 01 00 to find out the following four things e First Block Location e Last Block Location e Number of Blocks in Buffer e Number of Bytes in Buffer 2 R
222. E command that did not cause the buffer to exceed the buffer full ratio This field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is 0032h 5 seconds When set to zero the Report Early Warning REW bit indicates that the target will report early warning at or before any medium defined early warning position during write operations but will not report the early warning condition for read operations The REW bit is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero When set to zero the Recover Buffer Order RBO bit indicates that data blocks are returned from the target s buffer on a RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command in First In First Out FIFO order When set to one the RBO bit indicates that data blocks are returned from the tar get s buffer on a RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command in Last In First Out LIFO order The RBO bit is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is Ob FIFO 5 12 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS Table 5 13 Page 10h Device Configuration Parameters Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION When set to 00b the Stop On Consecutive Filemarks SOCF field indicates the device pre read data from the medium in Buffered Mode to the limits of the buffer capacity without regard for filemarks This implies the device can differentiate between data blocks and filemarks in t
223. EMENT REPLACEMENT ACTION 1 ACTION 2 ACTION 3 22 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A E 11 CHK XX ERROR CODES 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE E 12 Table E 2 CHK xx Error Code Replacement Actions Continued REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT ACTION 1 ACTION 2 ACTION 3 CG00000 011503 REV April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE CHK XX ERROR CODES Table E 2 CHK xx Error Code Replacement Actions Continued CHK XX REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT CODE ACTION 1 ACTION 2 ACTION 3 F2 10 F7 15 Table E 3 Replacement Action Codes CODE DESCRIPTION For codes 1 through 11 exchange the item indicated or replace the drive PCA IPM PCA DTC PCA SVL PCA WTL PCA RDL PCA OP Loader Assembly Threader Assembly Fan Assembly PSU Air Filter For codes 12 through 15 replace the drive 12 Head Assembly 13 File Motor April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A E 13 CHK XX ERROR CODES 14 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table E 3 Replacement Action Codes Continued CODE DESCRIPTION 14 Machine Motor 15 PCA DVL For codes 16 through 21 exchange or correct the item indicated Cartrid
224. ES 8 54 SVE POBX s d ERNEUT repr Wu RE 8 54 Threader Assembly kee Rp ERR 8 50 TOP COVED icine bn sieh pit RC rene eas 8 46 WEL PCBA Dona X d UR ale PES S tee p 8 55 Replacement Action Codes E 13 RESERVE UNIT Operation 222222222222 2 4522 4 113 5 5 51 BUS STATUS 22042 deer cee RNePEPLREDO es Kot es cada 3 10 COMMANDS dive voc is She Si eel tes o dd Sed 4 2 5 68 ee ee a a 3 1 SCSI BUS STATUS BUSY usd ER Iu IC BEN eX 3 10 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A INDEX Index 5 INDEX M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Check Condition s i 1250 eere esce we eer ed 3 10 GOOG Dod uel xb p tad actor eed iubes to ore 3 10 Intermediate BG Cis RERO Et E Vs eee RA CELER 3 10 Reservation Conflict 3 11 SCSI COMMANDS MEDIA CHANGER aca tet aa EN RM ERU 6 1 EXCHANGE 6 2 sut rA OCC rta ERAT RS 6 6 MODE SENSE eR PRI es 6 11 MOVE MEDIUM 45 ERR GR eR ERES 6 16 READ ELEMENT STATUS 6 19 TES TUNED READY ce rp ote etta seemed Fc ae gs 6 30 Tape D uQo E 4 1 CHANGE DEFINITION
225. EWIND and UNLOAD the cartridge from this tape drive 3 LOAD the cartridge into a different tape drive April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 7 3 PROCESSING 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 Issue a LOCATE command to position to the end of the last record successfully read from the tape The value to use for the LOCATE blockid is the READ POSITION First Block Loca tion field This field indicates the logical position of the tape The value in this field is the block address of the next block to be transferred between the buffer and the initiator 5 READ the tape If the read error occurs again it is possible that the media in the cartridge is so badly worn or damaged that it is not possible to read from the tape Other things to try e If you only have one tape drive you can attempt the previous procedure with a cleaning cycle performed between steps two 2 and three 3 e The drive may need to be cleaned If you are not sure how to clean the tape drive then contact your product support representative for more information If you determine that the tape is worn damaged there are service bureaus that special ize in data recovery Your product support representative may have more information about these companies 7 4 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING CHAPTER 8 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the maintenance and servicing information f
226. Exchange Medium Table 6 3 M2488A 12 FACL Exchange Medium Examples Table 6 4 MODE SELECT Field Table 6 5 Mode Select Parameter List Table 6 6 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Table 6 7 Page Desenptors c t UR RERO eU Mete eed Table 6 8 Page Descriptor Field Table 6 9 MODE SENSE Field Table6 10 Rer REPRE ee epe RULES Table6 11 SENSE Data Table 6 12 MODE SENSE Data Header Field Description Table 6 13 Page Descriptors ced YE IRA Ere dean RE E Table 6 14 MODE SENSE Page Descriptors Field Description Table 6 15 MOVE MEDIUM Field Table6 16 XCL Allowed Table 6 17 READ ELEMENT STATUS Field Description Table 6 18 Element Type Codes eR RES Table 6 19 Element Addresses Table 6 20 Block Structure of READ ELEMENT STATUS Table 6 21 Element Status Data Header Table 6 22 Element Status Data Header Fi
227. G active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 Detect Hard Error 36 RSVP failed to Respond Track DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 63 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE LWR2 Detect Hard Error 36 Track DESCRIPTION RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG No Signal Test Failed to Detect No Sig TJ Failed to Detect Write Error TJ LWR3 External Loop Write to Read Wrap Mark not detected DBOB not active LWRO Seismic CRCA Error Detection Failed to Detect IBG check INLWR or DBLK Failed to Detect DBOB check DBLK Failed to Det
228. G00000 011503 REV A 4 9 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 8 Display Data CHARACTER EBCDIC CHARACTER EBCDIC space A DISPLAY m ala Elola s A O VO z SIM Al elo ud uw al wl we elo The two most significant bits values are don t care 4 10 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 9 Display Mode Selection Bits 11h QUALIFIER DESCRIPTION Bytes 1 to 8 or bytes 9 to 16 are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2 4 of control byte The mes sage is displayed until the next tape operation starts or until a new DISPLAY command is received If the DISPLAY command is received when there is a cartridge in the MTU Bytes 1 to 8 or bytes 9 to 16 are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2 4 of the control byte The message is displayed until the cartridge is removed from the MTU or a new DISPLAY command is received No message is displayed if there is no cartridge in the MTU If the DISPLAY command is received when the MTU is in a ready state nothing happens If the DIS PLAY command is received when the MTU is not in the ready state Bytes 1 to 8 or bytes 9 to 16 are dis played based on the instructions in bits 2 4 of the control byte The attention lamp blinks The message is displayed u
229. H Contiguted vote 5 15 Table 5 17 Supported MTU VPD Page 5 17 Table 5 18 VPD Page Format s cee PR cao pap RD 5 17 Table 5 19 VPD Page Format Field Description 5 18 Table 5 20 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 00h Supported VPD 5 19 Table 5 21 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 80h Unit Serial Number Page 5 19 Table 5 22 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 81h Implemented Operating Definition Page 5 20 Table 5 23 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 81h Field 5 20 Table 5 24 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 82h ASCII Implemented Operating Definition eoeta ew EA AS Oe Sigh als RM ARE ae 5 21 XX C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE LIST OF TABLES CONTINUED TABLE TITLE Table 5 25 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 82h Field Description Table 5 26 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page COh Unit Usage Page Table 5 27 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page COh Field Description Table 5 28 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page Configuration Page Table 5 29 INQUIRY data format VPD Page C2h Product Identification Page Table 5 30 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page COh Field Description Table 6 1 Commands for Medium Changer Devices Table 6 2 2488 11 ACL
230. IELD IN PARAMETER LIST Issue a MODE SELECT command sending these parameters The Disable Block Descriptor DBD bit value of 1 specifies that no block descriptor is returned in the MODE SENSE data When this bit is set to 0 the target will return a block descriptor in the MODE SENSE data The Page Control PC field indicates the type of page parameter values to be returned by the target The target retums the same page length for each supported page regardless of the value in the PC The combination of the page control field value and the page code being set causes the target to return the appropriate values for the page selected by its respective page code page code value of 3Fh indicates all pages implemented by the target are returned to the initia tor with the values reported defined by the page control field For a page code value of 3Fh all pages are returned in ascending page code order except for mode page 00h which will always be reported last Regardless of the setting of the PC field the Mode Sense data header and block descriptor will return the current values for the fields contained in them CG00000 011503 REV A 4 61 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 13 5 MODE SENSE Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buffered mod
231. ILLEGAL REQUEST 3 If this command is received and the source element is empty or the destination element if different from the source element is full the target shall return CHECK CONDITION status and set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 4 The transport element address specifies the medium transport element that is to be used in executing this command The default medium transport element address of zero may be used if this functionality is supported by the medium changer device If the address specified has not been assigned or has been assigned to an element other than a medium transport element the target shall return CHECK CONDI TION status and the set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 The source address and the destination address may represent a stor age element an import export element a data transfer element or a medium transport element If the address specified has not been assigned to a specific element of the medium changer the target shall return CHECK CONDITION status and set the sense key to ILLE GAL REQUEST Reserved bit was found set in the CDB 7 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set Indicates the MOVE MEDIUM command was not performed due to of the following 1 A NOT READY TO READY transition has occurred 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded
232. INE RSVP DBOB Interrupt test SDDP Host I F Buffer Page Xreg test Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting DBOB Order Available DBOB and RSVP Interrupt not set as expected Table F 7 Routine 5 SDDP External Register Diagnostic Error Codes DESCRIPTION Buffer page register data miscompare SDDP Host I F Buffer Refresh Xreg test Buffer refresh register data miscompare Error restoring buffer refresh register to initial state ROUTINE SDDP Host I F Packet Header Xregs test Packet header register data miscompare Error restoring packet header registers to ini tial state Table F 8 Routine 6 Data Buffer Diagnostic Error Codes Buffer RAM data bus bit test DESCRIPTION Data bus bit miscompare Buffer byte half word boundary test Full word read data miscompare Half word read data miscompare Byte read data miscompare F 18 Buffer paging test CG00000 011503 REV A Buffer page data miscompare April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 8 Routine 6 Data Buffer Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Buffer RAM address bus bit test Address bus bit miscompare possible open address bit s Address bus bit miscompare possible short tied address bit s Buffer RAM OxAA data pattern Data miscompare error test un 2 un m e un Z O
233. IT READY is a six byte command The bytes are as shown below and described in Table 6 34 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 7 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 6 34 TEST UNIT READY Field Description BYTE VALUE DESCRIPTION 6 2 6 2 TEST UNIT READY CHECK CONDITION Status The medium changer logical unit is Ready if the following conditions are met A the medium changer mode is System Mode B a magazine is present or a cartridge is loaded in the tape drive If medium changer is not Ready then CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense key equal to NOT READY 6 30 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 2 6 3 MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS TEST UNIT READY Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 2h 4h 5h 6h NOT READY HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION Logical unit is not ready magazine is not present Medium changer hardware is broken 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the TEST UNIT READY command 2 Flag bit was set and link bit was not set Indicates the TEST UNIT READY command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The target has been reset 2 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 3 The versi
234. ITION status is reported as a completion status The sense bytes are transmitted to an initiator by the REQUEST SENSE command 8 3 1 Error Code Sense Format An Error Code EC of 70h sense byte 0 of 70h or FOh indicates that the CHECK CONDITION sta tus returned is a result of an error or exception condition on the command that returned the CHECK CONDITION status Error code 71h sense byte 0 of 71h or F1h indicates the CHECK CONDITION status returned is the result of an error or exception condition not related to the command that returned the CHECK CON DITION STATUS 1 deferred error After detecting a deferred error condition on a logical unit the controller reports CHECK CONDITION status to the next initiator attempting to access that log ical unit t t s E Z E The following tables and text define the sense data and log data returned to the initiator in the data phase of the REQUEST SENSE command Table 8 1 Error Code 70 Sense Format on current command Segment Number 00h Rsvd Sense Key Information Bytes Additional Sense Length 24h 00000000h SCSI 2 Command Specific Information Bytes Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier FRU Code 00h Rsvd BPV Bit Pointer Field Pointer Format of additional sense Host ERPA Additional Sense Bytes as Defined by the Format Indicated in Byte 18 8 4 CG00000 0115
235. If following an initiator s responding SDTR message the target shifts to MESSAGE IN phase and the first message in is MESSAGE REJECT the implied agreement shall be considered to be negated and both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices The implied synchronous agreement shall remain in effect until a BUS DEVICE RESET message is received until a hard reset condition occurs or until one of the two SCSI devices elects to mod ify the agreement The default data transfer mode is asynchronous data transfer mode The default data transfer mode is entered at power on after a BUS DEVICE RESET message or after a hard reset condition Wide Data Transfer Request WDTR Extended Message 01h Extended Message Length 02h WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST code 03h April 1997 Transfer Width Exponent A WIDEDATA TRANSFER REQUEST WDTR message exchange is initiated by a SCSI device whenever a previously arranged transfer width agreement may have become invalid The agree ment becomes invalid after any condition which may leave the data transfer agreement in an inde terminate state such as a after a hard reset condition b aftera BUS DEVICE RESET message and c aftera power cycle In addition an SCSI device may initiate a WDTR message exchange whenever it is appropriate to negotiate a new transfer width agreement SCSI devices that are capable of wide data transfers grea
236. If the responding SCSI device can also accommodate this transfer width it returns the same value in its WDTR message If it requires a smaller transfer width it substitutes the smaller value in its WDTR message The successful completion of an exchange of WDTR messages implies an agreement as follows Responding device WDTR response Implied agreement a Non zero transfer width Each device transmits and receives data with a transfer width equal to the responding SCSI device s transfer width b Transfer width equal to zero Eight bit data transfer c MESSAGE REJECT message Eight bit data transfer If the initiator recognizes that negotiation is required it asserts the ATN signal and sends a WDTR message to begin the negotiating process After successfully completing the MESSAGE OUT phase the target shall respond with the proper WDTR message If an abnormal condition prevents the target from returning an appropriate response both devices shall go to eight bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices Following target response a above the implied agreement for wide data transfers shall be consid ered to be negated by both the initiator and the target if the initiator asserts ATN and the first mes sage outis either MESSAGE PARITY ERROR or MESSAGE REJECT In this case both devices shall go to eight bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices For the MES SAGE PARITY ERROR case the implied agreement
237. Interrupt Request Controller ARC The SPC interrupt was inadvertently cleared when the Interrupt Request Controller was cleared The SPC interrupt step code did not report a Register Parity error as expected after chang ing the SPC parity from odd to even The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared An expected SPC interrupt request was not generated by the SPC An expected SPC interrupt was not detected in the Interrupt Request Controller ARC The SPC interrupt was inadvertently cleared when the Interrupt Request Controller was cleared The SPC interrupt step code did not report a Command Complete as expected The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared An SPC interrupt request was not generated by the SPC during SPC setup restoration An expected SPC interrupt was not detected in the Interrupt Request Controller ARC The SPC interrupt was inadvertently cleared when the Interrupt Request Controller was cleared The SPC interrupt step code did not report a Command Complete as expected after restor ing SPC setup The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 13 un un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 6 Routine 4 Read Signal Verification Processor Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE RSVP Routine Initialization DESCRIPTION
238. L REQUEST 4 The transport element address specifies the medium transport element that is to be used in executing this command The default transport element address of zero may be used if this functionality is supported by the medium changer device If the transport element address speci fied has not been assigned or has been assigned to an element other than a medium transport element the target shall return CHECK CONDITION status and the set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 If this command is received and the source first destination or second destination addresses are not valid element addresses the target shall return CHECK CONDITION status and the set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 6 If the device is an ACL and the source and second destination addresses are the same simple exchange the target shall return CHECK CONDITION status and the set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 7 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB 8 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set Indicates the EXCHANGE MEDIUM command was not performed due to one of the following 1 A NOT READY TO READY transition has occurred 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMM
239. LID FIELD IN CDB WRITE BUFFER Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh 3h 4h 5h 6h Bh Dh RECOVERED ERROR MEDIUM ERROR HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION ABORTED COMMAND VOLUME OVERFLOW 1 Recovery was performed when transferring data from the initiator 2 Recovery was performed when synchronizing buffered write data to tape prior to performing the WRITE BUFFER operation 1 Synchronizing buffered write data to tape failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium 1 Transferring data from the initiator failed due to a hardware failure 2 Synchronizing buffered data to tape failed due to a hardware failure 1 Reserved bit was found set in the of the WRITE BUFFER com mand The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set Buffer ID field contains an invalid value Buffer Offset field contains an invalid value Parameter List Length field is contains an invalid value Un gt UC P2 Indicates the WRITE BUFFER command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded wit
240. LLATION INSTRUCTIONS Metal bracket j Metal bracket i p Q Figure 1 5 Stability Brackets Figure 1 6 Drive Placement CG00000 011503 REV A INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Drive M2488 ACL Figure 1 7 Drive Positioning Projection Rear bracket Figure 1 8 Rear Bracket Attachment CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 6 4 5 Drive with FACL Attached Figure 1 9 shows the M2488 with an attached FACL in a desktop model Figure 1 9 M2488 with FACL in Desktop Model Use the following procedure to insert the M2488 with attached FACL into the desktop model Refer to Figure 1 10 through Figure 1 12 during performance of this procedure STEP ACTION 1 Insert the M2488 with FACL into the bottom base Attach through bottom of base into bottom of M2488 and FACL with eight screws See Figure 1 10 2 Place the desktop cover over the M2488 and FACL See Figure 1 11 3 Tighten the eight screws into the sides of the bottom base 4 Place rear cover over back opening and tighten with four screws See Figure 1 12 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 15 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS bottom base G 5 92 Figure 1 10 Attach to Bottom Base CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS deskt
241. LLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 4 2 Unpack the Automatic Cartridge Loader Unpack the ACL as described below 1 Carefully remove the ACL from the packing material and place on flat work surface 2 Verify contents of package and accessory kit to the packing list 3 Retain packing material for future use 4 Continue with the equipment inspection instructions April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 5 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 4 3 Unpack the Flush mounted Automatic Cartridge Loader Unpack the FACL as described below 1 Carefully remove the FACL from the packing material and place on flat work surface 2 Verify contents of package and the accessory kit to the packing list 3 Remove packing material from the inside of the FACL Press PUSH on the front panel to open door Press PUSH on the magazine tray and remove packing Press PUSH again to close the magazine tray then press PUSH on the front panel to close door 4 Retain packing material for future use 5 Continue with the equipment inspection instructions 1 6 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 5 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION After unpacking inspect the equipment If any damage is found note the type of damage and location Also note any damage to the packing container Contact your carrier for further instructions for han dling the damaged equipment 1 5 1 1 5 2 1 5 3 April 1997 Inspect the M2488 Tap
242. LLATION INSTRUCTIONS Screw plate g T Screw i Screw plate g d Screw j Figure 1 14 19 inch Rack mount Kit Installation April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 21 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 6 5 5 Adjust the Brackets The length of the bracket is adjusted according to length L between the front and rear poles of the 19 inch rack To adjust the length of the bracket exchange the left and right brackets as shown in Figure 1 15 or replace the brackets with longer brackets Rack pole L Screw X Screw plate g 1 b Or Mounting tray Long bracket L 533 mm to 629 mm Bracket 2 Short bracket L 598 mm to 679 mm 3 Exchanging left and right of bracket from item 1 Short bracket L 638 mm to 719 mm 4 Exchanging left and right of bracket from item 2 Long bracket L 688 mm to 784 mm Figure 1 15 Bracket Adjustment 1 22 CG00000 011503 REV April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 6 5 6 Install the M2488 or M2488 with Medium Changer on the Mounting Tray Refer to Figure 1 14 Figure 1 16 through Figure 1 19 for this procedure NOTE Before inserting confirm that the inner cover is on the U type slit of the mounting tray STEP ACTION 1 If a single drive is used it must be mounted on the right side 2 Remove the two foot rails from the drive if installed 3 Attach drive to the inner cover with f
243. Medium EOM bit to one in extended sense The sense key is set to MEDIUM ERROR If the Fixed bit is one the target sets the valid bit to one and the information bytes to the difference residue of the requested transfer length minus the actual num ber of blocks successfully read If the Fixed bit is zero the target sets the valid bit to one and the information bytes to the requested transfer length Both fixed block and variable block modes are implemented by this tape controller Reference the Read Block Limits and Mode Select mode parameters block descriptor commands for more information about fixed and vari able block modes Encountering early warning LEOT on a READ command is not reported to the initiator April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 65 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 14 3 READ Sense Keys M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION Oh NO SENSE lh RECOVERED ERROR 2h NOT READY 3h MEDIUM ERROR 4h HARDWARE ERROR 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 6h UNIT ATTENTION 8h BLANK CHECK 4 66 1 SILI and Fixed bits are both zero and the actual block length read is different from the specified transfer length in the READ CDB 2 Filemark encountered during the read operation 1 Recovery was performed when writing buffered data to tape 2 Recovery was performed when reading data from tape 3 Recovery was pe
244. Mode of Write Data incrementing the Buffer Offset appropriately and then for the last WRITE BUFFER command request the Mode of Download Microcode or Download Microcode and Save with the appropriate Buffer Offset and Transfer Length for the last portion of the microcode being downloaded This requires that the microcode being downloaded always be written into the buffer starting at byte 0 i e the first WRITE BUFFER command must have a Buffer Offset of zero 4 3 32 1 WRITE BUFFER CDB Description WRITE BUFFER is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 129 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Buffer ID Buffer Offset Transfer Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded aa B m ec x 4 144 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 129 WRITE BUFFER Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Mode field is described in Table 4 130 The Buffer ID field identifies a specific buffer within the target The Buffer Offset field specifies the offset in the buffer for the beginning of the data transfer The Buffer Offset contains a multiple of the offset boundary specified in the offset boundary field of the READ BUFFER description The Transfer Length specifies the maximum number of bytes transferred dur ing the DATA OUT ph
245. N phase when allocation length bytes have been transferred or when all available Mode Sense data have been transferred to the initiator whichever is less Mode Sense Data The MODE SENSE data contains a four byte header followed by 0 or one eight byte block descriptors followed by zero or more variable length pages Mode Sense Data Header Table 4 53 MODE SENSE Data Header DEFAULT MODE SENSE Data Length N A Reserved 00h Buffered Mode Speed 0h 90h or 10h April 1997 Block Descriptor Length 00h 08h CG00000 011503 REV A 4 57 Z ua UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 54 MODE SENSE Data Header Field Description DESCRIPTION The MODE SENSE data length specifies the length in bytes after the data length field that are available to be transferred during the DATA IN phase The sense data length does not include itself The code value for the Speed field is set to Oh default The Buffered Modes are described in Table 4 55 A Write Protected WP bit of zero indicates the medium is write enabled A WP bit of one indicates the medium is write protected The block descriptor length specifies a length of eight if a block descriptor is included A block descriptor length of zero indicates no block descriptors are included in the parameter list This condition is not considered an error The block descriptor length does not
246. N status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST for the following conditions 1 If the initiator attempts to change any field that is not changeable as reported by the target if the initiator sends a value for a parameter that is outside the range supported by the target and rounding is not implemented for that parameter 2 ifthe initiator sets any field in the mode parameter header or block descriptor to an unsup ported value 3 ifthe initiator sends a mode page with a page length not equal to the page length returned by the MODE SENSE command for that page or 4 ifthe initiator sets any reserved field in the mode parameter list to a non zero value Certain parameters sent to a target with the MODE SELECT command contain a range of values When the target receives a value not supported the target rounds the value received to a supported value The target rejects unsupported values unless rounding is permitted in the description of the parameter Rounding of Mode Select parameter values when permitted is performed as follows A target that receives a Mode Select parameter value that is not an exact supported value adjusts the value to one that it supports and returns CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of RECOVERED ERROR The additional sense code is set to ROUNDED PARAMETER The initiator is responsible to issue a MODE SENSE command to learn what value the ta
247. NDITION DESCRIPTION lh 3h 4h 5 6h Bh Dh RECOVERED ERROR MEDIUM ERROR HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION ABORTED COMMAND VOLUME OVERFLOW Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buff ered mode operation occurred in MODE SELECT command 1 Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure e g transfer of MODE SELECT data failed due to hardware failure 2 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the MODE SELECT command 2 Flag bit in the MODE SELECT CDB was set and Link bit was not set 3 There is a parameter list error Indicates the MODE SELECT command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short MODE SELECT command was aborted Write of buffered data prior to the MODE SELECT operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached 6 10 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 2 3 MODE SENSE MC comm
248. NE REEL TACHOMETER PHASE ERROR MACHINE REEL ROTATION COUNTER OVERFLOW RRC COUNTER OVERFLOW GAP COUNTER PHASE ERROR TOO SHORT LENGTH TAPE LOADED BOT TIGHT UP ERROR MACHINE REEL RUN AWAY IN LOADING INVALID GAP OUT TIME WRITE VELOCITY CHECK OVER GAP IN POSITION IN HARDWARE ERROR FILE OR MACHINE REEL TACHO METER ERROR CARRIER MOVE UPWARD TIMEOUT ERROR CARRIER MOVE DOWNWARD TIMEOUT ERROR THREADER SENSORS COMBINATION ERROR THREADER ARM IS NOT HOME WHEN LOADING STARTS CARRIER POSITION SENSOR ALWAYS ON April 1997 CATCH ARM CLOSE TIMEOUT ERROR CG00000 011503 REV A E 1 CHK XX ERROR CODES 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table E 1 CHK xx Error Code Descriptions Continued DESCRIPTION CLEANING CARTRIDGE SENSOR FAILURE IN POWER UP CATCH ARM OPEN TIMEOUT ERROR CATCH ARM CLOSE RETRIES EXHAUSTED CATCH ARM OPEN RETRIES EXHAUSTED CATCH ARM OPEN AND CLOSE SENSOR BOTH ON UNDEFINED INTERNAL COMMAND FEEDER MOVE FORWARD RETRIES EXHAUSTED FEEDER MOVE BACKWARD RETRIES EXHAUSTED CARTRIDGE POSITIONED ON CARRIER INCORRECTLY MOTION COMMAND DURING SERVO OFF TOO LONG LENGTH TAPE LOADED CARRIER SENSORS FRONT REAR AND UNFEED ALL ON OUT OF RANGE IN EOT LOCATION TABLE CARRIER SENSORS FRONT UNFEED SENSORS BOTH ON TOO LOOSE WRAP TAPE CTG IS LOADED OR ABNORMAL REEL CLUTCHING REAR CARRIER
249. ODE SELECT and MODE SENSE commands Table 5 1 Page Codes DESCRIPTION Vendor Unique Parameters Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters ua Z 7 im un Disconnect Reconnect Control Parameters Common Device Type Control Parameters Device Configuration Parameters MODE SENSE ONLY Target returns all supported pages The pages are returned in the MODE SENSE data in the following order Page 01h page 02h page OAh page 10h page 00h NOTE The current value of non changeable Mode Parameters must be returned in MODE SELECT command data 5 2 1 The Parameters Savable Bit All pages When using the MODE SENSE command a Parameters Savable PS bit of one indicates that the mode page can be saved by the target in a non volatile vendor specific location A PS bit of zero indicates that the supported parameters cannot be saved When using the MODE SELECT command the PS bit is reserved April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 1 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 5 2 2 Vendor Unique Parameter Table 5 2 Page 00 Vendor Unique Parameter BITS MODE SENSE 5 3 2 1 DEFAULT VALUES Reserved Page Code Additional Page Length Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved ADTT Reserved The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command Table 5 3 Page 00 Vendor Unique Parameter Field Description DE
250. ODUCT GUIDE LIST ERROR From Figure I 1 Display Error No If error displayed hold TEST to scroll message RUN CNT ERR CNT RESET TEST Back to test in error Figure I 4 LIST ERROR Flowchart From Figure I 1 o Enables an external maintenance terminal attached to the rear of the M2488 via the 9 pin DIN connector stan The terminal can be used to run diagnostics using keyboard input Figure I 5 RS 232 Flowchart 1 4 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 FLOWCHARTS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE From Figure I 1 START START START TEST TEST 7 START m START TLSTART 7731 START FUBTART T 3 7 TU TUN 0P ids um s v v TEST START yg ent START START NNO START START TEST TEST TEST 7 TEST TEST v pem Figure I 11 Tr S FTT mg STZ 21 s prr START gos pra STA gr FSGRP TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST SFIT00 00 00 00 TEST TEST TEST To Figure 1 11 START 83 S WDT QU LAT 89 WTROM
251. ON INSTRUCTIONS NOTICE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY 1 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter contains information on installing the M2488 tape drive and optional equipment This chapter is divided into the following major paragraphs 1 2 PREPARING THE M2488 AND ITS OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 3 CONFIGURATIONS 1 4 UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS 1 5 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION 1 6 ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 1 7 PREPARATION FOR USE 1 2 PREPARING THE M2488 AND ITS OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT Upon receipt of your equipment follow the procedures in the order listed below STEP PROCEDURE WHERE 1 Unpack the M2488 Product Guide Chapter 1 paragraph 1 4 or Unpack the medium changer if applicable User s Guide Chapter 2 2 Inspect the M2488 Product Guide Chapter 1 paragraph 1 5 or Inspect the medium changer if applicable User s Guide Chapter 2 3 Assemble the M2488 and medium changer if applica Product Guide Chapter 1 paragraph 1 6 or ble User s Guide Chapter 2 4 Configure the M2488 User s Guide Chapter 4 Operating the M2488 User s Guide Chapter 5 1 3 CONFIGURATIONS The 2488 tape drive may have a medium changer and be rack mounted or placed on a desktop Deter mine which configuration is to be used from the following tables then refer to the indicated assembly instructions after unpacking and inspecting the equipment April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 1 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 3 1 Rack mount
252. OT LOADING POSITION AT START OFLOAD FILE REEL TURNS TOO FAST AFTER UNTHREADING MACHINE REEL TURNS TOO SLOW DURING CLEANING FILE REEL TURNS TOO FAST DURING CLEANING MACHINE REEL TACHOMETER PHASE ERROR DURING THREAD UNTHREAD MACHINE REEL STOP LOCK ERROR DURING THREAD UNTHREAD FILE REEL DIRECTION ERROR WHEN CLEANING MACHINE REEL DOES NOT TURN DURING POWER UP MACHINE REEL TACHOMETER OR DIRECTION ERR FILE REEL DOES NOT TURN IN POWER UP FILE REEL TACHOMETER OR DIRECTION ERR FRONT REAR CARRIER SENSORS BOTH ON BACKWARD AT BOT DETECTED BY SERVO FORWARD AT EOT DETECTED BY SERVO April 1997 STOP LOCK ERROR CAUSED BY LOOSE WRAP CG00000 011503 REV A E 3 CHK XX ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table E 1 CHK xx Error Code Descriptions Continued DESCRIPTION RRC CAN NOT BE DETERMINED FILE PROTECT SENSOR FAILURE DURING POWER UP BACKWARD COMMAND AT BOT FORWARD COMMAND AT PEOT TIME OUT ERROR IN DECELERATION NOT READY BY OPERATOR TIME OUT ERROR IN FIRST MACHINE REEL WRAP TIME OUT ERROR IN ACCELERATION OVER SPEED IN ACCELERATION REVERSE ROTATION IN CONSTANT SPEED SERVO IN STOP LOCK SERVO FILE REEL TURNS TOO MUCH IN STOP LOCK SERVO MACHINE REEL TURNS TOO MUCH RRC CHANGED BY TOO MANY COUNTS TOO MANY MACHINE REEL INTERRUPTS FILE REEL DIRECTION ERROR DURING UNLOADING FILE REEL TURNS TOO F
253. OT READY 1 The Media bit is one and the logical unitis NOT READY 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Writing buffered data to tape failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR Write buffered data to tape failed due to a hardware error 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the of the REPORT DEN SITY SUPPORT command 2 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 111 EA m Z gt eal zi nar TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 25 4 3 25 1 RESERVE UNIT command 16h The RESERVE UNIT and RELEASE UNIT commands serve to resolve contention in multiple initi ator systems The RESERVE UNIT command reserves the specified logical unit for the exclusive use of the requesting initiator or if it is a third party reservation for another specified SCSI device The SCSI device that gains the reservation of the tape logical unit also automatically gains the reser vation of the medium changer logical
254. OVE FROM FULLSLOT S 10h TO EMPTY SLOT D 10h 5 0011h 0015h 0011h 0015h 1 MAGAZINE MOVE FROM FULLSLOT S 10h TO EMPTY SLOT D 10h 7 CTG 0011h 0017h 0011h 0017h 1 MAGAZINE MOVE FROM FULLSLOT S 10h TO EMPTY SLOT D 10h 10 CTG 0011h 001Ah 0011h 001Ah 1 MAGAZINE 1 magazine size can be determined by looking at XCL MODE parameter page 1Dh bytes 8 and 9 March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 17 MOVE MEDIUM MOVE MEDIUM MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 2 4 3 MOVE MEDIUM Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 2h 3h 4h 5h 6h Bh Dh 6 18 NOT READY MEDIUM ERROR HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION ABORTED COMMAND VOLUME OVERFLOW Logical Unit is not ready magazine not set or if set then START button not pressed or magazine not loaded via host command 1 Medium exchange failed due to synchronization failure 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium Medium move failed due to hardware failure 1 If this command is received and the XCL ACL or FACL is not attached the target shall return CHECK CONDITION status and set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 2 If this command is received and the XCL ACL or FACL is not in SYSTEM MODE the target shall retum CHECK CONDITION sta tus and set the sense key to
255. OVER BUFFERED DATA CDB Description 4 98 4 3 21 2 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Operation 4 99 4 3 21 3 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA CHECK CONDITION Status 4 99 4 3 21 4 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Sense Keys 4 100 RELEASE UNIT command 17 4 101 4 3 22 1 RELEASE UNIT CDB 4 101 4 3 22 2 RELEASE UNIT 4 102 4 3 22 3 RELEASE UNIT Sense Keys 4 102 REQUEST SENSE command 03 4 103 4 3 23 1 REQUEST SENSE CDB Description 4 103 4 3 23 2 REQUEST SENSE CHECK CONDITION Status 4 103 4 3 23 3 REQUEST SENSE Sense 4 104 Report Density Support command 44 4 105 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE CONTENTS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 4 3 24 1 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT CDB Description 4 105 4 3 24 2 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT 4 106 4 3 24 3 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Sense 4 111 4 3 25 RESERVE UNIT command 16 4 112 4 3 25 1 RESERVE UNIT CDB Description 4 112 4 3 25 2 RESERVE UNIT Operation 4 113 4 3 25 3 RESERVE UNIT Sense
256. P at Resync RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 Reset Persistence ETP at Resync RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST F 60 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION 2 Reset Persistence ETP at PHOK not seen in time Resync Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End un 2 un m
257. PORT DENSITY TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 103 DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block for density 28h 36 track standard or extended length tape Primary Density Code DEFAULT 28h Secondary Density Code 28h Reserved Reserved Reserved 00h Bits per mm 05D3h 1491 Media Width tenths of a mm Tracks Capacity MB Assigning Organization 58 33 20 20 20 20 20 20h See Capac ity field desc in Table 4 104 Density Name 33 36 20 54 52 41 43 4Bh 46 TRACK Description 33 34 39 30 45 20 31 2F 32 22 20 54 41 50 45 20 20 20 20 20h 4 108 CG00000 011503 REV A 3490 1 2 TAPE April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 104 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block Field Description DESCRIPTION The Primary Density Code contains the value returned by a MODE SENSE command for the density described in the remainder of the DENSITY SUP PORT data block reference the MODE SENSE command specification in sec tion XX for more information on density codes reported by MODE SENSE The Secondary Density Code field contains the equivalent density code value when multiple density codes are assigned to the same recording technology density format capacity etc If no secondary density code exists then this field is set to the Primary Density Code value in byte 0
258. PS bit that is returned in the page header by the MODE SENSE command If the PS bit is set in the MODE SENSE data the page shall be savable by issuing a MODE SELECT command with the SP bit set Oncea MODE SELECT command with an SP bit of one is completed successfully the parameters set during that command become the saved parameters The saved parameters become the active or current parameters until another MODE SELECT command is completed If the new MODE SELECT command has an SP bit of 0 the new parameters are kept as the cur rent parameters the saved parameters remain unchanged and remain in effect until any of the following occurs anew MODE SELECT command is successfully performed b aRESET CONDITION is detected apower on cycle is performed or CG00000 011503 REV A 7 1 10 Aw OR aS Oa Ae Ta PROCESSING 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 7 2 d aBUS DEVICE RESET message is received in which case the saved parameters are restored as the active or current parameters If the new MODE SELECT command has an SP bit of 1 the new parameters are kept as the saved parameters and as the active or current parameters Therefore following any of the condi tions described in b through d above the newly set saved parameters will be restored as the current parameters Without performing the requested mode settings changes a MODE SELECT command will fail with a CHECK CONDITIO
259. Parameter Length 08h Total Blocks Read excluding filemarks TOTAL TAPE MARKS READ 16 Parameter Code 9012h 77 MSB LSB April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A EOh or 60h 4 41 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 38 Log Sense Page 03h Error Counter Page Read Continued DEFAULT Dor err Parameter Length Total Tape Marks Read TOTAL READ BLOCKS THAT WERE NOT RECORDED IN EDRC FORMAT Parameter Code 9013h EOh or 60h Parameter Length MSB Total Blocks Read that were not recorded in EDRC format exclud ing filemarks TOTAL HOST BLOCKS CONTAINED IN PHYSICAL BLOCKS READ FROM TAPE MSB nd Parameter Code 9014h 102 0 TMC 0 EOh or 60h 103 Parameter Length 08h 104 MSB 111 Total Host Blocks Contained in Physical Blocks Read From Tape ESE READ RETRIES Parameter Code 9015h 113 LSB E EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h ee Read Retries 4 42 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 39 Log Sense Page 0Ch Sequential Access Device Page DEFAULT m ue gessi Reserved Page Code Reserved Page Length WRITE DATA BYTES RECEIVED FROM THE INITIATOR 4 MSB 5 Parameter Code 0000h 6 DU ETC 0 TMC 0 Reserved EOh or 60h Param
260. Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type Page Code Reserved Page Length n 1 VPD parameters March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 41 MC VPD PAGES MC VPD PAGES MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 6 52 VPD Page Format Field Description DESCRIPTION The meaning of the Peripheral Qualifier and Peripheral Device Type fields depend on whether the VPD page is being sent to the initiator as INQUIRY data or is being received from the initiator as CHANGE DEFINITION data When being sent as INQUIRY data these fields are the same as those defined in the INQUIRY com mand description When being received as CHANGE DEFINITION data these fields are ignored The Page Code field identifies the format and parameters defined for that VPD page The Page Length field indicates the length in bytes of the VPD parameters that fol low For VPD pages that are permitted to be sent from an initiator via the CHANGE DEFINITION command if the initiator does not set this value to the value that is returned for that page by the INQUIRY command the target terminates the CHANGE DEFINITION command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST For VPD pages requested by an initia tor via the INQUIRY command if the allocation length in the INQUIRY CDB is too small to transfer all bytes in the VPD page the page length is no
261. R2 ETPs Unknown Error 36 Track DESCRIPTION RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 ETPs Unknown Error 18 Track RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 Ignore Invalid ETP 4 good fms RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST F 58 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION LWR2 Ignore Invalid ETP 4 PHOK not seen in time good fms
262. REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION status the sense key is set to ILLE GAL REQUEST and additional sense key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST For all pages the Page Length bytes must be set as indicated for bytes 2 3 in the following Page Code descriptions If the page length is set to any other value the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION status the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Table 4 116 Send Diagnostic Page General Form Page code XXh Reserved bits are set to zero Page Length n 3 Page Parameter If the Page Code is OOh this parameter is not required The Diagnostic Page Codes are shown in the following table Table 4 117 Diagnostic Page Codes QUALIFIER DESCRIPTION Supported diagnostics pages see Table 4 118 Online diagnostic test page see Table 4 119 Manufacturing Online diagnostic test page FACTORY MODE only see Table 4 120 MTU Online diagnostic test pages FACTORY MODE only see Table 4 122 Description of Page Code 00h This page instructs the target to make available the list of all supported diagnostic pages to be returned by subsequent RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command Table 4 118 Page 00h Supported Diagnostic Pages Page code 00h Reserved 2
263. RROR CODES Table F 25 Routine 90 Tape Drive Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Drive Diag ACL LDUL test Magazine or magazine type not detected No cartridges detected in magazine Must have at least one working cartridge installed in a magazine to run this test Error reported during Autoloader load unload test un 2 un m un Z O AND ERROR CODES April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 79 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE F 80 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE SUPPORTED SCSI TRANSFER RATES APPENDIX G SUPPORTED SCSI TRANSFER RATES The SCSI transfer rates that will be supported are determined by the available oscillator frequency 20 MHz Table G 1 SCSI Transfer Rates for 20 MHz TRANSFER RATE MB S TRANSFER RATE MB S FAST NARROW DATA PHASE FAST WIDE DATA PHASE ROUNDED TO 2 POSITIONS ROUNDED TO 2 POSITIONS XFR REG un BA 1 25 iem 2 Ce VALUE DEC 7 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A G 1 SUPPORTED SCSI TRANSFER RATES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table G 1 SCSI Transfer Rates for 20 MHz Continued TRANSFER RATE MB S TRANSFER RATE MB S FAST NARROW DATA PHASE FAST WIDE DATA PHASE ROUNDED TO 2 POSITIONS ROUNDED TO 2 POSITIONS XFR REG VALUE DEC 92 A lt
264. Reserved Transfer Length Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 41 LOOP WRITE TO READ Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the transfer length field and whether fixed length or variable length block s are to be transferred If the Fixed bit is zero a single block is transferred from the initiator and looped through the controller If the Fixed bit is set to one the transfer length field specifies the number of block s to be transferred from the initiator This form of the LWR command is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating in fixed block mode i e it has been instructed to use fixed length blocks by a MODE SELECT command Only a block count of 0 or 1 may be specified 5 EB ec ae tus The Transfer Length specifies the length of the block to be transferred from the ini tiator If the transfer length specified by the LWR command is 0 no data is transferred and this condition is not considered an error April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 49 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Data is transferred in the mode selected by the MODE SELECT command 4 3 11 2 LOOP WRITE TO READ CHECK CONDITION Status This control unit implements both fixed block and variable block modes If the Fixed bit is one
265. S Table 4 20 Peripheral Qualifiers QUALIFIER DESCRIPTION The peripheral device type in bits 0 through 4 is currently connected to this logical unit Note This peripheral qualifier does not imply that the device is ready for access by the initiator The target is capable of supporting the specified peripheral device type However the physical device is not currently connected to this logical unit Reserved The logical unit is not capable of supporting a physical device Note For this peripheral qualifier the peripheral device type is set to 1Fh indicating unknown or no device type NOT USED Table 4 21 Peripheral Device Type Sequential access tape device Note When the INQUIRY command is issued for the MTU LUN the peripheral device type is set to Olh This indicates a tape device Medium changer device type Unknown or no device type Note This code is generated when the INQUIRY command is issued for a LUN which is neither the MTU or Medium Changer Table 4 22 Possible Peripheral Qualifier and Device Types Generated PERIPHERAL PERIPHERAL QUALIFIER DEVICE TYPE DESCRIPTION A sequential access device is currently connected to this logical unit A medium changer device is currently connected to this log ical unit Unknown or not An unknown or no device type is currently connected to this connected logical unit April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 23 gt
266. SCRIPTION When the WRTY bit is set to one the following feature will be activated if bit 7 of the Write Retry Count field in Mode Page O1h is set to zero permanent write errors are to be reported after the retry count in bits 6 0 of the Write Retry Count field have been exhausted if bit 7 of the Write Retry Count field in Mode Page 01 is set to one write errors are not reported and writing is continued on the next block unless the tape position is lost while attempting the write operations CAUTION This setting may produce unreadable tapes When WRTY is set to zero bits 7 0 of the Write Retry Count field all represent the retry count setting and permanent write errors will always be reported The WRTY bit is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero When the Position After Error Block bit is set to one and there is a permanent read error on tape the read head is positioned on the opposite side of the error block from the direction being read i e EOT side for a read forward operation or BOT side for a read reverse operation When the read error occurs during a Read forward operation a Read Position command gives the BID of the block following the block in error When the read error occurs during a Read Reverse operation a Read Position command gives the BID of the actual block in error When PAEB is set to zero everything remains the same except for the Read Position data wh
267. SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase un 2 un m e un Z A AND ERROR CODES All the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_host_rd_complt A error was detected in the SDDP_HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Write EDRC32 bytes walking 1 after a write diag operation was initialized in mode 10h the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm request wrtbuffer the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host wrt cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data buffer April 1997 CG0
268. T GUIDE Table 4 37 Log Sense Page 02h Error Counter Page Write DEFAULT NEUE s Reserved Page Code Reserved Page Length WRITE ERRORS RECOVERED BY ECC Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h 08h MSB Number of Write Data Checks Recovered By ECC i e Errors corrected without substantial delay WRITE ERRORS DETECTED BY FIRMWARE Parameter Code 0001h 0 0 Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of Write Data Checks Detected By Firmware i e Error corrected with possible delays TOTAL WRITE BLOCKS CORRECTED BY INTERNAL ERROR RECOVERY ACTIONS Parameter Code 0003h 0 0 Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Total Write Blocks Corrected by internal Error Recovery Actions TOTAL WRITE BYTES Parameter Code 0005h ETC 0 TMC 0 Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Total Bytes Written to Tape 4 38 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 37 Log Sense Page 02h Error Counter Page Write Continued DEFAULT VALUE Parameter Code 9000h 0 TMC 0 Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length pe Total Bytes Transferred from Initiator e HOST WRITE DATA RETRANSMISSIONS REQUIRED FOR OTHER THAN SCSI INTERFACE ERRORS 64 MSB Param
269. T and is incremented by one for approximately each 2 m of tape moved across the read write heads April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 11 e t E Z MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table8 10 Format 01h Sense Information Drive Field Description Continued BYTE BIT DESCRIPTION This is the command code of the command being processed when the error was detected Drive status at the time the error was detected The Drive Model Number is 03h The DRV ERR CMD Code 1 indicates the command being executed by the MTU when the first error was detected The DRV ERR Code 1 is the error code of the first MTU error encountered Write error hardware register 1 Write error hardware register 2 Sequence status set when an error has occurred Servo status code is set when an error has occurred 8 12 Command code is set when command has occurred Table 8 11 MTC to MTU Commands COMMAND CODE STOP CLEAR ERROR DOOR SOLENOID SERVO DIAGNOSTIC LOAD CARTRIDGE REWIND REWIND AND UNLOAD SEARCH SECTOR MOVE FORWARD READ MOVE BACKWARD READ MOVE FOR WRITE DATA SECURITY 5 MOVE MAGAZINE WRITE ALL ZERO SHUFFLE MICROCODE DOWNLOAD MICROCODE START CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 3 2 4 Format 2 and 3 Sense Information Hardware Registers
270. TH CLEANING 8 35 8 10 MANUAL TAPE 8 36 8 10 1 Cartridge Tape Stopped During Loading 8 36 8 10 2 Tape Stopped During 8 37 8 10 3 Tape Wound on Take up 8 37 8 11 REMOVE AND 8 38 8 11 1 Air Filter Remove and Replace 8 43 8 11 1 1 Air 1 8 43 8 11 1 2 Air Filter Replacement 8 43 8 11 2 Fan Assembly Remove and Replace 8 44 8 11 2 1 Fan Assembly 8 44 8 11 2 2 Fan Assembly Replacement 8 44 8 11 3 IPM Remove and Replace Procedures 8 45 8 11 3 131 oe e E DERE ENE 8 45 8 11 3 2 IPM Replacement 8 45 8 11 4 Top Cover Remove and Replace Procedures 8 46 8 11 4 1 Top 8 46 8 11 4 2 Top Cover Replacement 8 46 8 11 5 Bottom Cover Remove and Replace
271. TION 2 ACTION 3 16 16 3 15 15 16 16 3 14 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A E 7 13 15 16 13 14 16 CHK XX ERROR CODES 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table E 2 CHK xx Error Code Replacement Actions Continued CHK XX REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT CODE ACTION 1 ACTION 2 ACTION 3 1F 13 14 3 15 20 22 13 15 19 7 13 14 E 8 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE April 1997 CHK XX ERROR CODES Table E 2 CHK xx Error Code Replacement Actions Continued CHK XX REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT CODE ACTION 1 ACTION 2 45 8 15 46 8 15 REPLACEMENT ACTION 3 13 15 3 13 16 13 16 CG00000 011503 REV A CHK XX ERROR CODES 10 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table E 2 CHK xx Error Code Replacement Actions Continued REPLACEMENT ACTION 1 14 REPLACEMENT ACTION 2 REPLACEMENT ACTION 3 13 14 15 15 13 14 3 13 15 3 14 3 15 16 2 15 3 15 16 3 15 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE CHK XX ERROR CODES Table E 2 CHK xx Error Code Replacement Actions Continued REPLACEMENT REPLAC
272. Table 6 24 Element descriptors in one page are for the same type of medium changer ele ment and are of equal length Table 6 23 Element Status Page Header URN Element Code Reserved Reserved Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available dE Element Descriptor Length Table 6 24 Element Status Page Header Field Description DESCRIPTION element descriptors in one page are of the same type the Element type code field indicates the medium changer element type for the element descriptors in the page The upper four bits of this field are always 0 the bottom four bits contain one of the code values shown in Table 6 18 on page 6 20 The Element descriptor length field indicates the number of bytes in each of the Ele ment descriptors within the page The value in this field is not adjusted for the allo cation length March 1997 The byte count of the descriptor data available field indicates the number of bytes of element descriptor data available for elements of this element type meeting the request in the CDB This value is not adjusted to match the allocation length avail able CG00000 011503 REV A 6 23 READ ELEMENT STATUS READ ELEMENT STATUS MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 2 5 2 3 Element Descriptors See Table 6 25 through Table 6 31 for descriptions of the Element Descriptors Table 6 25 Medium Transport Eleme
273. The controller reconnects to perform parameter or data transfers or to present command completion sta tus as required Multiple disconnect and reconnect sequences may be performed for a single READ or WRITE com mand as space or data becomes available in the buffer 4 5 SCSI RESET The SCSI Reset is performed in response to a SCSI BUS RESET or a BUS DEVICE RESET Message The M2488 supports the SCSI hard reset alternative as follows April 1997 SCSI I O processes are cleared i e SCSI I O process ends with the BUS FREE phase Any back end tape motion or medium changer motion operation in progress rewind synchronize erase locate space unload or write filemarks etc is allowed to complete after all of the SCSII O processes are cleared Buffered write data is synchronized to tape Buffered write data error is discarded SCSI device reservations are released Power on Reset Unit Attention is generated CG00000 011503 REV A 4 153 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS CHAPTER 5 TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS 5 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the parameters for the M2488 The following information is located in this chap ter 5 2 ADDITIONAL COMMAND INFORMATION ON MTU MODE SELECT AND MODE SENSE COMMANDS 5 3 MTU INQUIR Y CHA NGE DEFINITION VITAL PRODUCT DATA PAGES 5 2 ADDITIONAL COMMAND INFORMATION ON MTU MODE SELECT AND MODE SENSE COMMANDS Table 5 1 lists the page codes supported by the M
274. UIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 12 3 MODE SELECT Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buff ered mode operation occurred in MODE SELECT command 3h MEDIUM ERROR Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure e g transfer of MODE SELECT data failed due to hardware failure 2 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the MODE SELECT command 2 Flag bit in the MODE SELECT CDB was set and Link bit was not set 3 There is a parameter list error 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the MODE SELECT command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND MODE SELECT command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the MODE SELECT operation failed because physical End of Tape has be
275. UNLOAD Increment character with START decrement with SHIFT and START Figure I 8 INQUIRY Flowchart CG00000 011503 REV A Execute WTROM Y to SAVE any changes made to INQUIRY data April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE FLOWCHARTS MODE PAGES P From Figure I 1 TAPE UNIT TART MED CHGR START gt Media Changer MODE PAGES TEST TEST For definitions of Media Changer Defaul ae Mode Pages refer to Chapter 6 efault Settings 0 Page 00 Byte 02 01 TEST other Bytes 00 START 00 WRT 5 5 TEST 2 CWTRONE Y P START TEST TEST amp Y gt PAGEUU START Jl PAGE TU START TEST TEST TEST eme erm nacre n TEST TEST TEST f 5 TEST TEST TEST v START STAR _ TEST WTROM Y START START TEST START _ PAGE 0J AP POEET TEST TEST Tape Unit MODE PAGES Default Settings START FN START BYT 02 00 Lepus ig Did Bytes not shown are default 00 TEST TEST Page 00 Byte 04 FE Page 01 Byte 02 08 Byte 03 10 Byte 08 10 Page 10 Byte 04 80 Byte 05 40 Byte 07 32 Byte 08
276. UPPORT Data Block for density 09h 18 track standard length tape 4 107 DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block for density 28h 36 track standard or extended length tape vore a Ue PR Ed epe 4 108 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block Field Description 4 109 RESERVE UNIT Field Description 4 112 REWIND Field Description 4 115 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Field Description 4 117 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Field Description Overview 4 118 Send Diagnostic Page General 4 120 Diagnostic Page Codes 4 120 Page 00h Supported Diagnostic Pages 4 120 Page 80h Online Diagnostic Test 4 121 Diagnostic Parameter 184 4 122 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE Field Description 4 124 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE CDB Field Description Overview 4 125 Send Diagnostic Page General 4 127 Diagnostic Page Codes 4 127 C144 E019 03EN LIST OF TABLES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE LIST OF TABLES CONTINUED TABLE TITLE PAGE Table 4 118 Page 00h Supported Diagnostic
277. Unit Attention Mode Parameters Changed sense data will be reported to other initiators after a Mode Select command only if the setting of at least one parameter was actually changed from its previous setting Therefore issuing a Mode Select command with parameters that are the same as the current parameters will not result in any change or the reporting of a Unit Attention to other initiators To ensure that the MODE SELECT command performs the desired operations it is strongly rec ommended that the initiator adhere to the following steps 1 issue a MODE SENSE command requesting the target to return all Changeable Values PC field 016 and Page Code 3Fh in byte two of the MODE SENSE CDB and preserve the changeable values 2 issue a MODE SENSE command requesting the target to return all Current Values PC field 00b and Page Code 3Fh in byte two of the MODE SENSE CDB and preserve the current values 3 perform a bitwise AND operation of the current values with the one s complement of the changeable values this step is important because the target will not accept the command if any non changeable field is set to a value other than the current value 4 make further desired changes to bytes which are changeable 5 make sure that the PS bit in every mode page is 0 the MODE SENSE command will report a 1 in the PS bit but a MODE SELECT command will fail if mode pages are sent with the PS bit set to 1 6 issue a MODE SELECT
278. a transfer Incorrect SCSI bus status during diagnostic data transfer while expecting REQ de asser tion SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report MPU Parity Error as expected April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 21 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 9 Routine 7 SCSI Protocol Controller Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE TITLE 0x07 SPC MPU bus parity test DESCRIPTION The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared CP bus parity error was not reported as expected Unexpected Check 1 condition was reported after attempting to clear the Check 1 CP bus parity error Table F 10 Routine 8 Formatter Counters Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE Formatter Counter 0 test DESCRIPTION The Formatter Counter 0 count enable register could not be cleared A data miscompare occurred walking a one through the Formatter Counter 0 high byte count register A data miscompare occurred walking a one through the Formatter Counter 0 low byte count register Test Jump Carry Out bit for the high byte count of Formatter Counter 0 was set prema turely before counter was starte
279. able to ACL 1 30 Figure 1 24 Attach the ACL Mechanism 1 30 Figure 1 25 Replace Covers enne ta Re epe p i dee ER gos 1 31 Figure 1 26 Prepare the M2488 Tape 1 33 Figure 1 27 Prepare the FACIS Exe Uber EINER RR 1 34 Figure 1 28 FACE R f eee EE RUP Xu E aed 1 35 Figure 1 29 Connect the M2488 and the 1 36 Figure 1 30 Cable Connection doe up Ra e eR ede e o RR eee 1 36 Figure 1 31 Replace Top Covers one DELHI NEENS DERE EE 1 37 Figure 2 1 2488 Block Diagram 252222222 p ree etes 2 1 Figure 2 2 DTC PCA Block 2 3 Figure 2 3 DVL PCA Block 2 5 Figure 8 1 Help Information Display 8 23 Figure 8 2 EDRC Retry sein ess hers Ga ios Sek ot Cea eee heh ie 8 32 Figure 8 3 Maintenance Connector 2488 8 33 Figure 8 1 Tape Path Cleanmg oo ee betes Weber vepres ERES 8 35 Figure 8 2 Interconnect adeb ESOS Awad vies ohne LIS 8 41 Figure 8 3 Air Filter Removals ey ate eae Sad ey Ps Ble ta 8 43 Figure 8 4 Fan Assembly ee en a 8 44
280. ained on the DTC PCBA include 1 Main Processor with all associated memory and support logic 2 Full SCSI 2 interface with RISC based SCSI Protocol Controller SPC 3 20 MB s Host data path with EDRC logic 4 2 MB Data Buffer 5 MTU Formatter digital read write logic The processes performed by the DTC involve coordination of M2488 operation by the Main Processor CP High level SCSI I F control of SPC Full control of data transfers on Host and MTU Data Paths Active Data Buffer management High level control of MTU servo tape motion Refer to the block diagram in Figure 2 2 Data Path The M2488 data path has been designed to allow data transfers up to a rate of 10Mbyte s on a single or two byte wide SCSI interface and data transfers up to 20 Mbyte s across a two byte bus into the controller buffer The SPC used is the Fujitsu MB86603 which is a fast and wide capable protocol controller intended for high performance systems This controller operates in target mode and supports synchronous or asynchronous data transfers Performance enhancing features of the MB86603 are 1 Programmable commands 512 bytes internal program memory 2 Data FIFO register 64 bytes 3 Automatic selection reselection retry and attention handling e g combined sequences that allow hardware to handle all SCSI protocols up through CDB acquisition 4 Support of high level commands Various data transfer rates can be set by programming the SPC
281. al sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB NOTES 1 Following a successful microcode download and save operation the target does not do an auto matic reset and will continue running off of the old microcode In order to run off of the new microcode which has been downloaded and saved a power cycle is required 2 The microcode image that is downloaded via the WRITE BUFFER command includes the con troller and servo microcode In the Download Microcode With Offsets and Save mode both the controller microcode and servo microcode are saved into flash following a successful download WRITE BUFFER CHECK CONDITION Status If the Transfer Length field specifies a transfer that exceeds the buffer capacity the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB Data is transferred beginning at the offset within the buffer as specified by the Buffer Offset If the initiator fails to conform to the offset boundary requirements returned in the Read Buffer descrip CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 32 3 TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS tor CHECK CONDITION status is returned with a sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB If the requested buffer offset exceeds the buffer capacity the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLE GAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVA
282. al error detected during data transfer Bad status reported on data transfer complete Logical EOT encountered during data trans fer Buffer flush timeout Write from data buffer to tape was not completed in the allocated time Write data in error reported at end of data transfer Read BOT EOT test Cartridge not installed or drive NOT READY error A tape cartridge must be loaded before this test can be run Error detected while requesting buffer space for data transfer Data transfer timeout error Error reported during data transfer Fatal error reported at completion of data transfer Incorrect transfer length retry required or recovered error and incorrect length reported at end of data transfer F 74 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 22 Routine 81 Manufacturing Test Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Cartridge not installed or drive NOT READY error A tape cartridge must be loaded before this test can be run Timeout waiting for Servo Command Com plete during rewind operation Timeout waiting for Formatter Action Com plete during rewind operation Record Manager or Servo error reported dur ing rewind operation Locate Block Error while attempting to locate block Space Block Error while attempting to space block Write Filemarks Cartridge no
283. alue that is not an exact supported value adjusts the value to one that it supports and returns CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of RECOVERED ERROR The additional sense code is set to ROUNDED PARAMETER The initi ator is responsible to issue a MODE SENSE command to learn what value the target has rounded A parameter list length that results in the truncation of any header or mode page causes the target to terminate the command with a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code set to PARAMETER LIST LENGTH ERROR MODE SELECT Data The MODE SELECT data to be sent by the initiator should be in the form of a four byte header followed by zero or more variable length pages The following table illustrates the format of the MODE SELECT parameter list Table 6 5 MODE SELECT Parameter List Format Mode Parameter Header 4 bytes Pages CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS MODE SELECT Parameter Header The four bytes of the Mode Parameter Header are shown in Table 6 6 Table 6 6 MODE SELECT Mode Parameter Header Reserved Reserved Reserved Block Descriptor Length 00h The block descriptor is not supported for the Medium Changer so its length must be specified as 00h Page Descriptors Following the parameter list header are the MODE SELECT pages Table 6 7 Page Descriptors BITS SSH
284. ame as for the Run command RS 232 RS 232 When RS 232 is selected all diagnostic tests are run from the Remote Mainte nance RS 232 interface Typing quit lt enter gt or pressing the RESET switch on the Operator Control Panel will exit this mode List Reg LR HH Lists all of the tests that can be selected from the registry of diagnostic tests for a particular diagnostic mode The following example shows how to display the first test of every routine in the Diagnostic Test Registry Example LR 0001 L R 0 0 0 1 me Number Routine Number List Registry April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 19 N mA 2 2 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 8 17 Operator Panel Off Line Diagnostics Continued SELECTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION OR RESPONSE Add Add a test to the end of the test list The following example shows how to add Routine 0x09 Test 0x02 Example A 0902 A 0 9 0 2 Test Number Routine Number Add Options STOP ERR Select STOP ERR for stop on error or CONT ERR for continue on error CONT ERR Delete D Delete the test at node number n in the current test list The following example shows how to delete node 8 through the end of the current test list Example D 0800 D 0 8 0 0 E Ending node Beginning node Delete List List the tests the current test list The following example shows how to
285. an error occurs in this mode of operation an error message will be scrolled on the operator control panel and the SCSI interface to the M2488 Tape Drive will not be enabled However controller firmware will attempt to continue in order to provide the ability to invoke the Off Line diagnostics to allow further trouble shooting of the problem CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING Tests may be aborted in this mode if the ENTER key is pressed while the test list is executing The current test list node will continue executing to completion or until an error is encountered and the test list will be aborted prior to execution of the next node 8 4 4 2 Off Line Diagnostics Off Line diagnostics may be invoked through the RS 232 user interface by simultaneously press ing the START and UNLOAD keys on the operator control panel Then select the main menu item DIAGMODE by pressing START The next level of menus begin with run Press the UNLOAD key once The operator control panel should now display RS 232 Press the START key to select the RS 232 menu item At this point the Operator Control Panel willflash the message RS 232 and input will only be accepted from the RS 232 port by entering commands at the Off Line diag nostic command prompt of the commands discussed in section will be available Entering the Quit command will return control to the Operator Control Panel keys N S 2
286. ance terminal display are described in Appendix F Operator Panel Error Code Display If an error occurs during power on Go No Go testing an error message scrolls across the operator panel display SELFTEST FAILED ERROR E 04070101 Refer to Appendix F for a list of error codes with descriptions Routine Test Loop Error Code E 04 07 01 01 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 2 42 April 1997 Maintenance Terminal Error Code Display The Maintenance Terminal computer display shows error messages as follows RUNNING TESTS RETURN to abort TEST LIST OPTIONS display status display errors stop on error MODE RIN TEST TITLE Loop write to read 0 test 36 Track gt gt gt Off Line Diagnostic Error Detected Routine 20 Test 01 Error Code EO Loop 01 Expected 0000 Received 0800 Address 00500182 Initialization ERROR FDXS Xreg not zero prior to ADT RUN Off Line Diagnostic Failure STOP ON ERROR Press RETURN key or RESET switch to continue RUN COUNT 1 ERROR COUNT 1 TEST TIME 00 00 01 184 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 3 gn uno 2 e e oc MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 3 SENSEDATA The sense bytes contained in the controller indicate error status and statistical information about the controller or the drive Error information is set in the sense bytes when the CHECK COND
287. and 1Ah The MODE SENSE medium changer command provides a means for a target to report its medium changer device parameters to the initiator The MODE SENSE command is a complementary com mand to the MODE SELECT command Please refer to the description of the MODE SELECT com mand for recommendations on how to ensure that the MODE SELECT command performs the desired operations 6 2 3 1 MODE SENSE CDB Description MODE SENSE is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in the following paragraphs Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Page Code see section 6 3 on page 6 32 Reserved Allocation Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded For both an ACL or an FACL the target will perform the MODE SELECT command even if the Medium Changer LUN is NOT READY Table 6 9 MODE SENSE Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Disable Block Descriptor DBD bit value of 1 specifies that no block descrip tor is returned in the MODE SENSE data Since the Medium Changer does not provide a block descriptor the Block Descrip tor Length field in the MODE SENSE data read will always be set to zero indepen dent of the setting of the DBD bit in the MODE SENSE command The Page Code allows the initiator to select any specific page or all of the pages sup ported by a target Pages are used to set and return device parameters If t
288. and ID valid bits are always set to zero The zero values indicate that the Logical unit number field in the data transfer element descriptor and the SCSI bus address field are invalid The Not bus bit is always set to zero this indicates that the medium changer is con nected to the same SCSI bus as the data transfer element i e the tape unit The Invert bit is always set to 0 The cartridges for the supported tape format cannot be inverted If the SValid bit is set to one then the Source storage element address field indicates the address of the element where the current unit of media in the element was previ ously stored If the SValid bit is zero then the value in the Source storage element address field is not valid 6 28 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 2 5 3 Source and Destination Elements Table 6 33 shows when an element is allowed to be source or destination for a MOVE MEDIUM or EXCHANGE MEDIUM command based upon the element s Full and Access status bits Table 6 33 Allowed Source and Destination Elements ALLOWED AS ALLOWED AS ALLOWED AS FIRST SECOND DESTINATION DESTINATION DESTINATION ELEMENT FOR ELEMENT FOR ELEMENT FOR MOVE MEDIUM EXCHANGE EXCHANGE MEDIUM MEDIUM ELEMENT ELEMENT ALLOWED ACCESS FULL AS SOURCE STATUS STATUS ELEMENT a Only if the Second destination element is different from the Source element b Only if
289. and filemarks have been written to tape The locate operation has been started but not neces sarily completed when status is returned If CP bit 20 the Change Partition field is ignored The tape format only supports one partition partition 0 so this field should only be set to 0 when the CP bit is set to 1 If CP bit 1 the Change Partition field specifies the target partition 4 28 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 25 LOCATE Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION The Block Address Type BT is interpreted as a logical block address The first filemark or data block on tape is assigned logical block address 0 logical block addresses increase by 1 for each data block and filemark thereafter The maximum Logical block address is 3FFEFFh The Block address is interpreted as a device specific block address For this tape unit these addresses are also known as Block IDs The Block ID consists of four fields Wrap Physical reference Format code and Logical block position The format of a Block ID is shown in Table 4 26 Block Address The Partition field specifies the target position The high speed locate is at 4 meters per second High speed positioning will not occur if the Block Address Type BT bit is 0 It will also not occur if the BT bit is 1 and the Wrap and Physical ref erence fields of the Block address are both 0 Table 4 26
290. and is received No message is displayed if there is no cartridge in the MTU If the DISPLAY command is received when the MTU is in a ready state nothing happens If the DISPLAY command is received when the MTU is not in the ready state Bytes 0 to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2 4 of the control byte The attention lamp blinks The message is displayed until the MTU becomes ready Display left unchanged The host message being displayed is cancelled and a unit message is displayed instead Display left unchanged Display left unchanged If the DISPLAY command is received when there is a cartridge in the MTU Bytes 0 to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2 4 of the control byte The message is displayed until the car tridge is removed After the cartridge is removed and until the next cartridge is loaded and becomes ready only bytes 8 to 15 are displayed The display flashes The attention lamp blinks 4 3 4 3 DISPLAY Sense Keys 10h One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the DIS PLAY was received 3h MEDIUM ERROR Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium Noe 4h HARDWARE ERROR Write of b
291. ansferred April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 27 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 12 Routine 10 EDRC Control Signals Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE Read EDRC NC 3 bytes 00 mode 08h DESCRIPTION A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host rd complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Write clear 3 bytes 00 mode 1Ah after a write diag operation was initialized in the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm request wrtbuffer the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host wrt cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte fo
292. ansferred for the READ ELEMENT STATUS command is structured The data starts with an Element status data header This is followed by one or more Element status pages Each Element status page consists of an Element status page header followed by one or more Element descriptor blocks An example block structure is shown in Table 6 20 In the example there are two Element status pages the first page contains four Element descriptor blocks and the second page contains one Element descriptor block Table 6 20 Block Structure of READ ELEMENT STATUS Data Element status data header Element status page Element status page header Element descriptor Element descriptor Element descriptor Element status page Element status page header Element descriptor Element descriptor 1997 CG00000 011503 REV 6 21 READ ELEMENT STATUS READ ELEMENT STATUS MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 2 5 2 1 Element Status Data The Element status data header is an 8 byte block a diagram of this block is shown in Table 6 2 and described in Table 6 22 Table 6 21 Element Status Data Header 0 MSB First Element Address Reported Number of Elements Available Reserved Byte Count of Report Available Table 6 22 Element Status Data Header Field Description DESCRIPTION The First element address reported field contains the smallest element address of those elements that meet the req
293. ansferred is different from the specified Transfer length field of the CDB 2 Filemark encountered during the recover buffered data opera tion 3 More blocks are requested to be transferred than are contained in the buffer Transfer of data to initiator failed due to hardware failure 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB 2 The Fixed bit was set to one but the current mode is variable as defined by the current Mode Select state 3 The SILI and Fixed bits are both set to one 4 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set Indicates the RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command was aborted Write of buffered data prior to the RECOVER BUFFERED DATA operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 22 4 3 22 1 RELEASE UNIT command 17h The RESERVE UNIT and RELEASE UNIT commands serve to resolve contention in multiple initi ator systems The RELEASE UNIT command is used to release previously reserved logical units for the requesting initiator or if itis a third
294. ansmits data with a transfer period equal to or greater than and a REQ ACK offset equal to or less than the values received in the other device s SDTR message b REQ ACK offset equal to zero Asynchronous transfer c MESSAGE REJECT message Asynchronous transfer If the initiator recognizes that negotiation is required it asserts the ATN signal and sends a SDTR message to begin the negotiating process After successfully completing the MESSAGE OUT phase the target shall respond with the proper SDTR message If an abnormal condition prevents the target from returning an appropriate response both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices Following target response a above the implied agreement for synchronous operation shall be considered to be negated by both the initiator and the target if the initiator asserts the ATN signal and the first message out is either MESSAGE PARITY ERROR or MESS AGE REJECT In this case both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices For the MESSAGE PARITY ERROR case the implied agreement shall be reinstated if a retransmittal of the second of the pair of messages is successfully accomplished After a vendor specific number of retry attempts greater than zero if the target receives a MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message it shall terminate the retry activity This may be done either by changing to any other informat
295. ape Length Error The tape length in the cartridge is too short The error could occur when the leader block is replaced the length of tape ahead of the BOT has been trimmed Physical End of Tape A read or write operation was in process when the physical end of tape was reached The drive does not pull the tape out of the cartridge Backward at BOT While the tape was moving backwards the beginning of tape was reached Volume Removed by Operator Block ID Sequence Error The Rewind Unload switch on the drive has been activated and the cartridge is unloaded The control unit detected an incorrect Block ID sequence Intervention Required A CDB was issued to a drive that is not ready Locate Block Unsuc cessful The control unit cannot find the block preceding the desired block Control Unit Error The SCSI error processing microcode received an unrecognized ERPA code Process ing continues Bus Out Parity The bus out parity error was detected on the command or parameter transfer Control Unit ERP Failed The control unit could not recover from a data handling failure Recovered Hardware Error The control unit recovered from a hardware error Tape Extension Error An attempt was made to write 36 Track format data on 18 Track formatted medium Medium Changer Command Tape Length Error Compaction Algo rithm Incompatible A Medium Changer command was given to a d
296. arameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve H 6 DIAG RESULT DATA The MTU DIAG execution result takes up 512 bytes Explanation The DIAG execution result data is divided into groups Each group requires 32 bytes The result data is stored in an area corresponding to the DIAG group executed under the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command struct diag result unsigned short error code unsigned short diag result data 15 diag output parm 160 error code 0x0000 Normal end error code OxFFO00 Break end error code 0 00 Error end XX Error code The DIAG result data format is shown as follows DIAG result format Result of Loading time M1 LOAD measurement result unit error code result data 1 Loading time 1 10 sec result data 2 Clutch winding time 1 10 sec result data 3 Threading time 1 10 sec result data 4 BOT shaking time for normal CTG 1 10 sec result data 5 BOT shaking time for E CTG 1 10 sec result data 6 result data 7 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A H 21 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS Result of Loading time M1 LOAD M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 16 17 result data 8 result data 9 measurement result result data 10 result data 11 result data 12 result data 13 result data 14 result data 15 R
297. are maintained across power cycles and resets These fields correspond to bytes 8 through 31 in the MTU non VPD INQUIRY data described in the INQUIRY command description Reference the INQUIRY command descrip tion for additional information on these fields Table 5 30 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page Field Description DESCRIPTION The Vendor ID field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor specific This field corresponds to bytes 8 15 in the MTU non VPD INQUIRY data described in the INQUIRY command description The Controller Product ID field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor specific This field corresponds to bytes 16 23 in the MTU non VPD INQUIRY data described in the INQUIRY command description 524 The Logical Unit Product ID field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor spe cific This field corresponds to bytes 24 31 in the MTU non VPD INQUIRY data described in the INQUIRY command description CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS CHAPTER 6 MEDIA CHANGER SCSI COMMANDS 6 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the medium changer commands for the M2488 The following information is located in this chapter 6 2 MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 3 ADDITIONAL COMMAND INFORMATION ON MEDIUM CHANGER MODE SELECT AND MODE SENSE COMMANDS 6 4 MC Medium Changer Inquiry Change Definition Vital Product Data Pages 6 2 MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS T
298. as changed This menu item only appears when Factory mode is enabled April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 29 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 6 ERROR RECOVERY PROCEDURES The IDENTIFY message is used by the initiator or target to establish the physical path between the ini tiator and target for a specific logical unit Bit 6 of the IDENTIFY message is defined as follows Bit6 When the initiator sets this bit to a one the initiator allows disconnect If the initiator sets this bit to a zero the initiator does not allow disconnect When the target performs a disconnect reconnect sequence an implied RESTORE POINTERS operation is performed by the initiator This results in all data for the command being retransmitted from the initiator unless the target has issueda SAVE DATA POINTER message prior to disconnection The target always sets bit 6 to zero during reconnection If an error occurs during data transfer the target is automatically restored to the beginning of data 8 6 1 EDRC Error Recovery gt gt 52 ea E Certain errors during EDRC operation are recoverable This category of errors occurs during data transfer and requires the data to be re transmitted in order to record the data on tape Included in this category are the following related errors Initiator record expands past 451 KB during compaction process Initiator record expanded past the available buffer spa
299. ase to be stored in the specified buffer beginning at the Buffer Offset The transfer length must not exceed the capacity of the specified buffer The capacity of the buffer is shown in Table 4 131 aa m Table 4 130 WRITE BUFFER Modes MODE BITS IMPLEMENTED Write combined header and data Vendor unique Write data No Reserved Yes Download Microcode Yes Download Microcode and Save Support based on bit 3 0x08 in FT4 1 Feature in FT4 disabled Reserved config setting as described in M2488 2 Feature in FT4 enabled Download microcode with User s Guide offsets Support based on bit 3 0x08 in FT4 1 Feature in FT4 disabled Reserved config setting as described in M2488 2 Feature FT4 enabled Download microcode with User s Guide offsets and save Vendor Unique Mode 001b and Write Data Mode 010b Description In these modes the DATA OUT phase contains buffer data The Buffer ID field identifies a specific buffer within the target The supported buffer IDs for the vendor unique and write data modes are shown in Table 4 131 Data transfer occurs only within the buffer area indicated by the buffer ID If an unsupported buffer ID value is selected the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of ILLEGAL FIELD IN CDB April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A
300. ass Count of Online Routine 01h Self Test Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 50h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 51h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 52h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 53h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 54h Reserved bits are set to zero Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 57h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine COh Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine C2h Reserved All bits are set to zero Selection of a diagnostic routine is accomplished by assigning a routine s corresponding Execute Count byte a non zero value Routines 01 and 50 to 57 are diagnostic specific to the Tape Drive logical unit and routines CO and C2 are specific to the Medium Changer logical unit Therefore if the Tape Drive logical unit is selected only the Execute Count bytes corresponding to the Selftest routine Routine 01 and routines 50 to 57 may have non zero values Bytes 6 7 and 9 15 must be Zero otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Conversely if the Medium Changer logical unit has been selected only the Execute Count bytes corresponding to routine CO and or C2 may have non zero values Bytes 0 8 and 15 19 must be zero otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Addi
301. ast Bottom stopper up too slow or not move Bottom stopper down too fast un un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES Bottom stopper down too slow or not move Pinion phase sensor always on Magazine motor move up too fast Magazine motor move up too slow or not move Magazine motor move down too fast Magazine motor move down too slow or not move Feeder arm open and close sensors both on Catcher open too fast Catcher open too slow or not move Catcher close too fast Catcher close too slow or not move Mount arm home sensor always on Mount arm move forward too slow Magazine is detected Cartridge inverse check Pushed interlock check Cartridge is detected F 72 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 21 Routine 80 Test 06 Servo FACL Error Codes in Sense Byte 19 ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Sense byte 19 for FACL Door close sensor or door solenoid lock sen sor off error Door solenoid lock timeout error Door solenoid unlock timeout error un un m un Z AND ERROR CODES Carrier move up timeout error Carrier move down timeout error Carrier position sensor on too fast error Carrier position sensor off too fast error Carrier stopped at fault position Catch arm open timeout error
302. ata 11 MTU DIAG result data 12 MTU DIAG result data 13 DIAG result data 14 DIAG result data 15 Description of fields in Page Codes 90 9Fh Table 4 94 Page Code 90 9Fh Field Description DESCRIPTION MTU Diagnostic Page Code The MTU Diagnostic Error Code field will contain a non zero value if an error was detected during diagnostic operation MTU Diagnostic result data 1 15 These 16 bit fields are used to report details of the diagnostic operation which are specific to the diagnostic test being executed See Chapter 8 for more information on MTU Diagnostic Result Data a ga 5 5 e April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 95 RESULTS e n 2 Ss a RESULTS TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 20 3 Diagnostic Parameter List PF 0 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB If the Page Format PF bit was cleared to 0 in a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE command will return diagnostic result data in parameter list format Table 4 95 Online Diagnostic Results data Parameter List aa Routine in error Routine number Execute Count Pass Count First Fault Symptom Code Second Fault Symptom Code Third Fault Symptom Code Reserved Description of fields in Diagnostic Results data in Parameter List Table 4
303. ates 0001 To accept the default run count of 1 press TEST once more The controller diagnostics will execute one time The START or SHIFT START keys may be used to change the run count or select other diagnostic menu items as described in section 8 4 3 1 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 4 3 1 Off Line Diagnostic Menu on the Operator Panel Table 8 17 Operator Panel Off Line Diagnostics 92 SELECTION e COMMAND OR RESPONSE DESCRIPTION RutBHBHHE This command begins execution of all diagnostic tests in the current test list The 2 display will indicate which test is currently being executed In the following 7 Run MTU example routine 0x06 test 0x03 is executing loop Ox0A us Run ACL Example s n R E A gm Loop count gs Number Routine Number Running Run MTC runs tests on the controller Run MTU runs tests on the drive Run ACL runs tests on the ACL List Err THHHHHHHE Lists up to the first 16 errors generated during the last Run Continue of the cur rent diagnostic test list The following example shows an error which occurred while running routine 0x03 test 0x02 which happened to be the 5th test node in the current test list Example po We 0 5 2 m Error Code de Number Routine Number N ode Number Continue RUBHHHHE Continue running the list of test s previously selected The display is the s
304. ation The maximum block length conforms to the maximum specified in the ANSI Extended Magnetic Tape Format for Information Interchange 36 Track Parallel Serpentine proposed specification X3B5 94 043 section 8 2 The minimum block length supported is one byte The minimum block length indicates the minimum number of bytes that can be read from or written to the MTU un Ei Q 29 ca ea Ce 4 68 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 15 2 TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS If a DMA transfer READ WRITE READ BUFFER WRITE BUFFER OR LOOP WRITE TO READ is requested by the host with a transfer length of zero bytes this 1s not considered an error The command is processed with no data transfer There is no block ID associated with zero length records READ BLOCK LIMITS Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh 3h 4h 5h 6h RECOVERED ERROR MEDIUM ERROR HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION Recovery was performed when writing buffered data 1 Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium Write of buffered failed due to a hardware error 1 Reserved bit was set in the of the READ BLOCK LIM ITS command 2 Flag bit was set and Link bit was not set Indi
305. ator If the initiator does not support the restore pointers mechanism for error recovery the initiator must reject the RESTORE POINTERS message with the MESSAGE REJECT message If the initiator does not support the disconnect reconnect mechanism for error recovery the initiator must not allow the target to disconnect via the IDENTIFY message If the initiator does not support both the RESTORE POINTERS message and disconnect reconnect the target can be configured to not perform these retry methods The target is configured by setting 8 30 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING feature mode 1 bit 1 0x02 to one via the CHANGE DEFINITION command VPD page C th fm1 field or by the operator panel SETTING menu option 77 5 see Chapter 4 of User s Guide It is important to note that when bits 0 and 1 of feature mode 1 are both set to one only the fourth retry method Aborted Command is supported The following EDRC retry method may be used by the initiator to determine if the EDRC error is retryable Refer to Figure 8 2 a SENSE KEY byte 2 has a value of OBh b Additional Sense Code byte 12 and Additional Sense Code Qualifier byte 13 have a value of 44h and 00h respectively c Host ERPA byte 19 has a value of 4Ch gt Br gt 2 zi az ea El After the initiator has verified bytes 2 12 13 and 19 are of the correct value the initiator can reissue the
306. ator into the data buffer the checksum is then verified and the microcode transferred to the con trol store memory of the target After the transfer of the microcode into the control store memory is complete an automatic reset is performed causing the target to run from the new microcode The downloaded microcode is not saved into non volatile memory i e flash memory therefore after a power cycle the target reverts to the previous version of microcode After SCSI bus or Bus Device resets the target continues to run from the downloaded code In the download microcode with offsets mode Buffer ID 0 is the only Buffer ID supported If any other Buffer ID value is selected the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB The microcode is written into the data buffer starting at the location specified by the Buffer Offset The first Write Buffer command initiating a download microcode with offsets mode operation must contain a Buffer Offset of zero If this Buffer Offset is not zero the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB Subsequent Write Buffer commands must contain a Buffer Offset such that the microcode is being downloaded contiguously i e microcode bytes are being down loaded in sequential order with no gaps If this Buffer Offset is incorrect the target r
307. ator that the present physical path is going to be broken 3 2 4 on page 3 2 INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Informs a target an error has occurred 3 2 8 on page 3 8 ABORT MESSAGE REJECT Sent to the target to clear the present operation Indicates the last message received was inappro priate or was not implemented Sent in response to a target s request for a mes 3 2 on page 3 2 3 2 12 on page 3 8 08h NO OPERATION sage when the initiator does not currently have 3 2 13 on page 3 9 any other valid message to send 09h MESSAGE PARITY ERROR Indicates one ot m te bytes im the lastmess ge een pale received by the initiator had a parity error LINKED COMMAND COM Indicates to the initiator that the completion and OAh execution of a linked command and status was 3 2 9 on page 3 8 PLETE sent Indicates to the initiator that the completion and OBh SNe SOM execution of a linked command with the flag bit 3 2 10 on page 3 8 PLETE with flag set to and status was sent April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 3 1 2 a ga Un 22 2 v 22 un 92 un 2 ga SCSI MESSAGES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 3 1 M2488 SCSI Messages Continued MESSAGE DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH Directs the target to clear all current commands BUS DEVICE RESET on that SCSI device 3 2 2 on page 3 2 Sent to an initiator to indicate the number o
308. ay be used by the initiator in the Block Descriptor of a MODE SELECT command however the M2488 always operates in a fixed density support mode i e 18 track read 36 track read write independent of the value sent in the Block Descriptor reference the MODE SELECT command specification in section 4 3 12 on page 4 51 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header Table 4 101 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header ES EGRE OBTUSE UE DEFAULT REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data Length N A Reserved 00h Reserved 00h The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT data length indicates the number of bytes in the following data that is available to transfer This data length does not include itself Table 4 102 DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block for density 09h 18 track standard length tape SER SE Primary Density Code DEFAULT Secondary Density Code Dup Deflt Reserved Reserved Reserved Bits per mm 05D3h 1491 Media Width tenths of a mm 0CO7h 127 Tracks 0012h 18 000000F0h 240 Capacity MB Assigning Organization 58 33 20 20 20 20 20 20h REPORT DENSITY Density Name 31 38 20 54 52 41 43 4Bh Description 3480 3490 33 34 38 30 2F 33 34 39 30 20 31 2F 32 22 20 5441 50 45h 1 2 TAPE 18 TRACK April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 107 RE
309. azine must be Magazine Set removed For a FACL after this diagnos tic has been requested the TEST button on the FACL operator panel must be pressed for this diagnostic to begin CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 4 5 8 4 6 April 1997 Diagnostic Test Registry Refer to Appendix F Table F 2 for a list of all of the diagnostic tests in the Diagnostic Test Registry for the Tasked Go No Go mode the OnLine mode and the Off Line mode Diagnostic Microcode Specifications Table 8 21 lists some Diagnostic Microcode specifications Table 8 21 Diagnostic Microcode Specifications PARAMETER LIMIT Maximum number of tests in Diagnostic Test Registry Maximum number of tests TLN s in test list Maximum number of characters per command line Maximum extended error message length characters CG00000 011503 REV A 8 27 N S mA 2 2 de ud 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 5 FACTORY SETTINGS 9 The factory menu is used to set options during manufacturing can be used to view M2488 informa e tion such as serial number tape motion time and power on time This menu is also used to enable fac Z tory mode The factory settings can only be changed when in factory mode Entry and use of the factory menu is described in the following paragraphs
310. been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND The RESERVE UNIT command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the RESERVE UNIT operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached 4 114 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 26 REWIND command 01h The REWIND command causes the logical unit to position to the beginning of tape Any buffered write data and filemarks are written to the tape before the positioning is performed A single REWIND command may not actually cause the tape head to be physically positioned at the beginning of the tape positioning may occur only in the buffer or the tape head may be physically positioned just before the first block but after the Density ID mark on the tape Issuing two consecu tive REWIND commands forces the logical unit to position the tape head at the physical beginning of tape This may prove useful for test purposes e g The Density ID mark will always be read for a Read command following two consecutive REWIND commands 4 3 26 1 REWIND CDB Description REWIND is a six byte command The bytes are as shown below and described in Table 4 106 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 10
311. ble read write errors detected on track 7 Parameter Code 9008h 0 TMC 0 EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 8 Parameter Code 9009h EOh or 60h April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 45 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 40 Log Sense Page 31h Track Error Statistics Continued BITS DEFAULT 103 Parameter Length Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 9 Parameter Code 900Ah EOh or 60h Parameter Length Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 10 Parameter Code 900Bh 0 0 EOh 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 11 Parameter Code 900Ch 0 0 EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 12 Parameter Code 900Dh EOh or 60h Parameter Length Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 13 Parameter Code 900Eh 0 0 or 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 14 Parameter Code 900Fh EOh or 60h 4 46 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 40 Log S
312. ble testing counter 1 high byte carry out Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available testing counter 0 high byte carry out RSVP Interrupts not set as expected testing counter 0 high byte carry out Register CECC data miscompare after reset ting Response Available testing counter 0 high byte carry out RSVP Counters test 2 byte mode Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available testing counter 2 RSVP Interrupts not set as expected testing counter 2 Register CECC data miscompare after reset ting Response Available testing counter 2 Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available testing counter 1 RSVP Interrupts not set as expected testing counter 1 Register CECC data miscompare after reset ting Response Available testing counter 1 Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available testing counter 0 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 17 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 6 Routine 4 Read Signal Verification Processor Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE RSVP Counters test 2 byte mode DESCRIPTION RSVP Interrupts not set as expected testing counter 0 Register CECC data miscompare after reset ting Response Available testing counter 0 ROUT
313. bus reset BUS DEVICE RESET message the controller reports its default mode setting whenever current or default values are requested If a MODE SELECT command with SP 1 was ever performed successfully the controller will report the saved param eters whenever the current or saved values are requested and it will report the default mode set tings only when the default parameters are requested 6 2 3 3 MODE SENSE MC Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buffered mode operation occurred in MODE SENSE command 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 SCSI interface error occurred due to a hardware failure e g transfer of MODE SENSE data failed due to a hardware fail ure 2 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the MODE SENSE command 2 Flag bit in the MODE SENSE CDB was set and the Link bit was not set 6 14 CG00000 011503 REV March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 6h UNIT ATTENTION Bh ABORTED COMMAND Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Indicates the MODE SENSE command was not performed due to o
314. by servo started too late into IBG Misposition by servo started over previous block or mark Can t detect regular DTM length Can t detect regular length IBG after DTM D 4 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE FAULT SYMPTOM CODES Table D 2 Formatter Error Recovery Continued DESCRIPTION Drop out length over after DTM and IBG Can t detect regular DERS length BOB or DTM length over after DERS and IBG DBOB off after BOB detected Abnormal TM format No continuous Abnormal ERS format Can t detect regular WRAP length Write Wrap Marks failed Detect SRCK after DPRE xx Bit 0 Uncorrectable error Bit 1 Multiple track error Bit2 Skew error Bit 3 Drop out error Bit 4 CRC error Bit 5 Postamble error Bit 6 Start read check Bit 7 End of data check Bit 0 MSB Bit 7 LSB EFME and RSYE detected at RBE Can t start RSVP Can t detect I 1 block at WR WTM and ERS Slow end after I 1 block BID Miscompare on write WRE and FWRE not equal at Tape Mark found on Space Block File Protected Tape Out of data block sequence RDEND time out after DPOST is detected Invalid WRAP Mark WRAP Mark detected on 18 track tape Not capable IBG not detected IBG not detected Data block not found April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A D 5 FAULT SYMPTOM CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE
315. c Procedures The Diagnostic Microcode architecture is a list based architecture Therefore the basic sequence of operations for any diagnostic procedure is as follows 1 Create or modify a test list optional FACTORY MODE only Building a list of diagnostic tests to execute is an optional task because every mode of diagnostic operation includes a default list of tests to be executed Therefore this step is not required 2 Execute the test list Through the use of the RUN command individual nodes in a test list are sequentially executed until the end of the list is encountered Options are available to allow the ability to loop individual nodes of a test list or loop the entire list 3 Examine the results At the end of each test list execution the number of times the test list was executed is displayed along with the number of errors encountered Errors are displayed at the time they occur and the first 16 errors that occur are captured in an error log Based on the results obtained from executing a test list the test list may be modified and executed again to obtain additional information Although these steps apply mainly to the Off Line diagnostic mode the same sequence of operations is performed for every mode Tasked Go No Go Diagnostics Diagnostics executed in this mode are done automatically at M2488 power on The nodes in the default test list are executed in sequence until the end of the test list is encountered If
316. cates the READ BLOCK LIMITS command was not per formed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 69 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 16 READ BUFFER command 3Ch The READ BUFFER command is used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER command as a diagnostic function for testing target memory and the SCSI bus integrity Other than synchronizing any buffered write data to tape prior to performing the read buffer operation the READ BUFFER command does not alter the tape medium of the target 4 3 16 1 READ BUFFER CDB Description READ BUFFER is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 63 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Ce nn eee Reserved Buffer ID Allocation Length Reserved H Buffer Offset Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 63 READ BUFFER Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Mode field is described in Table 4 64 The Buffer ID field identifies a specific buffer within the target The Buffer offset s
317. ce Hardware error occurred e g timeouts compression decompression errors etc 8 6 2 Retry Methods There are four retry methods the target is capable of using to recover the above errors 1 Automatic retry from the internal retry buffer for blocks up to 64 kB 65 536 bytes 2 Explicit Restore Pointers 3 Disconnect reconnect with an implied Restore Pointers 4 Aborted Command The above methods are tried in order as determined by the initiator MESSAGE REJECT message or IDENTIFY message The error recovery for the first method is performed internally within the target This retry method can be disabled via feature mode 1 bit 0 0x01 using the CHANGE DEFINITION command or from the operator panel SETTING menu option 77 S FT1 refer to the User s Guide Chapter 4 The error recovery for the second and third methods is completed when the host restores the data pointers and retransmits the data The error recovery following an aborted command is completed when the host reissues the WRITE command for the failing data For all four retry methods the target performs the first retry in the same data compression mode as the original data transfer For any additional retries the target automatically switches to reblocking in non compacted mode The target automatically switches back to the mode defined prior to the error after the retry is successful or after the third retry has failed and a permanent error has been reported to the initi
318. ce command Sense data will indicate BLANK CHECK the Valid bit will be 1 and the Information field will be set as stated above If End of Data is encountered when spacing forward to sequential filemarks the operation will stop and the tape unit remains positioned at End of Data CHECK CONDITION status will be reported for the Space command Sense data will indicate BLANK CHECK the Valid bit will be 0 End of Tape Parameter If End of Tape is encountered when spacing forward the operation will stop and the tape unit remains positioned at End of Tape CHECK CONDITION status will be reported for the Space command Sense data will indicate MEDIUM ERROR the EOM bit will be 1 the Valid bit will be 1 and the Information field will be set as stated above Beginning of Tape Parameter If Beginning of Tape is encountered when spacing backward by blocks or filemarks not to sequential filemarks the operation will stop and the tape unit remains positioned at Beginning of Tape CHECK CONDITION status will be reported for the Space command Sense data will indicate NO SENSE the EOM bit will be 1 the Valid bit will be 1 and the Information field will be set as stated above If Beginning of Tape is encountered when spacing backward to sequential filemarks the opera tion will stop and the tape unit remains positioned at Beginning of Tape CHECK CONDI TION status will be reported for the Space command Sense data will indicate NO SENSE the EOM bit
319. ces backward over the block to be read logically positions to the BOT side of the block to be read and then CHECK CONDITION status is reported Within the sense data reported the sense key is ILLEGAL REQUEST the ASC and ASCQ are 30h and 02h respectively indicating Cannot Read Medium Incompatible Format and the Host ERPA code is 26 After receipt of this sense data the initiator is expected to read forward to transfer the bytes of the block and then space backward one block i e issue a READ command followed by a SPACE command Code 0 and Space count of 1 Note Even if more than one block is requested to be transferred by the READ REVERSE command in fixed block mode the tape unit only spaces backward one block NOTE This procedure is performed regardless of the tape format i e 18 track clear data If the SILI bit is set to 1 and the Fixed bit is set to O then the tape unit checks for overlength condi tions however since the tape unit will never transfer bytes for the READ REVERSE command an overlength condition for a READ REVERSE command will never occur If the SILI bitis setto 1 and the Fixed bit is set to 1 then CHECK CONDITION status is reported In the sense data reported the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB If a filemark is encountered when reading in the reverse direction then CHECK CONDITION sta tus is reported In the sense data reported
320. ck ID read by the control unit is invalid Bit or bits 8 11 are not zero If a density mark could not be read correctly likely causes are 1 a void occurred at BOT or 2 atimeout occurred before the density separator was detected A write type operation was attempted on a tape cartridge that is file protected No patterns or data were found on the tape during a read operation The tape could be positioned after the last data block or tape mark that was written on the tape Load Assistance An error caused the drive to lose tape tension Load Unload Failure The cartridge is not inserted or threaded correctly April 1997 Manual Unloaded The drive cannot maintain tape tension and control tape movement during an unload operation CG00000 011503 REV A C 1 un Q e ERPA CODES DESCRIPTION Drive Equipment Check M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table C 1 ERPA Codes Continued One of the following has occurred 1 The control unit cannot recover from a drive detected error 2 A check code message is displayed on the drive message display 3 The automatic cartridge loader does not respond across the interconnection to the tape drive 4 A failure occurred during an index load or unload cycle The tape cartridge is not manually retrievable by the operator End of Data Detected on Read An End of Data EOD mark was detected on the tape during a read operation T
321. ck trans ferred EOM side 4 3 14 1 READ CDB Description READ is a six byte command The bytes are as shown below and described in Table 4 60 Com mon fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Transfer Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 60 READ Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the transfer length field and whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be transferred If the Fixed bit is zero a single block is transferred with the bytes transferred being the lesser of the actual block length or the requested transfer length If the Fixed bit is one the transfer length specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the initiator Suppress Incorrect Length Indication SILI flag The Transfer Length indicates the number of bytes or blocks to transfer The block length used is the current block length specified in the mode parameters block descriptor refer to the Mode Select Block Descriptor in Table 4 47 on page 7 53 When the transfer length is zero no data is transferred and the current position on the logical unit is not changed This condition is not considered an error April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 63 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 14 2 READ CHECK CONDITION Status The following table describes how a CHECK CONDITION occurs
322. cleared Read Sync host crc error check Failed to receive data end of transfer signal in SDDP hdxs register Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected CRC error Write Buffer overflow error check Initial SPC write status is incorrect Error reported by Record Manager Write Buffer function while attempting to write clear SG bypass Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected buffer over flow Read crc b error check Failed to receive data end of transfer signal in SDDP hdxs register Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected CRC B error F 46 Read header crc error check Failed to receive data end of transfer signal in SDDP hdxs register Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deass
323. conjunction with the Inquiry command to change and optionally save parameters that affect the operation of the target 4 3 16 on page 4 70 4 3 2 on page 4 5 amp 5 3 on page 5 17 REPORT DENSITY SUP PORT configuration dependent Provides a means for the initiator to retrieve informa tion maintained by the target about the supported densi ties for the MTU logical unit Note Support of this command is configuration depen dent In order for this command to be supported FT4 Feature Mode 4 bit 6 40h must be set to 1 See the command description for more information 4 3 24 on page 4 105 LOG SELECT optional LOG SENSE optional Provides a means for the initiator to manage statistical information maintained by the target about itself and attached logical units Provides a means for the initiator to retrieve statistical information maintained by the target about itself and attached logical units 4 3 9 on page 4 32 4 3 10 on page 4 33 LOOP WRITE TO READ vendor unique Used to check the controller s data and control path 4 3 11 on page 4 49 DISPLAY vendor unique Used to display a message on the operator panel of the tape drive or cartridge loader if installed CG00000 011503 REV A 4 3 3 on page 4 8 or 4 3 4 on page 4 12 4 3 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 1 Command Description Block Format A command is executed by sending a Command De
324. current reservation by issuing another RESERVE UNIT command to the same logical unit The superseding reservation releases the current reservation if the superseding reservation request is granted The current reservation is not modified if the superseding reservation request cannot be granted If the superseding reservation cannot be granted because of conflicts with a previous res ervation other than the current reservation then the target returns RESERVATION CONFLICT status 4 3 25 3 RESERVE UNIT Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the RESERVE UNIT occurred 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the of the RESERVE UNIT command 2 Initiator attempted to perform a third party reservation for its own ID 3 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the RESERVE UNIT command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has
325. d An unexpected value was read in the count enable register for Formatter Counter 0 after the high byte counter finished running The high byte count for Formatter Counter 0 did not contain the expected value after the counter finished running Test Jump Carry Out bit for the high byte count of Formatter Counter 0 was not set as expected after the counter finished running Test Jump Carry Out bit for the low byte count of Formatter Counter 0 was set prema turely before counter was started An unexpected value was read in the count enable register for Formatter Counter 0 after the low byte counter finished running F 22 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 10 Routine 8 Formatter Counters Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Formatter Counter 0 test The low byte count for Formatter Counter 0 did not contain the expected value after the counter finished running Test Jump Carry Out bit for the low byte count of Formatter Counter 0 was not set as expected after the counter finished running WBEND_CNEHO Interrupt not set as expected NWN T 242 EO N Of Zw Ono lt gt A lt Formatter Counter 1 test The Formatter Counter 1 count enable register could not be cleared A data miscompare occurred walking a one through the Formatter Counter 1 high byte count register A data miscompare occurred walkin
326. d ing after read verification of the HDXC regis ter was completed F 10 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 5 Routine 3 CP Bus Parity Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION CP Bus parity SDDP An unexpected Check 1 condition was detected after setting a bit to force bad parity on writes to the SDDP A Check 1 condition was not detected after reading a register in the SDDP with the SDDP set to cause bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made un 2 un m e un Z O AND ERROR CODES A CP bus parity error was not detected after writing byte 0 of an SDDP register word with force bad parity set An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after writing byte 1 of an SDDP register word with force bad parity set An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after writing byte 2 of an SDDP register word with force bad parity set An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after writing byte 3 of an SDDP register word with force bad parity set An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clea
327. d Diagnostic Page General Form Page code XXh Reserved All bits are set to zero Page Length n 3 Page Parameter If the Page Code is OOh this parameter is not required The Diagnostic page codes are shown in the following table Table 4 110 Diagnostic Page Codes PAGE CODE DESCRIPTION Supported diagnostics pages See Table 4 111 80h Online diagnostic test page See Table 4 112 Description of the Page Code 00h This page instructs the target to make available the list of all supported diagnostic pages to be returned by subsequent RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command Table 4 111 Page 00h Supported Diagnostic Pages Page code 00h Reserved bits are set to zero Page Length 0000h For Page Code 00h the Page Length bytes must both be set to OOh If the page length is set to any other value the target terminates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command with CHECK CONDITION status the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST BA 7 Z 5 A Z H 25 4 120 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS April 1997 Description of the Page Code 80h This page allows user selection of Online Diagnostic Routines and control over the number of times each routine is to be executed Table 4 112 Page 80h Online Diagnostic Test Page Reserved bits are set to zero Pa
328. d Link bit was not set 4 24 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 7 LOAD UNLOAD command 1Bh The LOAD UNLOAD command performs either a rewind operation or a rewind and unload opera tion Prior to performing either of these operations any buffered write data and buffered filemarks are written to the tape Also prior to unloading a cartridge the Statistical Log Sense data is cleared 4 3 7 1 LOAD UNLOAD CDB Description LOAD UNLOAD is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 24 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded This bit has an ANSI definition other than reserved however the ANSI definition of the bit is not applicable for this product The bit is indicated as reserved since it should always be set to 0 for this product E e 5 E Table 4 24 LOAD UNLOAD Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code If Immed Immediate bit is 0 status is not returned for the LOAD UNLOAD command until the load or unload operation has completed or has failed If Immed is 1 Status is returned for the LOAD UNLOAD command as soon as the CDB has been validated and any buffered write data and filemarks have been written to tape The load or unload operation has been started but not
329. d a Parameter Pointer field of zero shall cause all available log parameters for the specified log page to be returned to the initiator subject to the specified allocation length The Page Code field identifies which page of data is being requested The page codes are described in Table 4 31 A Page Control field PC of 01b must be specified to indicate that the target s current cumulative counter values for the specified log pages are returned April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 33 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 30 LOG SENSE Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION The Parameter Pointer field allows the initiator to request parameter data begin ning from a specific parameter code to the maximum allocation length or the maximum parameter code supported by the target whichever is less If the value of the Parameter Pointer field is larger than the largest available parameter code that can be returned by the target on the specified page the target shall terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key shall be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code shall be set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB Allocation Length Table 4 31 Page Codes PAGE CODE DESCRIPTION Supported Log Pages Error Counter Page Write Error Counter Page Read Sequential access device page support for this feature is dependent on the setting of bit 6 0x40
330. d by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND LWR command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Buffered write data could not be written to tape because physical End of Tape has been reached 4 50 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 12 MODE SELECT command 15h The MODE SELECT command provides a means for the initiator to specify medium logical unit and peripheral device parameters to the target by sending data relevant to such parameters in a DATA OUT phase during the command Initiators should issue MODE SENSE prior to MODE SELECT to determine supported pages page lengths and other parameters A single set of MODE SELECT parameters kept by the controller is common to all initiators for a specific LUN The MODE SELECT command can be completed without error whether or not the LUN is ready Buff ered write data is synchronized to tape prior to activating the new mode parameters 4 3 12 1 MODE SELECT CDB Description MODE SELECT is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 42 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Parameter List Length Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 42 MODE SELECT Field Description DESCRIPTION Operat
331. d by the PC field the default settings are reported if default values are selected by the PC field More information on the MODE SENSE command can be found in section 5 2 on page 5 1 Initiator Setup To ensure that the MODE SELECT command performs the desired operations it is strongly rec ommended that the initiator adhere to the following steps a Issue a MODE SENSE command requesting the target to return all Changeable Values PC field 01b and Page Code 3Fh in byte two of the MODE SENSE CDB and preserve the changeable values b Issue a MODE SENSE command requesting the target to return all Current Values PC field 00b and Page Code 3Fh in byte two of the MODE SENSE CDB and preserve the current val ues c Perform a bitwise AND operation of the current values with the one s complement of the changeable values this step is important because the target will not accept the command if any non changeable field is set to a value other than the value d Make further desired changes to bytes which are changeable e Make sure that the PS bit in every mode page is 0 the MODE SENSE command will report a 1 in the PS bit buta MODE SELECT command will fail if mode pages are sent with the PS bit CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS April 1997 set to 1 with a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense key set to INVALID F
332. d for attachment to drive Grounding plate Part of ACL accessory kit Attaches between ACL and drive Phillips 2 screwdriver Allen wrench 5mm 8 inches long NOTE 1 ACL versions AO through B6 are incompatible with the M2488 should not be attached to this drive 2 The M2488 should be powered off and all cables and cords dis connected prior to performing this installation procedure Follow standard procedures and cautions used when handling electronic equipment ACL Installation Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive 1 6 6 1 Prepare the ACL 1 6 6 2 Connect the M2488 and ACL 1 6 6 3 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 6 6 1 Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive Refer to Figure 1 20 Figure 8 6 and Figure 8 7 during performance of this procedure STEP ACTION 1 Remove two screws from each of the foot rails on the bottom of the drive then remove the foot rails See Figure 8 7 2 Remove the top cover by removing the two screws from the left and right side and the two screws on the rear Pull the cover up from the rear and slide backwards See Figure 8 6 kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk FER ERREK ERAI Remove the top cover by lifting the front of the top cover BEFORE sliding it backwards Ensure that the cover does not catch on the components on the PCBA under the top cover 3 Remove the four screws from the sides of the front panel th
333. d read It is same FWD READ test of READ WRITE test 2 B READ Backward read run nnn CMD CD 0x02 Backward It is same BWD READ test of READ WRITE test read 3 WRITE Write operation nnn CMD CD 0x03 Write It is same WRITE test of READ WRITE test 4 0 5 DSE DSE operation gt 2 2 2 wenn CMD CD 0x04 It is same D S E test of READ WRITE test 5 LOCATE High speed tape to a specified sector CMD CD 0x05 Locate It is same LOCATE test of READ WRITE test 6 REWIND High speed tape run to the wrap 1 BOT position CMD CD 0x06 Rewind It is same WRAPI BOT test of READ WRITE test 7 UNLOAD Unloading CMD CD 0x07 Unload 8 LOAD Load Loading next tape from a magazine only ACL FACL CMD CD 0x08 9 Ejection only ACL FACL wee nee CMD CD 0x80 Eject 10 TAPE PATH Tape run between the specified start position and end posi CMD CD 0x0B tion It is same TAPE PATH test of READ WRITE test 11 REPEAT Repetition of ran wenn CMD CD 0x0A Running This diagnostic test repeats execution of diagnostic test repeat from a specified test The tests can be set using the following parameters DIAG parameter 6 Specify a repeat start position execute count Specify an execution count Specify a command execution count from 1 to 99 999 When 0 is set not repeat For example
334. d releases the reser vation for that same device CG00000 011503 REV A 4 101 EB a 2 6 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 22 2 RELEASE UNIT Operation If a valid reservation exists for the Initiator Target LUN combination the target releases the reser vation and returns GOOD status A reservation may only be released by the initiator that made it It is not an error to attempt to release a reservation that is not currently valid In this case the target returns GOOD status with out altering any other reservation Third Party Release allows an initiator to release a logical unit that was previously reserved using a third party reservation 4 3 22 3 RELEASE UNIT Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the RELEASE UNIT occurred 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the RELEASE UNIT command 2 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the RELEASE UNIT command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cart
335. d the default value is zero April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 7 MODE SELECT SENSE eal Uo Z E Hg E 42 E S UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 5 8 Page 02 Disconnect Reconnect Parameters Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION The Connect Time Limit field indicates the maximum time in 100 microsecond increments that the target remains connected until it attempts to disconnect A value of zero in this field indicates that there is no Connect Time Limit The Connect Time Limit field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero The Maximum Burst Size field indicates the maximum amount of data to be trans ferred between SCSI bus disconnects when disconnects are allowed The value in this field is multiplied by 512 bytes to signify the maximum amount of data For example a 17 in this field signifies 512 bytes and a 2 signifies 1024 bytes A value of zero in this field indicates no limit on the amount of data transferred The controller attempts to honor the specified value However in no case does the con troller transfer only a portion of a record When reading a compressed tape the con troller does not know how much uncompressed data is produced by a record about to be transferred In this case the compressed record length rather than the actual bus transferred size is used to determine if the maximu
336. de has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command was aborted Write of buffered data prior to the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached 4 88 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 20 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE command 1Ch The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE command requests that result data generated for a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command be sent to the initiator NOTE The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command as described in this section requires that the tape drive be set in FACTORY MODE NOTE The results of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command may be lost to another initiator on the SCSI bus if the LUN under test has not been reserved to this initiator or if the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command is not linked after the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 4 3 20 1 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE CDB Description RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 84 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 RESULTS e 2 e Reserved Reserved Allocation Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 84 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Field
337. dex 8 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 COMMENT FORM We would appreciate your comments and suggestions regarding this manual Manual Code C144 E019 03EN Manual Name M2488 CARTRIDGE TAPE DRIVE PRODUCT GUIDE Please mark each item E Excellent G Good F Fair P Poor General appearance Illustrations Technical level Glossary Organization Acronyms and abbreviations Clarity Index Accuracy Comments and Suggestions List any errors or suggestions for improvement Please send this form to the address below We will use your comments in planning future editions Address Engineering Information Systems Department Information S ystems Administration Division Information Processing Administration Group Fujitsu Limited 1 1 4 Chome Kamikodanaka Nakahara ku Kawasaki 211 88 Japan Fax 81 44 754 2795 Organization Name Fax C144 E019 03EN N3 0 6 L03 vt LO AGINS LONGO d 88rclN N3 0 6 L03 vt LO AGINS Londaoad AdVL 88rclN cO FUJITSU
338. e Figure 1 3 shows the 2488 with an attached ACL in a desktop model STEP ACTION 1 Attach both foot rails to the M2488 with the four screws 2 Place the M2488 with attached ACL into the support base 3 Insert the projections of the rear bracket into the gap on each foot rail Attach rear bracket with two screws through the rear of the support base Rear brackat 2 Figure 1 3 Drive with 5 cartridge Desktop Configuration April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 11 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 6 4 4 Drive with ACL Attached 10 Cartridge Magazine Use this procedure if the M2488 with attached ACL is to be used with a base for a 10 cartridge magazine STEP ACTION 1 Place the support base onto the M2488A41 10 cartridge base and attach with the four screws See Figure 1 4 2 For additional stability attach the rubber feet and two metal brackets on the bottom of the 2488 41 as shown in Figure 1 5 on page 1 13 3 Place the drive with ACL on the support base Move the drive forward and attach to the pro jections on the support base See Figure 1 6 on page 1 13 and Figure 1 7 on page 1 14 4 Insert the projections of the rear bracket into the gap on each foot rail Attach rear bracket with two screws through the rear of the support base See Figure 1 8 on page 1 14 42488A41 10 ctg base option Figure 1 4 Attaching Bases 1 12 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTA
339. e downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND READ POSITION command was aborted The READ POSI TION command can be reissued April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 79 gt lt UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 18 READ REVERSE command 0Fh The READ REVERSE command requests that the tape unit transfer blocks of data to the initiator Any buffered write data or filemarks are written before this operation 15 executed This command is similar to the READ command except that the direction of the read 1s reversed blocks are transferred starting from the current position and progressing towards BOT NOTE It is recommended that this command not be used extensively overall execution time of the READ REVERSE command is exces sive due to the extra tape positioning involved 4 3 18 1 READ REVERSE CDB Description READ REVERSE is six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 74 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Transfer Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 74 READ REVERSE Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the transfer length field and whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be transferred If t
340. e Drive Visually examine the chassis for dents and cracks Upon completion inspect the medium changer if applicable or continue with the assembly instruc tions Inspect the ACL Visually examine the chassis for dents and cracks Upon completion continue with the assembly instructions Inspect the FACL Visually examine the chassis for dents and cracks Check the door lock by pressing on the lock lever and opening the door Check the carrier movement by rotating the carrier knob Refer to the Controls and Indicators sec tion in Chapter 3 of the User s Guide for the location of the knob Upon completion continue with the assembly instructions CG00000 011503 REV A 1 7 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 6 1 8 ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS These paragraphs describe the assembly and installation of the M2488 tape drive and of the optional equipment Use the following flowchart to determine which procedures are applicable to your equip ment configuration The paragraph number for the procedure is listed in the flowchart with the proce dure title ACL Installation 1 6 6 Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive 1 6 6 1 Prepare the ACL 1 6 6 2 Connect the M2488 and ACL 1 6 6 3 ACL if unattached Installation Procedures General Instructions 1 6 1 ACL FACL or ACL FACL already attached M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE FACL f unattached FACL I
341. e command 3 3 2 Check Condition Any error exception or abnormal condition that causes sense data to be set causes a CHECK CON DITION status The REQUEST SENSE command is issued following a CHECK CONDITION sta tus to determine the nature of the condition 3 3 3 Busy Status The target is busy This status is returned whenever a target is unable to accept a command from an otherwise acceptable initiator The normal initiator recovery action is to issue the command again at a later time 3 3 4 Intermediate Status This status is returned for every command in a series of linked commands except the last command unless an error exception or abnormal condition causes a CHECK CONDITION status or a RESER 3 10 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE SCSI MESS AGES VATION CONFLICT status to be set If this status is not returned the chain of linked commands is broken no further commands in the series are executed 1 Intermediate good The Intermediate good status is returned if the command completed success fully and is linked If not linked Good status is returned 2 Intermediate condition met good Not used 3 3 5 Reservation Conflict Status This status is returned whenever a SCSI device attempts to access a logical unit that is reserved with a conflicting reservation type for another SCSI device see RESERVE UNIT 16h command The normal initiator recovery action is to issue the command again at a later time
342. e is only one 512 byte NVRAM area available This area may be accessed by any initiator The NVRAM is not partitioned into per initiator areas CG00000 011503 REV A 4 T3 ce UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 16 2 READ BUFFER Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR 1 Recovery was performed when synchronizing buffered write data to tape 2 Recovery was performed when transferring data to the initiator 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Synchronization of buffered write data prior to the read opera tion failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 Synchronization of buffered write data failed due to a hardware failure 2 Transfer of Read Buffer data to initiator failed due to hardware failure 3 Read Buffer set to Mode 2 has the Allocation Length set gt or lt the Allocation Length of the prior WRITE BUFFER command Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the READ BUFFER command 2 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 3 An invalid value was encountered in a field 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the READ BUFFER command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been res
343. e operation occurred in MODE SENSE command 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 SCSI interface error occurred due to a hardware failure e g transfer of MODE SENSE data failed due to a hardware fail ure 2 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the MODE SENSE command 2 Flag bit in the MODE SENSE CDB was set and the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the MODE SENSE command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND MODE SENSE command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the MODE SENSE operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached 4 62 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 14 READ command 08h The READ command transfers one or more blocks to the initiator beginning with the next block on the logical unit Upon termination of the READ command the logical position is located after the last blo
344. e resource becomes available and then proceeds with execution Many over lapped operations are possible because of a sophisticated interrupt structure Servo formatter main tenance and SCSI events are signalled via interrupts which in turn initiate processes via the OS to service the events Signals generated from the read detection circuitry are given highest priority by polling them with the read signal verification processor RSVP embedded in the PCC LSI OPERATION OF THE MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT MTU The magnetic tape unit consists of the read and write head all mechanical assemblies loader assembly threader assembly and servo motors and five printed circuit assemblies that perform the following functions 1 DVL PCA control processor and logic for all servo and mechanical control functions and oper ator panel control processor A logical block diagram for the DVL is shown in Figure 2 3 The interface and control logic is integrated into the MMCL LSI denoted by the dotted line in the block diagram 2 OP PCA contains the M2488 unit operator panel and associated drive circuitry 3 SVL PCA contains servo control circuitry including I O registers control logic LSI PWM con trol and control DAC 4 WTL PCA contains the write drive circuits 5 RDL PCA contains the read analog circuits Other features of the MTU are described in the following sections Airless Tape Path M2488 has been able to realize an airle
345. e target This value is cho sen to prevent overflow conditions in the device s reception buffer and offset counter A REQ ACK offset value of zero shall indicate asynchronous data transfer mode a value of FFh shall indi cate unlimited REQ ACK offset April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 3 3 2 a ga Un 22 2 ga SCSI MESSAGES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 34 NOTE The supported SCSI transfer rates are listed in Appendix G The originating device the device that sends the first of the pair of SDTR messages sets its values according to the rules above to permit it to receive data successfully If the responding device can also receive data successfully with these values or smaller transfer periods or larger REQ ACK offsets or both it returns the same values in its SDTR message If it requires a larger transfer period a smaller REQ ACK offset or both in order to receive data successfully it substitutes val ues in its SDTR message as required returning unchanged any value not required to be changed Each device when transmitting data respects the limits set by the other s SDTR message but it is permitted to transfer data with larger transfer periods smaller REQ ACK offsets or both than specified in the others SDTR message The successful completion of an exchange of SDTR mes sages implies an agreement as follows Responding device SDTR response Implied agreement a Non zero REQ ACK offset Each device tr
346. ect Phase OK Failed to Detect Preamble check RDSTT Failed to Detect Postamble Failed to Detect Read End Phase OK not reset Failed to Detect Write Block End LWR2 Seismic SDFT Data Pat tern RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out F 64 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION LWR2 Seismic SDFT Data Pat Last Blk not Found tern RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG un 2 un m e un Z A AND ERROR CODES LWR2 Seismic Good EDRC RSVP failed to Respond Transfer DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out
347. ector top to remove Remove one stud and three screws from the Threader Assembly A oU N Lift up on Threader Assembly to remove 2 52 8 11 7 2 Threader Assembly Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Position the Threader Assembly 2 Replace one stud and three screws on the Threader Assembly 3 Connect connector CNP43 to the PCBA DVL CNJ43 Push down on connector top to hold ribbon cable in place 4 Perform the DTC PCBA replacement procedure in paragraph 8 11 6 2 on page 8 48 Figure 8 9 Threader Assembly 8 50 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 11 8 Loader Assembly Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 10 for location of the Loader Assembly 8 11 8 1 Loader Assembly Removal STEP ACTION 1 Perform the Threader Assembly removal procedure in paragraph 8 11 7 1 on page 8 50 Disconnect ribbon cable CNP44 from the PCBA DVL CNJ44 Remove one stud and three screws from the Loader Assembly Slowly lift up on Loader Assembly to remove RS e C 02 A N Disconnect motor cable CNJ61 8 11 8 2 Loader Assembly Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Connect motor cable CNJ61 to connector in casting panel 2 Insert the Loader Assembly into position Secure with one stud and three screws 3 Connect ribbon cable CNP44 to the PCBA DVL CNJ44 Push down on the top of the connector to secure the connection 4
348. ed in the WRITE command has been transferred to the buffer Write data from multiple initiators can reside in the buffer prior to writing the data to the medium default The Target may report GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as all of the write data has successfully transferred to the target s buffer from any one initiator prior to writing the block s to the medium If an ini tiator issued a WRITE command while the buffer contains write data from a different initiator the target writes any buffered data to the medium prior to accepting any data from the new initiator Reserved Block Descriptor A Block Descriptor Length of 0 indicates no block descriptors are included in the parameter list This condition is not considered an error The block descriptor length does not include the length of the pages The block descriptor specifies the medium characteristics for all of a logical unit The block descriptor contains the Density Code number of blocks and block length fields Table 4 47 Block Descriptor Density Code Number of Blocks 000000h Reserved Block Length Table 4 48 Block Descriptor Field Description DESCRIPTION Density Codes of 00h and 09h write tapes in the format described by ANSI standard X3B5 94 043 36 track and read tapes in the formats described by ANSI standard X3B5 94 043 36 track X3 180 1990 18 track and 3 224 1992 18 track extended A Density Code of 7Fh indicate
349. ed the MODE SELECT command 4 3 12 2 Mode Select Data The Mode Select data to be sent by the initiator should be in the form of a four byte header fol lowed by a zero or an eight byte block descriptor followed by zero or more variable length pages The following table illustrates the format of the Mode Select parameter list Table 4 43 MODE SELECT Parameter List Format Mode Parameter Header 4 bytes See Table 4 44 Block Descriptor 0 or 8 bytes See Table 4 47 Pages See Table 4 49 Mode Select Parameter List Header Table 4 44 MODE SELECT Parameter Header Reserved Reserved Buffered Mode Block Descriptor Length 00h or 08h Table 4 45 MODE SELECT Parameter Header Field Description DESCRIPTION The Speed field is ignored since the attached peripherals support only a single speed The Buffered Modes are described in Table 4 46 ES e gi e single block descriptor may be specified The Block Descriptor Length specifies the length in bytes 8 of the block descriptor if included 4 52 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS BUFFERED MODE Table 4 46 Buffered Mode Values DESCRIPTION Target does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written on the medium The Target may report GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as all of the data specifi
350. ed to com plete in the allocated time An error occurred during execution of the cur rent servo command Sense information was built No valid test groups were found MTU diagnostic retrieve results table An error occurred attempting to retrieve the MTU diagnostic results through the Servo Shared RAM Interface Table F 24 Routine 83 Operator Control Panel Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE All Operator Control Panel tests DESCRIPTION Operator Control Panel interface to the DTC card not detected Operator Control Panel keys test RESET switch press not detected in allotted time RESET switch release not detected in allotted time UNLOAD switch press not detected in allot ted time UNLOAD switch release not detected in allot ted time START switch press not detected in allotted time F 76 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 24 Routine 83 Operator Control Panel Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Operator Control Panel keys test START switch release not detected in allotted time TEST switch press not detected in allotted time TEST switch release not detected in allotted time un 2 un 2 e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES SHIFT switch press not detected in allotted time SHIFT switch release not detected in allotted time
351. edium Examples The data in XCL MODE parameter pages 1Dh Element Address Assignments and 1Fh Device Capabilities define the valid MOVE MEDIUM SOURCE and DESTINATION pairs However that information is difficult to read The following tables show data inputs to and the result of an EXCHANGE MEDIUM command using the data Table 6 2 M2488A11 ACL Exchange Medium Examples FIRST SECOND SOURCE DESTINATION DESTINATION RESULT This is not valid for an ACL It will be rejected with CHECK lih 12h lih CONDITION status and the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST Move cartridge in slot 02h to empty slot 03h then move cartridge HR 12h tan from 01 to 02h This is not valid for an ACL It will be rejected with CHECK X Y X CONDITION status and the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST X Y Z Move cartridge in slot Y 10h to empty slot Z 10h then move car tridge in slot X 10h to slot Y 10h 1 magazine size be determined by looking at XCL MODE parameter page OOh Table 6 3 M2488A12 FACL Exchange Medium Examples FIRST SECOND SOURCE DESTINATION DESTINATION RESULT 17h 16h 17h Exchange cartridges in slots 06h and 07h This will work with a full magazine Move cartridge in slot 05h to empty slot 04h then move car ton o lah tridge from slot 06h to 05h Where 11 12 17 and Y lt gt X Exchange car X Y X tridges in slots X 10h and Y 10h This will work with a full magazine X Y Z Move cartridge in
352. eft side when viewed from front 3 Turn the file reel motor on bottom as shown above counterclockwise with a phillips screwdriver 4 Do not exceed 1 25 kg cm torque equal to 250 g for tape Rewind the tape slowly and carefully until the leader block is exposed on the take up reel 5 Move back threader by pushing bearing following the groove until the leader block comes out of the take up reel 6 Rewind the tape by turning the file reel motor counterclockwise with a phillips screwdriver 7 Push the threader bearing so that the leader block seats in the tape cartridge April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 37 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 11 REMOVE AND REPLACE PROCEDURES NOTICE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk CAUTION kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk a 2 5 x e Prior to performing the repair and replace procedures power off the drive Disconnect the power cord by pulling on the plug to remove from the electrical outlet Disconnect all cables from the M2488 Tape Drive The M2488 cable and connector interconnects are listed in Table 8 1 See the PCBAs in Chapter 9 for actual connector locations The procedures listed in Table 8 2 describe the removal and replacement of Field Replacement Units FRUs Follow each procedure in the order presented to insure proper disassembly and reassembly Remove the drive from its rack mount or desktop support base if appl
353. eld Table 6 23 Element Status Page Table 6 24 Element Status Page Header Field Table 6 25 Medium Transport Element Descriptor Type Code 1h Table 6 26 Medium Transport Element Descriptor Field Description Table 6 27 Storage Element Descriptor Type 2 Table 6 28 Storage Element Descriptor Field Description Table 6 29 Import Export Element Descriptor Type 3 Table 6 30 Import Export Element Descriptor Field Description Table 6 31 Data Transfer Element Descriptor 4 Table 6 32 Data Transfer Element Descriptor Field Description Table 6 33 Allowed Source and Destination Table 6 34 TEST UNIT READY Field Table 6 35 Page Codes C Eu ORE S MR RICE Table 6 36 Page Code 00 Device Unique C144 E019 03EN LIST OF TABLES xxi LIST OF TABLES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE LIST OF TABLES CONTINUED TABLE TITLE PAGE Table 6 37 Page Code 00 Device Unique Parameters Field 6 33 Table 6 38 Mode Codes i EC ER END exe mes ed ROT ERU 6 34 Table 6 39 Bject
354. eld contains the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error This field contains the data that was expected by the diagnostic test reporting an error RESULTS This field contains the data that was received by the diagnostic test reporting the error ao Z ml A a ca This field contains the hardware address where the expected and received data comparison was made by the diagnostic test reporting the error This field contains the Permanent Error Sense ERPA code relating to the reported error This field contains the Permanent Error Sense Format code This field contains the Permanent Error Sense Data bytes Description of the Page Code 90 9Fh Table 4 93 Page 90 9Fh Online Diagnostic Test Page Page Code 90 9Fh Reserved Page Length 0020h 4 5 MTU DIAG error code 6 7 MTU DIAG result data 1 8 9 MTU DIAG result data 2 10 11 MTU DIAG result data 3 12 13 MTU DIAG result data 4 14 15 MTU DIAG result data 5 4 94 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 93 Page 90 9Fh Online Diagnostic Test Page Continued Dee ee pesce MTU DIAG result data 6 MTU DIAG result data 7 MTU DIAG result data 8 MTU DIAG result data 9 MTU DIAG result data 10 MTU DIAG result d
355. elow and described in the following paragraphs Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Transport Element Address Source Address First Destination Address Second Destination Address Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded 6 2 This command will only accept Transport element addresses of 0000h default or OOOEh Trans port Element address For this product the Source address First destination address and Second destination addresses are storage elements When the Source address First destination address and Second destination addresses have the same value this command performs no operation When the Source address and the First destination address have the same value and the second destination addresses has a different value you are attempting to perform a simple MOVE MEDIUM and this EXCHANGE MEDIUM command is accepted The device capabilities page XCL MODE parameters page 1Fh provides a matrix which defines the supported source element type and first destination element type combinations for CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS EXCHANGE MEDIUM commands when the source element type is the same as second destina tion element type Send a READ ELEMENT STATUS command before sending an EXCHANGE MEDIUM com mand to determine if an exchange is possible 6 2 1 2 Exchange M
356. emiconduc tor technology This technology allows the integration of six write channels tracks into one chip CG00000 011503 REV A 2 5 DESIGN ARCHITECTURE M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 2 6 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE CHAPTER 3 SCSI MESSAGES INTRODUCTION Chapters 3 through 6 are the Host Interface Specification for the M2488 This chapter describes the messages for the M2488 tape drive and the medium changers The following information is located in this chapter 3 2 3 2 M2488 TAPE AND MEDIUM CHANGER SCSI MESSAGES 3 3 SCSI BUS STATUS M2488 TAPE AND MEDIUM CHANGER SCSI MESSAGES SCSI MESS AGES Table 3 1 describes the SCSI messages used with the M2488 For more detailed information on the SCSI message refer to the paragraph listed in the PARAGRAPH column Table 3 1 M2488 SCSI Messages MESSAGE COMMAND COMPLETE DESCRIPTION Indicates the execution of a command has termi nated and valid status was sent to the initiator PARAGRAPH 3 2 3 on page 3 2 EXTENDED MESSAGE Sent as the first byte of a multiple byte message 3 2 5 on page 3 3 SAVE DATA POINTER Directs the initiator to save a copy of the present active data pointer for the currently attached log ical unit 3 2 15 on page 3 9 RESTORE POINTERS Restores the most recently saved pointers for the currently attached logical unit to the active state 3 2 14 on page 3 9 DISCONNECT Informs the initi
357. emote Maintenance RS 232 Interface lore AREE 8 20 8 4 4 Types of Diagnostic 8 24 8 4 4 1 Tasked Go No Go 8 24 8 4 4 2 Off Line Diagnostics 8 25 8 4 4 3 In line 8 25 8 4 5 Diagnostic Test Registry 8 27 8 4 6 Diagnostic Microcode 8 27 8 FACTORY SETTINGS wowace ete ea ha ak a pds snd Bas 8 28 8 6 ERROR RECOVERY 8 8 30 8 61 Error Recovery sosna camane ee bee eR p rer HERES 8 30 8 6 2 Retry Methods loose bz Deb e DURER 8 30 8 7 MAINTENANCE 8 33 8 7 1 Maintenance Interface 8 33 8 7 2 Remote Debug for JDB 8 34 8 7 2 1 M2488 Side Remote 8 34 8 7 2 1 1 Equipment Required 8 34 8 7 2 1 2 Procedure is se er edges 8 34 8 8 PREVENTIVE 8 35 144 019 03 TABLE CONTENTS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 8 9 TAPE PA
358. en gently pull the front panel forward 4 Disconnect the operator panel cable from the front panel 5 Remove the two screws holding the panel bracket then pull off the panel bracket Top cover Panel bracket Connector Figure 1 20 Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 27 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 6 6 2 Prepare the ACL Refer to Figure 1 21 during performance of this procedure STEP ACTION 1 Remove two screws on the bottom front corners from the ACL top cover 2 Push down and hold the cover release bar while pulling up and slightly moving the top cover for ward When the cover has cleared the hook on the top rear of the cover behind the cover release continue to pull forward then up 3 Remove the four screws from the bottom of the ACL and gently lift the ACL mechanism from the base ACL top cover ACL Mechanism Figure 1 21 Prepare the ACL 1 28 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 6 6 3 Connect the M2488 and the ACL Refer to Figure 1 22 through Figure 1 25 during performance of this procedure STEP ACTION 1 2 3 4 5 Place the grounding plate on the front of the M2488 replaces the front panel See Figure 1 22 Attach the ACL base to the front of the M2488 using the three Allen screws Pull operator panel cable through small hole on base Slide the ACL mechanism into the base Leave sligh
359. en reached April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 55 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 13 MODE SENSE command 1Ah The MODE SENSE command provides a means for a target to report its medium logical unit or peripheral device parameters to the initiator by sending the parameters during the data phase of this command The MODE SENSE command is a complementary command to the MODE SELECT command 4 3 13 1 MODE SENSE CDB Description MODE SENSE is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 51 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 Reserved Reserved Page Code Reserved Allocation Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 51 MODE SENSE Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Disable Block Descriptor DBD bit value of 1 specifies that no block descriptor is returned in the MODE SENSE data When this bit is set to O the target will return a block descriptor in the MODE SENSE data The Page Code allows the initiator to select any one specific page or all of the pages supported by a target Pages are used to set and return device parameters Refer to the Page Code descriptions in Table 5 1 on page 5 1 MODE SENSE The Page Control PC field indicates the type of page parameter values to be returned by the target The PC field is defined in Table 4 52 The Allocation L
360. en the self test bit is zero this command is usually followed by a RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command NOTE The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command as described in this section requires that the tape drive be set FACTORY MODE 4 3 28 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Description SEND DIAGNOSTIC is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 114 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Parameter List Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded The following Field Description table specifies the use of each field of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Refer to Table 4 115 in conjunction with the following table for a more concise overview of how each field is used Table 4 114 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE Field Description 2 2 ud a Z H 0 DESCRIPTION Operation code A UnitOfL Unit Offline bit of 1 enables write operations on user medium or opera tions that affect user visible medium positioning A DevOfL Device Offline bit of 1 enables diagnostic operations that may adversely affect operations to other logical units on the same target A Selftest bit of 1 directs the target to complete its default selftest A Selftest bit of O directs the target to perform tests defined by the bytes in the parameter list Successful completion of the function and preparation of a response is indicated by presentation of GOOD status
361. ength specifies the number of bytes the initiator has allocated for returned Mode Sense data An Allocation Length of 00h indicates no Mode Sense data is to be transferred this condition is not considered an error 4 56 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS PC FIELD BITS 7 6 Table 4 52 PC Field DESCRIPTION Report Current Values The current values are those parameters under which the target is presently con figured The current values are defined to be the following 1 those values set in the last successfully completed MODE SELECT command 2 saved values if a MODE SELECT hasn t successfully completed since the last power on hard reset condition or BUS DEVICE RESET message or 3 default values if saved values are not available Page fields not supported are set to zero The additional page length field returned by the target indicates the number of bytes supported in that page Report Changeable Values The changeable values of any page indicate which parameters the initiator may change by a subsequent MODE SELECT command Any field allowed to change is set to all ones Fields and bits not allowed to be changed by the initiator are set to zero Attempting to change any field via the MODE SELECT command that is not changeable causes the target to return a CHECK CONDI TION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST in the sense data In this case no parameters
362. ense Page 31h Track Error Statistics Continued BITS DEFAULT 175 Parameter Length Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 15 Parameter Code 9010h EOh or 60h Parameter Length Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 16 Parameter Code 9011h 0 0 EOh 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 17 Parameter Code 9012h 0 0 EOh 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 18 NOTE The sum of ECC correctable errors by track may not be equal to the total number of Read Data checks recovered by ECC These hard ware indicators are transitory and reflect only the tracks correcting at the end of the read or read after write operation April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 47 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 10 4 LOG SENSE Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed when writing buffered data to tape 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Writing buffered data to tape failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR Write buffered data to tape failed due to a hardware
363. er rate during a rewind and at a slower rate during a read operation The tape motion time TMT value can be used to calculate the total meters of tape that passed over the head based on the speed of the MTU using the following equa tion of meters TMT seconds 2 meters second The power on time field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor specific The power on time indicates the total number of minutes the unit has been powered on 5 22 The cleaning count field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor specific The cleaning count value is in units of tape sectors processed and is used to determine when MTU head cleaning is required After a cleaning operation is performed the cleaning count value is automatically set to 0 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 5 3 7 Configuration Page Page TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS VPD page returns configuration information For a description of each of the configuration fields in this VPD page refer to the M2488 User s Guide CHAPTER 4 The format for VPD page is Table 5 28 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page Configuration Page BITS Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 01h 1 Page code Clh Reserved Page length 3Dh lt ies z o e z F 2 un E 2 un MTU Logical Unit Number S LUN Reserved 00h Di
364. er supply Disconnect connectors CNP91 CNP92 CNP93 and CNP94 A WwW N Lift out power supply to remove 8 11 10 2 Power Supply Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Insert power supply into the tape drive Use the three screws to secure power supply Connect connectors CNP91 CNP92 CNP93 and CNP94 A WwW N Perform the DTC PCBA replacement procedure in paragraph 8 11 6 2 on page 8 48 Figure 8 12 PSU April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 53 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 11 11 SVL PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures 8 11 11 1 SVL PCBA Removal STEP ACTION 1 Perform the top cover removal procedure paragraph 8 11 4 1 on page 8 46 2 Perform the bottom cover removal procedure in paragraph 8 11 5 1 on page 8 47 3 Remove the four screws securing the SVL 4 Lift up the SVL and disconnect connectors CNP50 CNP52 CNP53 CNP54 and CNP55 5 Remove the SVL PCBA ce RS ce ea m 5 2 8 11 11 2 SVL Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Insert the SVL PCBA into the bottom of the drive 2 Align connectors CNP50 CNP52 CNP53 CNP54 and CNP55 then gently press on each connec tor to mate 3 Align screws holes then insert four screws and tighten 4 Perform the bottom cover replacement procedure in paragraph 8 11 5 2 on page 8 47 5 Perform the top cover replacement procedure in paragraph 8 11 4 2 on page 8 46 8 11 12 RDL PCBA Remove and Replace Procedures 8 11 12 1 RDL PCBA Removal
365. er was cleared The SPC interrupt step code did not report command complete as expected The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared An SPC interrupt request was not generated by the SPC during diagnostic test An SPC interrupt was not detected in the Interrupt Request Controller IRC during SPC Diagnostic initialization The SPC interrupt was inadvertently cleared when the Interrupt Request Controller was cleared The SPC interrupt step code did not report a Register Parity error as expected The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared An SPC interrupt request was not generated by the SPC during diagnostic test An expected SPC interrupt was not detected in the Interrupt Request Controller IRC The SPC interrupt was inadvertently cleared when the Interrupt Request Controller was cleared F 12 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 5 Routine 3 CP Bus Parity Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION CP Bus parity SPC The SPC interrupt step code did not report a Register Parity error as expected after chang ing the SPC parity from odd to even The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared An SPC interrupt request was not generated by the SPC during diagnostic test un 2 un m e un Z A AND ERROR CODES An expected SPC interrupt was not detected in the
366. erefor if an attempt is made to write over 18 track data away from BOT CHECK CONDITION status is generated The sense key is set to MEDIUM ERROR and the additional sense code is set to INCOMPATIBLE MEDIUM INSTALLED 4 142 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 31 3 WRITE Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION Oh NO SENSE Tape is positioned between the Early Warning position and End of Tape lh RECOVERED ERROR 1 Recovery was performed when transferring data from the initia tor 2 Recovery was performed when writing data to tape 2h NOT READY Logical Unit was not ready tape was not loaded or wasn t ready 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Writing data to tape failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 3 The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 Transferring data from the initiator failed due to a hardware failure 2 Writing data to tape failed due to a hardware failure Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the WRITE com mand 2 The Fixed bit was set to one but the current mode is variable as set by MODE SELECT or default power on condition 3 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the WRITE command was not performed due to one
367. erred for the READ ELEMENT STATUS command If the allocation length is not sufficient to transfer all element descriptors to be reported then the target transfers as many bytes as possible stopping at the end of a full element descriptor It is not considered an error if the value in the Allocation length field is zero or is not suffi cient to transfer all element descriptors to be reported Given a sufficient allocation length element descriptors will be reported for all defined elements if the Element type code is Oh the Starting element address is 0 and the Number of elements is FFFFh reserved fields of the should be set to 0 If any reserved field is set to a non zero value then CHECK CONDITION status is reported The sense data for this error will contain a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST Table 6 18 Element Type Codes CODE DESCRIPTION element types reported Medium Transport Element Storage Element Import Export Element Data Transfer Element Reserved 6 20 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS Table 6 19 Element Addresses TYPE ADDRESS Medium Transport Element 000 Storage Elements 0011h 002Fh Import Export Element 0001h Data Transfer Element 31 storage elements are defined but only a subset will be available for use depending upon the maga zine size 6 2 5 2 READ ELEMENT STATUS Data The data tr
368. error Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the LOG SENSE command 2 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 3 The Page Code field contained values other than 00h 02h 03h OCh 31h and 3Eh 4 The PPC field contained a value other than Ob 5 The PC field contained a value other than 01b 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the LOG SENSE command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short 4 48 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 11 LOOP WRITE TO READ command 1 The LOOP WRITE TO READ LWR command transfers one block of data from the initiator and performs an internal LWR operation This command is used to check the controller s data and control path the data path checked includes the analog circuitry After the receipt of a valid LWR command tape synchronization is performed prior to execution of the LOOP WRITE TO READ operation 4 3 11 1 LOOP WRITE TO READ CDB Description LOOP WRITE TO READ is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 41 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
369. ers for RSVP Interface Read Write and Test Jump Verify formatter counters and Formatter Tests interrupts Loop Write Read LVL1 Data is written into the data buffer and passed from the data buffer to the MTU The Digital Tests MTU returns the data to the formatter through both the analog and digital check circuitry No tape motion is required Loop Write Read LVL2 Data is written into the data buffer and passed from the data buffer through the formatter Analog Tests April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 25 N mA 2 2 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE b Page Code 80h Tests Table 8 20 Page Code 80h Test Description ONLINE OPERATOR ROUTINE DESCRIE TION INTERVENTION Self Test Olh The same tests as described in Table 8 19 The self test is also SCSI Routine O1h Loop Write 50h Data is written into the data buffer and passed Read from the data buffer to the MTU The MTU Digital Tests returns the data to the formatter through both the analog and digital check circuitry No tape motion is required Loop Write 51h Data is written into the data buffer and passed Read LVL2 from the data buffer through the formatter No Analog Tests tape motion is required Write Data Tests 52h Tape is positioned at Load Point and 4 tones are A scratch tape must be loaded written They are each 4 meters in length and prior to running this Online written with
370. ertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected header CRC error CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 15 Routine 13 EDRC Error Detection Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Write PPh host crc error check Initial SPC write status is incorrect Error reported by Record Manager Write Buffer function while attempting to write EDRC non compacted Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion un 2 un m e un Z OQ A AND ERROR CODES Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected host Packet Processor CRC error Write PPh host count error check Initial SPC write status is incorrect Error reported by Record Manager Write Buffer function while attempting to write SG EDRC non compacted Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected host Packet Processor error count Read Compression error sgd crc Failed to receive data end of transfer signal in a errors SDDP hdxs register Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal
371. eserved FMT Table 8 6 on page 8 9 Drive Table 8 9 on page 8 11 SCSI hardware registers Table 8 12 on page 8 13 EDRC hardware registers Table 8 13 on page 8 14 Send Diagnostic Error Table 8 14 on page 8 15 BYTE 18 8 8 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 3 2 Sense Information Bytes 20 43 Refer to the correct sense information format in the following paragraphs 8 3 2 1 Format 0 Sense Information Description for SIC bytes are 00h 8 3 22 Format 01h Sense Information for FMT The Format 01h Sense Information for FMT is shown in Table 8 6 and described in Table 8 7 and Table 8 8 Table 8 6 Format 01h Sense Information FMT SENSE DATA FMT ERPA Code MC error MTU error 1 Retry Count First Fault Symptom Code Second Fault Symptom Code Last Fault Symptom Code Error Command Code Additional Format Error Information Type RBID Block ID Table 8 7 Format 01h Sense Information FMT Field Description DESCRIPTION The FMT ERPA codes are the same as the ERPA codes defined for sense byte 19 in Appendix C The Retry Count is incremented by one each time a re read or re write is performed in the original direction of the command being processed The MTU Error bit is set when the error is known to be in the MTU The MC Error bit is set when the error is know to be in the Medium Changer The first s
372. esult of Tape acceleration deceleration time 2 error code measurement result result data 1 Access time wrapl result data 2 result data 3 Positioning time wrapl FRD Access time wrapl BRD result data 4 Positioning time wrapl BRD result data 5 Access time wrapl WRT result data 6 Positioning time wrapl WRT result data 7 Access time wrap 2 FRD result data 8 result data 9 Positioning time wrap 2 FRD Access time wrap 2 BRD result data 10 Positioning time wrap 2 BRD result data 11 Access time wrap 2 WRT result data 12 Positioning time wrap 2 WRT result data 13 result data 14 result data 15 Result of Mode change time M4 MODCH error code measurement result result data 1 Wrap 1 FRD gt Wrap 1 BRD result data 2 result data 3 Wrap FRD gt Wrap 1 WRT Wrap 1 BRD gt Wrap 1 FRD result data 4 Wrap 1 BRD gt Wrap 1 WRT result data 5 Wrap 1 WRT gt Wrap 1 BRD result data 6 Wrap 2 FRD gt Wrap 2 BRD result data 7 Wrap 2 FRD gt Wrap 2 WRT result data 8 result data 9 Wrap 2 BRD gt Wrap 2 FRD Wrap 2 BRD gt Wrap 2 WRT result data 10 Wrap 2 WRT gt Wrap 2 BRD result data 11 result data 12 result data 13 H 22 result data 14 result data 15 CG00000 011503 REV A
373. et 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND READ BUFFER command was aborted 4 74 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 17 READ POSITION command 34h The READ POSITION command causes 20 bytes to be sent from the target to the initiator The 20 bytes are a report of the position of the tape unit and information about blocks stored in the buffer the format of this data is shown in paragraph 4 3 17 2 on page 4 76 This command can be executed when no tape cartridge is loaded or when the tape unit is not ready No tape movement is initiated due to this command 4 3 17 1 READ POSITION CDB Description READ POSITION is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 70 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 2 qa o a lt zi Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 70 READ POSITION Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The BT bit dictates the format of values reported in the First Block Loca tion and Last Block Location fields of the return data Values in First
374. eter Code 9001h 65 LSB 66 m 0 TMC 0 Reserved LP 0 EOh or 60h 67 Parameter Length 08h MSB Total Host Write data transfer operations that had to be retried for other than SCSI interface errors e g compression failures excessive expan sion etc 68 75 HOST WRITE BLOCKS RECOVERED BY USE OF INTERNAL RECOVERY BUFFER Parameter Code 9002h Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length Total Host Write Operations Recovered by use of internal recovery buffer TOTAL WRITE BLOCKS 88 MSB 89 Parameter Code 9003h 90 0 TMC 0 Reserved EOh or 60h 91 Parameter Length 08h 92 99 Total Blocks Written to tape excluding tapemarks TOTAL TAPEMARKS WRITTEN 100 MSB Parameter Code 9004h 101 LSB 102 EOh or 60h 103 Parameter Length 08h 104 11 Total Tapemarks Written to Tape April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 39 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 37 Log Sense Page 02h Error Counter Page Write Continued ERASE GAPS DUE TO RETRY Parameter Code 9005h 0 TMC 0 Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length Total Number of Erase Gaps ERG Due to Retry zr HOST BLOCKS WRITTEN INTO AN EDRC SUPERBLOCK Parameter Code 9006h 0 TMC 0 Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Total Host Blocks Written into an EDRC Superbl
375. eter Length 08h 08h 8 MSB Number of data bytes received from the initiator during Write command 15 operations Parameter Code 0001h LSB Reserved EOh or 60h DATA BYTES WRITTEN TO TAPE Parameter Length 08h MSB Number of data bytes written to tape as a result of Write command oper ations not counting ECC and formatting overhead DATA BYTES READ FROM TAPE Parameter Code 0002h 0 0 Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of data bytes read from the tape during Read command opera tions not counting ECC and formatting overhead LSB READ DATA BYTES SENT TO THE INITIATOR 40 MSB Parameter Code 0003h 41 LSB 42 DU ETC 0 0 Reserved LP 0 EOh or 60h 43 Parameter Length 08h 44 MSB Number of data bytes sent to the initiator during Read command opera 51 tions CLEANING REQUIRED April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 43 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DEFAULT VALUE Parameter Code 0100h Table 4 39 Log Sense Page 0Ch Sequential Access Device Page Continued 0 TMC 0 Reserved EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 00h Reserved Note The Cln Req bit of 1 indicates cleaning is required and a subsequent cleaning cycle has not been completed The cleaning required parameter persists across ha
376. eturned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST A summary of DevOfl and UnitOfl usage may be found in Table 4 114 2 2 a Z H 0 If any error condition is encountered during execution of a routine diagnostic results are generated at that time and no further routine execution occurs April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 133 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 28 5 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 1h RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buff ered mode operation occurred in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure e g transfer of SEND DIAGNOSTIC data failed due to hardware failure 2 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 3 The self test is not successful in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST Reserved bit was found set in of the SEND DIAGNOS TIC command 2 Flag bit in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB was set and Link bit was not set 3 There is a parameter list error 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command
377. eturned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Selection of routines 50 and 51 do not require either DevOfl or UnitOfl to be set Selection of rou tines 52 to 57 or CO to C2 require both DevOfl and UnitOf to be set If a parameter list is received by the controller which indicates selection of any of the routines 52 to 57 or CO and or C2 and both UnitOfl and DevOfl are not set CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST If any error condition is encountered during execution of a routine diagnostic result data is gener ated at that time and no further routine execution occurs CG00000 011503 REV A 4 121 2 2 a Z H 0 2 2 ud a Z H 0 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 27 4 4 122 Diagnostic Parameter List PF 0 Refer to Chapter 8 for the test descriptions To use the Diagnostic Parameter List the Page Format PF bit must be cleared to 0 Data in the Diagnostic Parameter List indicates which tests are to be executed and the number of times each test is to be run execute count Use of the Diagnostic Parameter List is very similar to Diagnostic Page 80h described above The format of the Diagnostic Parameter List is given in Table 4 113 below Table 4 113 Diagnostic Parameter List Execute Count P
378. eturns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 147 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 32 2 4 148 NOTES 1 Since an automatic reset is performed upon completing the Write Buffer command in Down load Microcode With Offsets mode the MICROCODE HAS BEEN CHANGED unit attention condition is replaced with the POWER ON RESET unit attention condition 2 The microcode image that is downloaded via the WRITE BUFFER command includes the con troller and servo microcode In the Download Microcode With Offsets mode only the control ler microcode is copied to control store and activated The downloaded servo microcode is not used and the previous servo code remains active In order to change the servo code a WRITE BUFFER command in modes five or seven must be performed followed by a power cycle Download Microcode With Offsets and Save Mode 111b Description In this mode the trans fer of vendor specific microcode from the initiator to the target may be split over two or more Write Buffer commands After the complete vendor specific microcode image has been trans ferred from the initiator into the data buffer the checksum is then verified and the microcode is saved into a non volatile memory i e flash memory The downloaded code shall then be effec tive after each power cycle and reset until another down
379. evice that does not have the Medium Changer feature The tape length in the cartridge is too long An attempt was made to read an unsupported data compaction algorithm No Cartridge No cartridge at selected location or selected location not within the magazine size or no magazine was present when an attempt was made to load a cartridge from the mag azine C 2 Reel Diameter Greater than ECCST Reel Diameter Greater than ECCST CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE FAULT SYMPTOM CODES APPENDIX D FAULT SYMPTOM CODES The Fault Symptom Codes FSCs are described in Table D 1 and Table D 2 Refer to Table 8 14 on page 8 15 for the FSCs listed in Table D 1 The FSCs listed in Table D 2 are the FSCs returned in bytes 22 27 of the Format 01h Sense Information described in paragraph 8 3 2 on page 8 9 Table D 1 Error Recovery 5 DESCRIPTION Diagnostic Test Failure SCSI DMA XFER poll timeout SPC DMA data send e g Read parity error reported to SCSI manager SPC DMA data receive e g Write parity error reported to SCSI manager SPC manager reported to SCSI manager that an initiator detected error message was received on DMA transfer SPC manager reported to SCSI manager that a data xfer error occurred during DMA data transfer SPC manager reported to SCSI manager that a REQ ACK timeout occurred during DMA data transfer SPC manager reported to SCSI manager t
380. ey The data of the unrecoverable Block if any may not be transferred to the initiator depending on the setting of the TB bit Invalid Request DTE on PER off Correction then retries are attempted Report Last Data Block in error at the end of transfer Recovered data if any is transferred corrected The Transfer Length is exhausted if no unrecoverable error occurred DTE off The target creates CHECK CONDITION status with RECOVERED ERROR Sense Key and reports in the Information bytes field of the Extended Sense data the last block for which recovered error occurred if any PER on The data of the unrecov erable Block if any may or may not be transferred to the initiator depending on the setting of the TB bit Correction then retries are attempted Stop Transfer on First Recovered Error Encountered Recovered data is transferred Check status with Recovered Error sense key is set following transfer of the recovered or corrected block un Z C 9 5 6 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS 5 2 4 Disconnect Reconnect Control Parameters These parameters provide the initiator with the means to tune the SCSI bus Table 5 7 Page 02 Disconnect Reconnect Parameters BITS MODE 2 SENSE BYTES 7 5 3 2 1 DEFAULT VALUES 0 PS Reserved Page Code Additional Page Length Read Buffer Full
381. f valid bytes sent during the last REQ ACK hand IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE shake and REQB ACKB handshake of a DATA 3 2 7 on page 3 7 IN phase is less than the negotiated transfer width 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 4 3 2 Sent to establish the physical path connection IDENTIFY between an initiator and target for a particular 3 2 6 on page 3 7 logical unit ABORT code 06h This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear the present operation If a logical unit has been identified all pending data and status for the issuing initiator from the affected logical unit are cleared and the target goes to the BUS FREE phase Pending data and status for other initiators are not cleared If a logical unit is not identified the target goes to the BUS FREE phase No status or ending message is sent for the operation It is not an error to issue this message to a logical unit that is not currently performing an operation for the initiator BUS DEVICE RESET code 0Ch This message is sent from an initiator to direct a target to clear all current commands on that SCSI device This message forces the SCSI device to an initial state with no operations pending for any initiator Upon recognizing this message the target goes to the BUS FREE phase COMMAND COMPLETE code 00h This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate the execution of a command or a series of linked commands has terminated and valid status was
382. f Changer Mode diagnostics M2488 Pages Product Guide User Guide User Guide User Guide User Guide Product Guide Section 8 4 Section 4 2 Section 4 3 Section 4 4 Section 4 5 Section 8 5 Y TEST OFF LINE Y TEST Run MTC D Run MTU we ACL List Err RS 232 Beni Options W O CART W CART ALL STOP ERR CONT ERR April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 17 N mA 2 24 ud N mA 2 2 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Navigation keys To navigate through the options settings and to make changes from the Operator Panel Press START to move forward through the options or settings It will also increment the settings numbers Press SHIFT and START to move backward through the options or settings It will also decrement the settings numbers Press RESET to move from settings to option or to leave setting mode Press TEST to move from the option to settings Press UNLOAD to select a number field for multiple digit numbers Setting Procedure Step 1 At the press and hold the TEST and UNLOAD pushbuttons simultaneously until DIAG MODE is displayed Step 2 Press the TEST pushbutton Step3 The first option OFFLINE is displayed Press TEST again to enter the Off Line Diagnos tic mode The display will now indicate RUN MTC Step 4 Press the TEST push button to select controller diagnostics Step 5 Operator Panel display indic
383. f Olh indicates the magazine position 1 is located at the Tape Load Port This field is reported as NOT changeable on a MODE SENSE command For FACL the Position field is unused i e contains 00h This field is reported as NOT changeable on a MODE SENSE command The Cartridge Map field is returned in Mode Sense data to indicate which positions in the magazine contain units of media cartridges A one indicates a cartridge is present in that position A zero indicates a cartridge is not present in that position The Magazine Present bit in the Cartridge Map field indicates whether or not a mag azine is present 1 indicates presence of magazine P1 refers to magazine slot 1 which is the first slot in the magazine located at the topmost position of the maga zine The Cartridge Map field is reported as NOT changeable on a MODE SENSE command The cartridge map bits are shown in Table 6 41 NOTE Since the Mode can also be set via the Medium Changer operator panel the actual mode of operation and the Mode reported via the MODE SENSE command will be the current Mode The current Mode is the most recent Mode set by either a MODE SELECT com mand from the initiator or a Mode change reported by the Medium Changer operator panel March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 33 MODE SELECT SENSE MODE SELECT SENSE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE The following MODE CODES are specified Table 6 38 Mode Codes
384. f SCSI termination or cables Abnormal system configuration such as a duplicated SCSI ID Setting etc During an error recovery operation for excessively damaged tape medias Broken hardware in a complicated manner xxxxyyyy specify a unique error condition that the microcode has detected text gives a short description of the condition that caused the Ozone These error codes and text descriptions hold little information for anyone except the firmware developers When an Ozone message is displayed the current job at the host computer should be aborted as data integrity is compromised Data being written to tape is no longer valid Read data on tape is not affected on the media April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 1 uno 2 e 25 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 2 4 8 2 4 1 8 2 When an Ozone message is observed the check code and text message should be recorded as well as the current operating conditions and all data forwarded to Product Support for problem resolution If possible a Read Buffer CDB specifying the entire 2MB data buffer as a data length and a buffer start address of zero should be issued from the host computer This data should be made available to your maintenance provider A table of ozone codes is not provided in this document as they are of little use to the user of the product and are generated for the use of firmware
385. f a tape is not inserted or the drive is not ready CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense key set to NOT READY 2 a m Z EB 2 EB 4 138 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 30 3 TEST UNIT READY Sense Keys TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh 2h 3h 4h 5h 6h Dh April 1997 RECOVERED ERROR NOT READY MEDIUM ERROR HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION VOLUME OVERFLOW Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the TEST UNIT READY occurred Logical unit is not ready tape is not inserted or the drive is not ready 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 1 Reserved bit was found set in the of the TEST UNIT READY command 2 Flag bit was set and link bit was not set Indicates the TEST UNIT READY command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or to
386. f the block IDs for the requested filemarks are within the tape format limits The tape unit may also check if the requested number of filemarks will fit upon the remaining length of unwritten tape If the tape unit determines that the requested filemarks cannot all be written then it will not buffer any of the filemarks and will present CHECK CONDITION status The error sense data will indi cate VOLUME OVERFLOW the Valid bit will be set to 1 and the Information field will be set as described above Note that if the tape unit does not present this type of error it does not necessar ily mean that the requested filemarks will all fit on tape the tape unit can only roughly estimate how many filemarks will fit upon the remaining length of unwritten tape April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 151 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 33 3 WRITE FILEMARKS Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION Oh NO SENSE Tape is positioned between the Early Warning position and End of Tape with Immed 0 all buffered data and buffered filemarks and new filemarks were written successfully lh RECOVERED ERROR 1 Recovery was performed when writing buffered data 2 Retries were needed to complete the write of the new filemarks 2h NOT READY Logical Unit was not ready tape was not loaded or wasn t ready 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Write of data or filemarks fai
387. finishes Unit 1 10 sec Threading time Measure the time from when the threader starts working until the leader block enters the machine reel Unit 1 10 sec BOT shaking time Measure the time from when the leader block enters the machine reel until the tape stops at wrap 1 EOT after shaking Unit 1 10 sec Depending on the loaded cartridge measured data is stored in either of two areas reserved for normal and E cartridges M2 TPPFM Measure the tape acceleration deceleration time Tape acceleration or deceleration time Measure the tape acceleration or deceleration time in a read write operation Measuring command Forward Read Back Read or Write Measuring tape position Wrap 1 sector 5 A sector is able to be changed by SECT Unit of measurement 1 msec M3 AC PS Measure the tape access positioning time Access time Measure the time from a run command starts until gap in is output Measuring command Forward Read Back Read or Write Measuring tape position Wrap 1 sector 5 A sector is changed by CHK SECT Unit of measurement 1 msec Positioning time Measure the positioning time Measuring command Forward Read Back Read or Write Measuring tape position Wrap 1 sector 5 A sector is changed by CHK SECT Unit of measurement 1 msec M4 MODCH Mode change time measurement Measure the mode change time in the following command combinations Wrap 1 FRD gt Wrap 1 BRD Wrap 1 FRD
388. fore IBG Can t detect DBOB at IDS write Can t detect DIBG at IDS write 4 Meter Tones Erase Gap tone dropout 4 Meter Tones IBG tone dropout 4 Meter Tones Tape Mark tone dropout April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A D 3 FAULT SYMPTOM CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table D 2 Formatter Error Recovery Continued DESCRIPTION 4 Meter Tones 18 Track DID tone dropout 4 Meter Tones Too many total tone dropouts 4 Meter Tones Too many continuous tone dropouts 4 Meter Tones Continuous ERG tone not met 4 Meter Tones Continuous IBG tone not met 4 Meter Tones Continuous TM tone not met 4 Meter Tones Continuous 18 Track DID tone not met 4 Meter Tones Total not met on Wrap Mark 4 Meter Tones Continues not met on Wrap Mark 4 Meter Tones Continues not met on 36 Track DID 4 Meter Tones Total not met on 36 Track DID Too many total drops on Read DID Continuous not met on Read DID Continuous not met on Read TM DID too long on Read Hardware error on readback at end of IBG DBOB off between HBOB and DPRE DPRE time out after PHOK on DBOB off before DPOST is detected RDEND on before DPOST is detected RDEND time out after DPOST is detected Long IBG detected RECA dropped at DID write Can t set RECA at DID write Dropout detected at IDS write Dropout detected at IBG after IDS write Misposition
389. g for DPOST F 54 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION LWR2 ETPs Skew Error 18 PHOK not seen in time Track Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End un 2 un m e un Z O AND ERROR CODES RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 ETPs Invalid Error 18 RSVP failed to Respond Track DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 55 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC
390. g a one through the Formatter Counter 1 low byte count register Test Jump Carry Out bit for the high byte count of Formatter Counter 1 was set prema turely before counter was started An unexpected value was read in the count enable register for Formatter Counter 1 after the high byte counter finished running The high byte count for Formatter Counter 1 did not contain the expected value after the counter finished running Test Jump Carry Out bit for the high byte count of Formatter Counter 1 was not set as expected after the counter finished running Test Jump Carry Out bit for the low byte count of Formatter Counter 1 was set prema turely before counter was started An unexpected value was read in the count enable register for Formatter Counter 1 after the low byte counter finished running The low byte count for Formatter Counter 1 did not contain the expected value after the counter finished running Test Jump Carry Out bit for the low byte count of Formatter Counter 1 was not set as expected after the counter finished running Formatter Counter 2 test The Formatter Counter 2 count enable register could not be cleared April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 23 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 10 Routine 8 Formatter Counters Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE Formatter Counte
391. g definition NULL 00h 03h SCSI 2 operating definition NULL 00h 40h Change user product data NULL 00h The ASCII operating definition description length field indicates the length in bytes of the ASCII operating definition description data that follows If the allocation length is less than the length of data to be returned the ASCII operation definition description length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation The ASCII operating definition description data field contains the ASCII operating definition description data The data in this field is formatted in lines where each line is terminated with a NULL 00h character The ASCII characters in each line shown in the table above are left aligned and ASCII spaces 20h are used to pad each line up to the NULL 00h character Each line has a total length of 39 27h bytes including the NULL character Reference the Change Definition SCSI command specification CDB byte 3 for a description of the supported operating definitions March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 45 MC VPD PAGES MC VPD PAGES 6 4 5 Product Identification Page C2h VPD page C2h contains product identification information The format for VPD page C2h is Table 6 56 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page C2h Product Identification Page 2 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 08h Page code C2h Reserved Page length 18h
392. g paragraphs The SCSI connectors are described in the User s Guide Chapter 1 NOTE 1 Cable and power connections should only be made upon comple tion of the M2488 hardware setup to include attachment of optional equipment Use the appropriate assembly procedures for the desired option 2 Both SCSI connectors on the IPM must be connected The con nection may be either two SCSI cables or one SCSI cable and one Terminator See Figure 1 2 STEP ACTION 1 Attach SCSI cable to one of the SCSI connectors on the IPM which of the two connectors is not important 2 Attach the Terminator or the second SCSI cable to the other SCSI connector on the IPM 3 Connect power cord Read signal cable lt lt udi 22 Terminator AC power cable Figure 1 2 Cable and Power Connections 1 10 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 6 4 Desktop Installation Instructions Use the procedure below for your configuration When completed continue with paragraph 1 6 3 1 6 4 1 Tools Required The following tools are required to install the M2488 in a desktop configuration Phillips screwdriver Flat head screwdriver 1 6 4 2 Tape Drive Only If the two foot rails were removed reattach and place drive in prepared location 1 6 4 3 Drive with ACL Attached 5 Cartridge Magazine Use this procedure if the M2488 with attached ACL is to be used with a support base for a 5 car tridge magazin
393. g read operations The Read Retry Count field is reported as changeable and the default value is 10h A non zero value in the Write Retry Count field specifies the number of times that the target attempts its recovery algorithm during a write operation before an unre coverable error is reported A value of zero in this field indicates that the target shall not use its recovery algo rithm during write operations The Write Retry Count field is reported as changeable and the default value is 10h The meaning of this bit is dependent upon the setting of the WRTY bit in Mode Page 00 With WRTY set to 0 this bit is defined as the MSB of the Write Retry Count Otherwise Report permanent error when count in bits 0 6 is exhausted Do not report error continue writing next block CAUTION This setting may pro duce unreadable tapes April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 5 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 5 6 summarizes the valid modes of operation for the bits in byte 2 as described previously Table 5 6 Valid Combinations of Error Recovery Parameters DESCRIPTION Correction then retries are attempted Recovered and or corrected data if any is transferred without the ending portion of the transfer This is the default setting Transfer Length is exhausted Data transfer stops only if an unrecoverable error is encountered The target then creates CHECK CONDITION status with the appropri ate Sense K
394. ge Descriptor Field Description DESCRIPTION Following the block descriptor if supplied are MODE SELECT pages The Page Code field identifies the format and parameters for that page This controller supports pages 01h Error Recovery and Reporting 02h Disconnect Reconnect control OAh Control Mode Page 10h Device Configuration Parameters and 00h Vendor Unique Parameters When using a MODE SELECT command the PS Parameters Savable bit is reserved and must be zero The Additional Page Length indicates the number of bytes in that page The additional page length field value does not include bytes 0 and 1 of that page the page code and additional page length fields respectively If the initiator does not set this value to the value that is returned for the page by the MODE SENSE command the target will present CHECK CONDI TION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the addi tional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST If the initiator sends page fields with values that are not supported by the target or are not Change able the target returns a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key field set to ILLEGAL REQUEST in the sense data In this case no parameters are changed by this command More information on the MODE SELECT command can be found in paragraph 5 2 on page 5 1 E3 29 ga 4 54 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 2488 PRODUCT G
395. ge Length 0010h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 01h Self Test Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 50h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 51h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 52h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 53h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 54h Reserved All bits are set to zero Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine 57h Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine COh Execute Count Pass Count of Online Routine C2h Reserved All bits are set to zero Selection of a diagnostic routine is accomplished by assigning a routine s corresponding Execute Count byte a non zero value Routines 50 to 57 are diagnostic specific to the Tape Drive logical unit and routines and C2 are specific to the Medium Changer logical unit Therefore if the Tape Drive logical unit is selected only the Execute Count bytes corresponding to the Selftest rou tine Routine 01 and routines 50 to 57 may have non zero values Bytes 1 10 11 and 13 19 must be zero otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Con versely if the Medium Changer logical unit has been selected only the Execute Count bytes corre sponding to routine CO and or C2 may have non zero values Bytes 1 4 12 and 15 19 must be Zero otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is r
396. ge Tape Dirty head and tape running surface Setting error Operation error Interface cable terminator Servo code CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES APPENDIX F DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 1 lists all of the diagnostic tests in the Diagnostic Test Registry for the Tasked Go No Go mode the On Line mode and the Off Line mode An x indicates in which diagnostic modes the test may be run column indicates tests available when FACTORY MODE is enabled Table F 3 through Table 25 list and describe the diagnostic error codes by the routine and test numbers Table F 1 Diagnostic Test Registry for all Diagnostic Modes un 2 un 2 e un Z AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC MODES ROUTINE OFF LINE GO NO GO Control store data bus test Control store byte boundary test Control store half word boundary test Control store address bus test Control store incrementing pattern test Control store data pattern OxAA test Control store data pattern 0x55 test Control store walking OxFFs test IRC initialization IRC to PCC interrupt test Timer 0 interrupt test Timer 1 interrupt test Check 1 interrupt test IRC test cleanup exit CP Bus parity Control Store CP Bus parity SDDP CP Bus parity SPC RSVP Internal registers test
397. gt Wrap 1 WRT Wrap 1 BRD gt Wrap 1 FRD Wrap 1 BRD gt Wrap 1 WRT Wrap 1 WRT gt Wrap 1 BRD Wrap 2 FRD gt Wrap 2 BRD Wrap 2 FRD gt Wrap 2 WRT Wrap 2 BRD gt Wrap 2 FRD Wrap 2 BRD gt Wrap 2 WRT Wrap 2 WRT gt Wrap 2 BRD Measuring tape position Wrap 1 sector 5 A sector is changed by CHK SECT Unit of measurement 1 msec CG00000 011503 REV H 7 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 4 5 4 3 4 6 4 3 4 7 4 3 4 8 4 3 4 9 8 M5 LOCAT Tape locating time measurement Measure the time required for tape locating from the wrap 1 BOT position to the wrap 1 PEOT position Unit 1 10 sec The measured data is stored in either of two areas for normal and E cartridges After rewinding the tape to the wrap 1 BOT servo MPU measures the Locating execution time from wrap 1 BOT to sector 95 M6 REWND Tape rewinding time measurement Measure the time required for tape rewinding from the wrap 1PEOT position to the wrap 1 BOT position Unit 1 10 sec The measured data is stored in either of two areas for normal and E cartridges After locating sector 95 servo MPU measures the Rewinding execution time from sector 95 to wrap 1 BOT M7 D S E DSE time measurement Measure the time required for DSE from the wrap 1 BOT position to the wrap 2 PEOT position Unit 1 10 sec After rewinding the tape to the wrap 1 BOT measure the DSE command execution time neces sary t
398. h ACL Attached 10 Cartridge Magazine 1 12 1 6 4 5 Drive with FACL Attached 1 15 1 6 5 Rack Mount 1 19 1 6 5 1 Tools 1 19 1 6 5 2 Adjust the 1 19 1 6 5 2 1 Inner Cover Mounted to Mounting 1 19 1 6 5 2 2 Inner Cover NOT Mounted to Mounting Tray 1 19 1 6 5 3 Screw Plate Mounting 1 20 144 019 03 lii TABLE CONTENTS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED CHAPTER TITLE PAGE 1 6 5 4 Attach Mounting 1 20 1 6 5 5 Adjust the Brackets 1 22 1 6 5 6 Install the M2488 or M2488 with Medium Changer on the Mounting Tray ERE EDERUREESLDSDERSEDEN SE 1 23 1 6 6 Installation of the Automatic Cartridge 1 26 1 6 6 1 Prepare the M2488 Tape 1 27 1 6 6 2 Prepare the ACIE oras da Rx RD RIED REP 1 28 1 6 6 3 Connect the M2488 and the 1 29 1 6 7 Installation of the Flush mount Automatic Cartridge Loader 1 32 1 6 7 1 Prepare the M2488 Tape 1 33 1 6 7 2 Preparethe FACT see be eee bach SEO bette 1 34 1 6 7
399. h a tape length that is too long or too short WRITE BUFFER command was aborted Write of buffered data prior to the WRITE BUFFER operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 149 un A m BA m Cr x TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 33 WRITE FILEMARKS command 10h The WRITE FILEMARKS command requests the write of zero or more filemarks to tape The filemarks will be written at the current logical position on tape The Filemark count field indicates the number of filemarks to be written With a Filemark count of 0 and the Immediate bit set to 0 the WRITE FILEMARKS command will cause any data or filemarks previously buffered for writes to be written to tape This is the SCSI 2 recommended method of causing buffered data and filemarks to be written to tape 4 3 33 1 WRITE FILEMARKS CDB Description WRITE FILEMARKS is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 132 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved 1 2 3 Filemark Count Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 132 WRITE FILEMARKS Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code See Table 4 133 for description of Immediate Immed bit operation The 3 byte Filemark Count field is a 24 bit unsigned number that indicates the number of filemarks to be written
400. h in either bytes or blocks as determined by the command When operating in the buffered mode and an unrecoverable write error occurs the infor mation bytes contain the number of unwritten data blocks and or filemarks remaining in the buffer The additional sense length specifies the number of additional sense bytes to follow If the allocation length of the Command Descriptor Block is too small to transfer all of the additional sense bytes the additional sense length is not adjusted to reflect the trunca tion The command specific information field contains information that depends on the com mand which was executed For this device bytes 8 11 are zero The Additional Sense Code ASC byte 12 and Additional Sense Code Qualifier ASCQ byte 13 provide additional error information The additional sense codes and qualifiers are listed in Appendix B Nonzero values in the FRU field are used to define a specific FRU or FRU pair that has failed The FRU byte contains two nibbles of information The low order nibble indi cates the highest probability FRU The high order nibble indicates a secondary FRU that may also be responsible for the reported failure This field is not used A bit pointer valid BPV bit of zero indicates that the value in the bit pointer field is not valid A BPV of one indicates that the bit pointer field specifies which bit of the byte desig nated by the field pointer field is in error When a multiple bit
401. hat an SPC command timed out during DMA data transfer SPC manager reported to SCSI manager that an unknown SPC error occurred during DMA data transfer SCSI manager encountered an unknown error occurred during DMA data transfer Write buffer copy to flash failed NVRAM read failure write failure NVRAM allocate failure RM and SPC residual mismatch on read long Sense built after retries done for IDE message Initiator s message reject message didn t make sense Initiator s message didn t make sense Overlapped commands were attempted REQ ACK timed out in MSGIN retries failed Parity error in MSGOUT retries failed REQ ACK timed out in MSGOUT retries failed REQ ACK timed out in CMD retries failed Parity error in CMD phase retries failed Parity error in DATA phase retries failed April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A D 1 FAULT SYMPTOM CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table D 1 Error Recovery Continued FS C 4 DESCRIPTION REQ ACK error in DATA phase retries failed REQ ACK timed out in DATA retries failed Buffer error reported Compression error reported ADT timeout Packet Processor error Packet expanded greater than maximum Bid not found in packet group Unable to read packet header Unable to read block forward Unable to rewrite packet header ADT error Buffer detected error Compression error
402. he Enable Early Recovery EER bit is set to one this bit indicates that the target enables the use of the most expedient form of error recovery such as error correction before applying retries Seek or positioning retries and the recovery pro cedure retries of the message system are not affected by the value of this bit When EER is set to zero this bit indicates that the target exhausts the defined retry limit prior to enabling error correction The EER bit is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is one When Transfer Block TB is set to one this bit indicates that the failing data block recovered or unrecovered is transferred to the initiator When TB is set to zero this bit indicates that an unrecovered failing data block is not transferred to the initiator Recovered data blocks are always transferred regard less of the values of the TB bit In both cases the block reported in the Request Sense data is the block in error not the preceding block The TB bit is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero E Uo Z e E ga E A non zero value in Read Retry Count field specifies the number of times that the target attempts its recovery algorithm during a read operation before an unrecover able error is reported A value of zero in this field indicates that the target shall not use its recovery algo rithm durin
403. he Fixed bit is zero a single block is transferred with the bytes transferred being the lesser of the actual block length or the requested transfer length If the Fixed bit is one the transfer length specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the initiator Suppress Incorrect Length Indication SILI flag The Transfer Length indicates the number of bytes or blocks to transfer The block length used is the current block length specified in the mode parame ters block descriptor refer to the Mode Select Block Descriptor in Table 4 47 on page 4 53 When the transfer length is zero no data is transferred and the current posi tion on the logical unit is not changed This condition is not considered an error 4 80 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 18 2 April 1997 READ REVERSE CHECK CONDITION Status If the fixed bit is one then the Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Block Length must be non zero Otherwise CHECK CONDITION status is reported with the sense key as ILLEGAL REQUEST See description of MODE SENSE for more details about the Mode Parameter Descriptor Block For data in EDRC format it is impossible to transfer the bytes of blocks in reverse order for the tape format being used because of data packeting and data compression If a block is to be read in the reverse direction instead of transferring the block s bytes in reverse order the tape unit spa
404. he SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer_phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_ACK SCSI_BSY xfer_phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_request_wrtbuffer All the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_host_wrt_cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP_HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data_buffer Read EDRC NC 3 bytes 00 mode A host data path end of transfer was not 04h detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer_phase when transferring data from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_ACK SCSI_BSY xfer_phase All the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer was not transferred April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 29 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 12
405. he buffer Values 01b 10b and 11b specify the device terminates the pre read operation if 1 2 or 3 consecutive filemarks are detected respectively The SOCF field is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is 01b When set to zero the Automatic Velocity Control AVC bit indicates that the device speed chosen will be the device s internally selected speed The AVC bit is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero When set to one the Block Identifiers Supported BIS bit indicates that the format on the medium has recorded information about the logical block ID relative to a par tition The BIS bit is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is one When set to one the Data Buffer Recovery DBR bit indicates that the target sup ports data buffer recovery using the RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command The DBR bit is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is one The Gap Size field determines the size of the interblock gap when writing data A value of 00h specifies the device s defined gap size This field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero un Z e 92 When set to one the Synchronize at Early Warning SEW bit indicates the target causes any buffered write data and filemarks t
406. he initiator uses a Page Code value not implemented by the target the target will return CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code to INVALID FIELD IN CDB March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 11 MODE SENSE MODE SENSE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 6 9 MODE SENSE Field Description Continued BYTE BIT DESCRIPTION The Page Control PC field indicates the type of page parameter values to be returned by the target The target returns the same page length for each supported page regardless of the value in the PC The combination of the page control field value and the page code being set causes the target to return the appropriate values for the page selected by its respective page code Page Code value of 3Fh indi cates all pages implemented by the target are returned to the initiator with the values reported defined by the page control field For a Page Code value of 3Fh all pages are returned in ascending page code order except for mode page 00h which will always be reported last The PC field is defined in Table 6 10 Regardless of the setting of the PC field the Mode Sense data header will return the current values for the fields contained in it since the SP Save Pages bit only applies to the Mode Pages and not the header The Allocation Length specifies the number of bytes the initiator has allocated for returned MODE SENSE data An Allocation Length
407. he media changer commands are described in Table 6 1 For more details on the commands refer to the paragraph listed in the table for that command Table 6 1 Commands for Medium Changer Devices OP CODE COMMAND NAME TEST UNIT READY DESCRIPTION Provides a means to check if the logical unit is ready PARAGRAPH 6 2 6 on page 6 30 REQUEST SENSE Requests the target transfer sense data to the initi ator 4 3 23 on page 4 103 INQUIRY Provides a means for an initiator to request infor mation regarding parameters of the target and any attached peripheral devices 4 3 6 on page 4 18 amp 5 3 on page 5 17 MODE SELECT Provides a means for the initiator to specify medium logical unit or peripheral device param eters to the target 6 2 2 on page 6 6 amp 6 3 on page 6 32 MODE SENSE Provides a means for a target to report its medium logical unit or peripheral device parameters to the initiator 6 2 3 on page 6 11 amp 6 3 on page 6 32 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS SEND DIAGNOSTIC CHANGE DEFINITION MOVE MEDIUM EXCHANGE MEDIUM Requests that analysis data generated by a previ ous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command be sent to the initiator Requests the target to perform diagnostic tests on itself or on the attached peripheral devices Used to modify the operating definition of the selected target with respect to all initiators Requests that the target move a unit of media from
408. he requested transfer length minus the actual block length and this value will be negative two s compliment when the actual block length exceeds the requested block length Upon termination the logical position is located after the incorrect length block EOM side The transfer length specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the initiator This form of the READ command is valid only if the logical unit is currently operat ing in fixed block mode A logical unit is in fixed block mode if it has been instructed by the MODE SELECT command to use fixed length blocks In this case the current block length is the block length defined in the MODE SELECT command A successful READ command with the fixed bit of one transfers the requested trans fer length times the current block length in bytes to the initiator If the actual block length read is different from the current transfer length as speci fied in the mode parameters block descriptor CHECK CONDITION status is gener ated The ILI bit and valid bit are both set to one and the sense key is set to NO SENSE The information bytes in the sense data are set to the difference of the requested transfer length minus the actual number of blocks read not including the incorrect length block Upon termination the logical position is located after the incorrect length block EOM side variable The target rejects the command by returning CHECK CONDITION status and by set ting the
409. he sense data The additional page length field of each page returned by the target indicates the number of bytes which are supported for that particular page Report Default Values The target returns to the initiator the field values set to the target s or device s default values The additional pages length field of each page returned by the target indicates the number of bytes supported for that particular page Report Saved Values The target returns the saved values of the mode parameters Until the first success ful MODE SELECT command is completed with the SP Save Pages bit set to 1 the default values will be returned for this PC field setting 6 12 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 2 3 2 MODE SENSE Data The MODE SENSE data contains a four byte header followed by zero or more variable length pages Table 6 11 MODE SENSE Data Header Mode Sense Data Length Reserved Reserved Block Descriptor Length 00h Table 6 12 MODE SENSE Data Header Field Description DESCRIPTION The Mode Sense Data Length specifies the length in bytes of the following MODE SENSE data bytes after the data length field that are available to be transferred dur ing the DATA IN phase The sense data length does not include itself A block descriptor length of zero indicates no block descriptors are included in the parameter list Page Descriptor The page for
410. hrough this interface The maintenance interface connector is shown in Figure 8 3 and the pin assignments are indicated in Table 8 24 TERMINAL gal O 2 Z 2 2 lt Figure 8 3 Maintenance Connector M2488 Table 8 24 Maintenance Interface Connector Pin Assignments M2488 CONNECTOR CONTACT SIGNAL NAME ABBREVIATION DIRECTION SIGNAL NUMBER DATA CARRIER DETECT RECEIVE DATA TRANSMIT DATA DATA TERMINAL READY SIGNAL GROUND DATA SET READY REQUEST TO SEND CLEAR TO SEND RING INDICATOR 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 33 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE To establish communications with this interface host configuration settings for maintenance opera tions are provided in Table 8 25 Table 8 25 Maintenance Interface Communications Settings COMMUNICATIONS SETTING VALUE BAUD rate Parity TERMINAL Data bits 2 Z Z lt Stop bits Duplex 8 7 2 Remote Debug for JDB These procedures describe how to establish a debug session between a local workstation and a remote M2488 8 7 2 1 M2488 Side Remote 8 7 2 1 1 Equipment Required 1 US Robotics Sportster 28 800 FAX Modem 1 RS 232 cable 9 pin female to 25 pin male 1 M2488 Cartridge Tape Drive 8 7 2 1 2 Procedure STEP ACTION 1 Switch M2488 power on Wait for self test diagnostics to complete The M2488 may already
411. ic Results data Parameter List is e N e a Routine in error Routine number Execute Count Pass Count First Fault Symptom Code Second Fault Symptom Code Third Fault Symptom Code Reserved Description of fields in Diagnostic Results data in Parameter List e 2 Table 4 83 Parameter List Field Description DESCRIPTION The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine If this field contains 00h no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND DIAG NOSTIC command The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error was detected If an error is detected on the first pass this field contains a 1 This field is reset each time a new different routine is started For example if the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for Routine 50 and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51 and an error was detected on the third attempt to execute Routine 51 this field would contain a 3 This field contains the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error 4 3 19 4 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CHECK CONDITION Status If the initiator does not send a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command first the command is terminated with GOOD status and the target does not transfer any result data reserved bits must be zero If these bits are set to one the command is
412. ic Test Page Page Code 80h Reserved Page Length 0010h Routine in error Routine number Execute Count Pass Count First Fault Symptom Code Second Fault Symptom Code Third Fault Symptom Code Reserved RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Table 4 81 Page 80h Field Description DESCRIPTION The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine If this field contains 00 no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error was detected If an error is detected on the first pass this field contains a 1 This field is reset each time a new different routine is started For example if the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for Routine 50 and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51 and an error was detected on the third attempt to execute Routine 51 this field would contain a 3 This field contains the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error 4 86 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 19 3 Diagnostic Parameter List 0 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command If the Page Format PF bit was cleared to 0 in a previous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command will return diagnostic result data in parameter list format Table 4 82 Online Diagnost
413. icable prior to performing the removal procedures After replacements are complete install the drive in the rack mount or support base if applicable Then connect all cables and power cords See the Installation Instructions in CHAPTER 1 Power on drive Table 8 1 M2488 Interconnects CABLE CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION TYPE 120 pin direct DTC DVL I F connect 68 pin FPC DTC RDL I F 2 68 pin FPC DTC RDL I F 1 6 pin power direct connect DTC IPM I F DTC Seismic I F optional connection RS232C 10 pin RS 232 I F DVL direct connect DTC IPM I F SCSI Fan Assembly 8 pin Machine Reel Sensor 4 pin 8 38 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING Table 8 1 M2488 Interconnects Continued CABLE CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION TYPE File Reel Sensor 4 pin Threader Sensor 7 pin Loader Sensor 1 and 2 12 pin FPC DTC 120 pin direct connect e TE TE Q e EA Z RDL 20 pin FPC WTL 30 pin x2 FPC ACL FACL optional medium changer connect not used 8 pin OP 10 pin SVL 48 pin direct connect OP DVL 10 pin Fan Assembly DVL 8 pin SVL File Reel Motor 8 pin SVL Machine Reel Motor 8 pin SVL Loader Motor SVL Threader Motor SVL DVL SVL PSU Loader Motor SVL PSU RDL WTL DTC PSU AC Input PSU
414. ich would give the BID of the block to position to in order to retry the same read opera tion on the bad block This allows alternate device retry by the host The host system requests the cartridge be moved to another device does a Locate to the block indicated in the Read Position data followed by a read operation in the same direction as when the read data check originally occurred Read or Read Reverse The PAEB bit is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero E Uo Z Hg E ga E 5 2 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS Table 5 3 Page 00 Vendor Unique Parameter Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION When the FRU bit is set to one the Diagnostic Error codes listed in Appendix F are dis played on the op panel display When the FRU bit is set to zero the Diagnostic Error codes are not displayed on the op panel display The FRU bit is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero The Automatic Data Transfer Timeout ADTT field indicates an automatic data transfer timeout value in 200ms increments with 00h representing an initial 200ms timeout i e actual timeout 200ms selected timeout value 200ms For example a value of 01h indicates automatic data transfers will timeout in 400ms i e 200ms 1 200ms 400ms The ADTT is calculated 200ms increments for va
415. ield not used by a test in the given Manufacturing Routine are ignored Selection of a Manufacturing Routine requires that both the DevOfl and UnitOfl bits must be set to 1 If either of these bits is not setto 1 a CHECK CONDITION is returned with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the ASC set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST If any error condition is encountered during the execution of a routine diagnostic result data is generated at that time nd no further diagnostic execution occurs 4 130 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Description of Page Codes 90 9Fh This page allows user selection of MTU Online Diagnostic Routines and control over the number of times each routine is to be executed Table 4 122 Page 90 9Fh MTU Online Diagnostic Test Page Reserved bits are set to zero Page Length 001Eh MTU DIAG command code MTU DIAG parameter 1 MTU DIAG parameter 2 MTU DIAG parameter 3 MTU DIAG parameter 4 MTU DIAG parameter 5 MTU DIAG parameter 6 MTU DIAG parameter 7 MTU DIAG parameter 8 MTU DIAG parameter 9 Execute Time Stop Time Execute Count Pass Count Reserved 2 2 ud a Z H 0 Description of fields in Page Codes 90 9Fh Table 4 123 Page Code 90 9Fh Field Description DESCRIPTION 00h 7Fh MTU Diagnostic Command Code The value in this field must be in the ra
416. ifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call request wrtbuffer F 30 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 12 Routine 10 EDRC Control Signals Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE April 1997 Write EDRC 3 bytes 00 mode 10h DESCRIPTION the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host wrt cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data buffer CG00000 011503 REV A F 31 un 2 un m e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES un un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 13 Routine 11 EDRC Data Buffers Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE All R20 Data Check Diagnostics DESCRIPTION SPC register initialization failed SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Co
417. ignal of the file reel tachometer is wrong GAP counter is wrong RRC counter is wrong Forward direction of the file reel tachometer is wrong Backward direction of the file reel tachometer is wrong Dummy signal of the machine reel tachometer is wrong Forward direction of the machine reel tachometer is wrong Backward direction of the machine reel tachometer is wrong Servo command was not accepted sense information was built Servo command was accepted but failed to complete within 60 seconds Servo error occurred that was not reported as a diagnostic error Servo Diag Photo sensors test The tape path home sensor is off The cartridge in sensor is on The tape path CT sensor is off The tape path MR sensor is on The cartridge in sensor in on The file protect sensor is off The cleaning cartridge sensor is on April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 69 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES ROUTINE M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 19 Routine 80 Servo Diagnostic Error Codes Continued Servo Diag Photo sensors test DESCRIPTION The cartridge mount sensor is on Servo command was not accepted sense information was built Servo command was accepted but failed to complete within 60 seconds Servo error occurred that was not reported as a diagnostic error
418. igure I 10 FACTORY Flowchart LSE e 1 From Figure 1 6 START START START gt NONE START 5 5 FSGRP T gt FSGRPZ TEST TEST TEST TEST Yer Requires Pass word TEST FACTORY USE ONLY v v 4 To Figure 1 6 Figure I 11 81 FSGRP Flowchart 1 8 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INDEX This is the index for theProduct Guide A ASCGASCO ROUES bise en e ROS Action Advised Codes DS ASCIASCQ S eke ex RS x pd estes UE SEES EE by Sense Key e ex d voe es Description by ASC ASCQ Description by Sense Key ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS Cable and Power Connections Desktop e 5 ela I NIS Drive eue ee el ea eee Drive with ACL 10 cartridge Drive with FACE i ceed i eR ee ee eet Tape Drives Ki eet he PS MESES General i4 ebbe vele Ae ec ES Interface Personality Module Rack Mount dure ub de e repe qe Hur C CHK xx Replacement Action CHK xx Error Code replacement acti
419. iled due to unrecoverable errors on the SCSI inter face ILLEGAL REQUEST Reserved bit was set in the CDB of the ERASE command UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the ERASE command was not performed due to one of the fol lowing 1 The tape cartridge was changed 2 The target was reset 3 The Mode parameters were changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode was changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 7h DATA PROTECT Attempted write type operation to write protected tape cartridge Bh ABORTED COMMAND The ERASE command was aborted April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 17 gt a TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 6 INQUIRY command 12h The INQUIRY command provides a means for an initiator to request information regarding parame ters of the target and any attached peripheral devices 4 3 6 1 INQUIRY CDB Description The INQUIRY CDB is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 15 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 Reserved Page Code Reserved Allocation Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 15 INQUIRY Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code An Enable Vital Pr
420. in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Z Z E H 2 Reserved Reserved Definition Parameters Reserved Parameter Data Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 3 CHANGE DEFINITION Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code A Save control bit of zero indicates that the target shall not save the operating definition A Save bit of one indicates that the target shall save the operating definition to non volatile memory This target will not apply the new parameters until a power cycle is performed so sending a Save bit of zero is a means of performing a parameter validity check See Table 4 4 for a description of the Definition Parameter field April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 5 Z Z 2 T 2 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 2 2 4 6 Table 4 3 CHANGE DEFINITION Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION The Parameter Data Length specifies the length in bytes of the parameter data that shall be transferred from the initiator to the target A parameter data length of zero indicates that no data shall be transferred This condition shall not be considered an error Parameter data lengths greater than zero indicate the number of bytes of parameter data that shall be transferred The data that may be transferred is defined in section 5 3 for the MTU device and sectio
421. in that page are changed The additional page length field of each page returned by the target indicates the number of bytes which are supported for that particular page Report Default Values The target returns to the initiator the field values set to the target s or LUN s default values The additional pages length field of each page returned by the target indicates the number of bytes supported for that particular page 4 3 13 2 a Report Saved Values The target returns the saved values of the mode parameters Until the first suc cessful MODE SELECT command is completed with the SP Save Pages bit set to 1 the default values will be returned for this PC field setting The Page Code allows the initiator to select any one specific page or all of the pages supported by a target Pages are used to set and return device parameters If the initiator uses a page code value not implemented by the target the target will return CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code to INVALID FIELD IN CDB The Allocation Length specifies the number of bytes the initiator has allocated for returned Mode Sense data An Allocation Length of 0 indicates no Mode Sense data is to be transferred This con dition is not considered an error Any other value indicates the maximum number of bytes trans ferred The target terminates the DATA I
422. ing occurs 1 The deferred error is reported and the buffered data is recovered by the initiator via the Recover Buffered Data command 2 The deferred error is reported and the buffered data is discarded by the initiator via the Rewind or Load Unload command 3 A BUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator 4 A hard reset condition is detected by the target If a deferred write error occurs while operating in Buffered Mode 1 data from multiple initiators can reside in the buffer at once the deferred write error is reported to the first initiator issuing the next command if other than INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE If a deferred write error occurs while operating in Buffered Mode 2 the buffer can contain data from only one initiator the error is reported to the initiator with unwritten data in the buffer other initiators receive BUSY sta tus until the deferred error condition is cleared Additional Information The target ensures that some additional data can be written to the medium e g filemarks after the first EOM indication has been returned to the initiator The data written to the tape is written in EDRC compressed format depending on the Select Data Compression Algorithm field in the Mode SENSE SELECT parameters Mode Page 10h See the description of the Mode SENSE SELECT parameters for more information on the compression mode based on these items This device writes all data to tape in 36 track format Th
423. internally from the default clock rate of 20 MHz or an alternate 30 MHz clock Data Buffer The remaining data path functions host interface logic host packet processor buffer function con trol and formatter packet processor have been combined into a single data path LSI SDDP Buffer performance has also been greatly enhanced The SDDP buffer function control supports a three port buffer with a 32 Mbyte s bandwidth and 20 clock This allows 20 Mbyte s data transfer rate on the host port up to 10 Mbyte s burst transfers on the formatter port and a microprocessor port over head up to 2 Mbyte s The host port is two bytes wide and the formatter port is a single byte wide The SDDP can support up to 8 Mbyte of buffer memory with a standard size of 2 Mbyte for the M2488 ERDC Compression Feature Compression is performed by an improved design EDRC chip set prior to the data buffer Placement of compression before the buffer effectively extends buffer capacity by a factor equal to the average compression rate It also allows packet headers which contain compression information for the entire CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DESIGN ARCHITECTURE 2 3 4 April 1997 DATA BUFFER FORMATTER WITH EDRC FORMATTING WRITE HEAD 4 256K x 18 LOGIC I SCS T DRIVERS PROTOCOL DRAM RECEIVERS CONTROLLER DRAM un e AXP RS gt E MB86603 SDDP un SN75LBC976
424. ion Code A Save Pages SP bit of zero indicates the target shall perform the specified MODE SELECT operation and shall not save any pages in non volatile memory A SP bit of one indicates that the target shall perform the specified MODE SELECT operation and shall save to a non volatile location all the savable pages sent during ES Q gi the DATA OUT phase A PF Page Format bit of 0 or 1 both indicate that the MODE SELECT parameters are structured as pages of related parameters as defined by the ANSI standard The Parameter List Length field specifies the length in bytes of the MODE SELECT parameter list to be transferred from the initiator to the target A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data is transferred This condition is not considered an error The Unit Attention Mode Parameters Changed sense data will be reported to other initiators after a Mode Select command if and only if the setting of at least one parameter was actually changed from its previous setting Therefore issuing a Mode Select command with parameters that are the April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 51 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE same as the current parameters will not result in any change or the reporting of a Unit Attention to other initiators In any case a Unit Attention condition due to mode parameters being changed will not be generated for the initiator that perform
425. ion on the logical unit is not changed This condition is not considered an error 4 3 31 2 WRITE CHECK CONDITION Status This control unit implements both fixed block and variable block modes Reference the Read Block Limits and Mode Select mode parameters block descriptor commands for more informa tion about fixed and variable block modes If the Fixed bit is one and the current mode is variable as setby MODE SELECT command or default power on condition the command is rejected with 4 140 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS a CHECK CONDITION and a sense key of Illegal Request If the Fixed bit is zero the WRITE command operates in variable block mode regardless of the current mode set by MODE SELECT If the Fixed bit is set to zero a single block is transferred from the initiator and is written to the logical unit beginning at the current medium position The transfer length specifies the length of the block to be written in bytes Upon successful termination the logical position is located after the block written by this command EOM side If the Fixed bit is set to one the transfer length field specifies the number of block s to be trans ferred to the logical unit beginning at the current medium position This form of the WRITE com mand is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating in fixed block mode 1 it has been instructed to use fixed length blocks by
426. ion transfer phase and transferring at least one byte of information or by going to the BUS FREE phase The initiator shall accept such action as aborting the negotiation and both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices If the target recognizes that negotiation is required it sends an SDTR message to the initiator Prior to releasing the ACK signal on the last byte of the SDTR message from the target the initia tor shall assert the ATN signal and respond with its SDTR message or with a MESSAGE REJECT message If an abnormal condition prevents the initiator from returning an appropriate response both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices Following an initiator s responding SDTR message an implied agreement for synchronous opera tion shall not be considered to exist until the target leaves the MESSAGE OUT phase indicating that the target has accepted the negotiation After a vendor specific number of retry attempts CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE SCSI MESS AGES 3 2 52 greater than zero if the target has not received the initiator s responding SDTR message it shall go to the BUS FREE phase without any further information transfer attempt This indicates that a catastrophic error condition has occurred Both devices shall go to asynchronous data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices
427. istry will display the regis try of all of the tests available for use in the current diagnostic mode The list command may be aborted by pressing RETURN before all tests are displayed M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE VARIABLES ARGUMENTS List arguments n Node number in current test list to list or being listing from If n is not specified or is an asterisk then the entire test list will be displayed If only is specified then only the test at that node number will be displayed End node number in current list to stop listing at If an asterisk 15 entered all tests beginning with n will be displayed List Registry arguments r Routine number in test registry to be displayed If an asterisk is entered then all routines in the current diagnostic mode will be displayed t Test number of routine r in test registry to be displayed If an asterisk is entered all tests for routine r will be displayed Options o c e s Set test options for all tests in the current test list 0 Options byte for this list of tests The options byte is arranged into bit fields as illustrated in the Table 8 18 Quit Run macro Quit Off Line diagnostics mode Entering this command will cause a return to the previ ous operating mode Run tests in current test list This command is used to begin test execution Tests are executed in sequential order beginning with the first n
428. itiator The initiator will receive a BUSY instead of a RESERVATION CONFLICT status if the reserved device is in the process of executing a command for the initiator or third party device that holds the reservation The logical unit receiving the commands is checked for activity in progress before being checked for reservation rights If the reserved logical unit was not busy with a command for the device that holds the reservation rights then other initiators commands will be rejected with the RESERVATION CONFLICT status If an initiator attempts to make a third party reservation for itself i e the 3rdParty Dev ID field has the same value as the ID of the initiator issuing the command a CHECK CONDITION status will be returned with sense data indicating ILLEGAL REQUEST IN VALID FIELD IN CDB The target preserves a successful third party reservation until it is superseded by another valid RESERVE UNIT command from the initiator that made the third party reservation it is released by the initiator that made the third party reservation a BUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator or a hard reset condition occurs While a third party reservation is active the target ignores any attempt to release the reservation made by any other initiator CG00000 011503 REV A 4 113 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Superseding reservations An initiator that currently has a logical unit reserved may modify the
429. ition 03h SavImp 1b Supported operating definition 40h The current operating definition field indicates the present operating definition For each of the following operating definition fields there is a corresponding SavImp Save Imple mented bit A SavImp bit set to one indicates that the corresponding operating definition parameter can be saved A SavImp bit set to zero indicates that the corresponding operating definition parame ter cannot be saved The default operating definition field indicates the value of the operating definition the target uses upon power up The current and default operating definitions are always reported as 03h SCSI 2 operating definition Reference the Change Definition SCSI command specification CDB byte 3 for a description of the supported operating definitions listed in this page i e 00h 03h and 40h 6 44 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 4 4 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page 82h VPD page 82h returns the target s implemented operating definitions in ASCII format The format for VPD page 82h is Table 6 55 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 82h ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 08h Page code 82h Reserved Page length 76h NI ASCII operating definition description length 75h ASCH OPERATING DEFINITION DESCRIPTION DATA 00h Use current operatin
430. ity 1 Mode parameters changed Priority 5 Tape length error Priority 3 Microcode has been changed Priority 4 Write protected Tape void Cannot read medium unknown format Message reject error Internal target failure No initiator response to reselection SCSI parity error Active SCSI command aborted due to an Initiator detected error message being re ceived Invalid message error SPC transfer offset error or transfer period error Overlapped commands attempted ADVISED ACTION CODE End of Medium detected Table B 2 Action Advised Codes DESCRIPTION Treat the error as a permanent error Execute Dynamic Device Reconfiguration DDR B 2 Continue processing CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE ASC ASCQ ADVISED ACTION CODE Table B 2 Action Advised Codes Continued DESCRIPTION 4 Reissue the same command Request manual assistance Issue log sense commands to read counter pages Refer to Chapter 4 for information on the log sense commands The Host operating system must analyze the condition to see if it is acceptable for the processing currently being performed If acceptable additional action is required prior to continuing pro cessing e g cause a new tape to be mounted for multi volume operation In the event of a READ REVERSE command issue a READ command to read forward then
431. kkkkkkkk vnw iwi 7 333533333333 38 Remove the top cover by lifting the front of the top cover BEFORE sliding it backwards Ensure that the cover does not catch on the components on the PCBA under the top cover 3 Remove the four screws from the sides of the front panel then gently pull the front panel forward 4 Disconnect the operator panel cable from the front panel 5 Remove the two screws holding the panel bracket then pull off the panel bracket Top cover Panel bracket Figure 1 26 Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 33 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 6 7 2 Prepare the FACL Refer to Figure 1 27 and Figure 1 28 during performance of this procedure STEP ACTION 1 Remove the two screws from each of the covers 2 Pull up on the two top cover halves and remove 3 Pull the two cables CNJ24 and CNJ28 through the square hole on the lower right rear of the FACL See Figure 1 28 for location f Figure 1 27 Prepare the FACL 1 34 CG00000 011503 REV April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Square hate Two cables Rear view Figure 1 28 FACL Rear 1 6 7 3 Connect the M2488 and the FACL Refer to Figure 1 29 and Figure 1 30 during performance of this procedure STEP ACTION 1 Insert the grounding plate at the front of the M2488 drive as shown in Figure 1 29 2 Connect the cable CNJ24 and CNJ28 to the M2488
432. l alcohol Do NOT use Freon solvent NOTE Under normal conditions this procedure is unnecessary Only service personnel should per form this procedure Figure 8 1 Tape Path Cleaning April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 35 REMOVAL 3 5 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 10 MANUAL TAPE REMOVAL PROCEDURE When the cartridge tape cannot be ejected automatically use the procedure that applies to your situa tion 8 10 1 Cartridge Tape Stopped During Loading STEP ACTION 1 Remove the top cover as described paragraph 8 11 4 2 Confirm that the tape is completely wound into the cartridge 3 On the Loader Assembly shown below turn the gear counterclockwise with a phillips screwdriver 8 36 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 10 2 Tape Stopped During Threading STEP ACTION 1 Remove the DTC as described in paragraph 8 11 6 Confirm that the tape is not wound into the machine reel Remove the Threader Assembly as described in paragraph 8 11 7 2 3 4 Remove the leader block from the threader pin 5 Lay the drive its left side when viewed from front 6 Store the leader block into the cartridge by turning the file reel motor on bottom as shown below with a phillips screwdriver File reel motor 8 10 3 Tape Wound Take up Reel STEP ACTION 1 Remove the DTC as described in paragraph 8 11 6 2 Lay the drive on its l
433. l of the tape drive or car tridge loader if installed This command is executed even if the Magnetic Tape Unit MTU is NOT READY The Display Data is described in paragraph 4 3 3 2 4 3 3 1 DISPLAY CDB Description 11h DISPLA Y is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 5 Com mon fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 gt s zl 2 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Parameter List Length 11h Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 5 DISPLAY Field Description 11h DESCRIPTION Operation Code The Parameter List Length specifies the length of control and display information to be transferred from the initiator The parameter list length specifies the length of control and display information to be transferred from the initiator A CHECK CONDITION is returned if the specified length is not O or 17 bytes 11h 4 8 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 3 2 Display Data 11h The 17 bytes of DISPLAY data consists of a format control byte followed by two eight byte mes sages See Table 4 6 Table 4 7 and Table 4 8 on page 4 10 If the Parameter List Length is set to 0 no action is performed and it is not considered an error Table 4 6 DISPLAY Parameter 11h Display Mode Selection Half Msg Data For
434. lable RSVP Counters test 4 frame Carry counter error Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available RSVP Interrupts not set as expected April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 15 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 6 Routine 4 Read Signal Verification Processor Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE RSVP Counters test 4 frame DESCRIPTION Register CECC data miscompare after clear ing Response Available RSVP Counters test 8 frame Carry counter error Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available RSVP Interrupts not set as expected Register CECC data miscompare after clear ing Response Available RSVP Counters test 16 frame Carry counter error Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available RSVP Interrupts not set as expected Register CECC data miscompare after clear ing Response Available RSVP Counters test single byte mode Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available testing counter 2 low byte carry out RSVP Interrupts not set as expected testing counter 2 low byte carry out Register CECC data miscompare after reset ting Response Available testing counter 2 low byte carry out Timeout waiting for Response Availab
435. lacement noaei e ae eae MERE 1 13 Figure 1 7 Drive Positionin 005 eS ee pene e EE SEES 1 14 Figure 1 8 Rear Bracket 1 14 Figure 1 9 M2488 with FACL in Desktop 1 1 15 Figure 1 10 Attach to Bottom 1 16 Figure 1 11 Desktop Model Top 1 17 Figure 1 12 Desktop Model Rear 1 18 Figure 1 13 Guide Plate Installation 2 2 II 1 20 Figure 1 14 19 inch Rack mount Kit 1 21 Figure 1 15 Bracket Adjustment ENU CES ARR 1 22 Figure 1 16 M2488 Tray 2 1 23 Figure 1 17 M2488 with ACL Tray 1 24 Figure 1 18 Mount FACL to Inner 1 24 Figure 1 19 FACL Face Plate 222222 gach oho TERI eU E bee Se eS 1 25 Figure 1 20 Prepare the M2488 Tape 1 27 Figure 1 21 ACL 4 ee eden ds e DR 1 28 Figure 1 22 Connect the M2488 and the ACL 1 29 Figure 1 23 Attach Operator Panel C
436. ld not be cleared At end of test SPC did not generate an inter rupt request At end of test SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller At end of test the SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Control ler At end of test SPC interrupt step code did not report Command Complete At end of test the SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC interrupt request or interrupt step register could not be cleared at the end of the test Write Hi_data parity error check SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller F 44 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 15 Routine 13 EDRC Error Detection Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Write Hi data parity error check SPC interrupt step code did not report Diag nostic Self Test passed The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared Bad SPC write initialization status Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion un 2 un m e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Error reported by record manager attempting to request buffer fo
437. le 5 16 Density Codes Reported by Mode Sense Command with DENSITY CODE 28H Configured WHEN THE FOLLOWING IS TRUE MODE SENSE WILL REPORT After a Power Up sequence when the unit is in the READY state and the Density Code relating to the tape format tape format has been determined by the unit as determined by the unit When the unit is in the READY state and a successful read has been done from an 18T tape Density Code 09h When the unit is in the READY state and a successful read has been done from an 36T tape Density Code 28h After a successful read or unsuccessful write at BOP if a previous Mode Density Code as set by the Mode Select Select command had been issued to set the Density Code command After a successful read or unsuccessful write at BOP if the unit has not iden tified the tape format After a successful read or unsuccessful write at BOP if the unit has identified Density Code relating to the tape format the tape format as determined by the unit An Unload is considered to be a ready to not ready transition which can result from the Unload command the Move Medium command or by pressing Reset on the op panel Uo Z e E 62 E Ex O 5 16 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS 5 3 MTU INQUIRY CHANGE DEFINITION VITAL PRODUCT DATA PAGES This section describes the VPD Vital Product Data pages and parameters
438. le after setting CECC Order Available testing counter 1 low byte carry out RSVP Interrupts not set as expected testing counter 1 low byte carry out Register CECC data miscompare after reset ting Response Available testing counter 1 low byte carry out Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available testing counter 0 low byte carry out RSVP Interrupts not set as expected testing counter 0 low byte carry out Register CECC data miscompare after reset ting Response Available testing counter 0 low byte carry out F 16 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 6 Routine 4 Read Signal Verification Processor Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION RSVP Counters test single byte Timeout waiting for Response Available after mode setting CECC Order Available testing counter 2 high byte carry out RSVP Interrupts not set as expected testing counter 2 high byte carry out Register CECC data miscompare after reset ting Response Available testing counter 2 high byte carry out un 2 un m e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES Timeout waiting for Response Available after setting CECC Order Available testing counter 1 high byte carry out RSVP Interrupts not set as expected testing counter 1 high byte carry out Register CECC data miscompare after reset ting Response Availa
439. leF 14 Routine 12 EDRC Address Bus Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION SDDP R20 Read flush testing the data expected to be transferred from mode 00h the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host rd complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register Incorrect residual data count in SDDP un 2 un m un Z O A AND ERROR CODES April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 43 un un 2 un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 15 Routine 13 EDRC Error Detection Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE All R20 Error Check Diagnostics DESCRIPTION SPC register initialization failed SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Com mand Complete The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Diag nostic Self Test passed The SPC interrupt request cou
440. led due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 3 The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short 4h HARDWARE ERROR Write of data or filemarks failed due to a hardware failure Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the WRITE FILEMARKS command 2 Immediate bit set to 1 when not operating in buffered mode immed 1 Buffer Mode Oh 3 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the WRITE FILEMARKS command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short 7h DATA PROTECT Attempting write type operation to a write protected cartridge 8h BLANK CHECK Bh ABORTED COMMAND WRITE FILEMARKS command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW New filemarks or previously buffered filemarks or data could not be written to tape because End of Tape has been reached 4 152 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 4 COMMAND DISCONNECTION After receiving any command the controller disconnects if disconnection is not inhibited by the IDEN TIFY message and the controller requires device activity to complete the request
441. length or the requested transfer length If the Fixed bit is one the transfer length specifies the number of blocks to be trans ferred to the initiator Suppress Incorrect Length Indication 511 flag The Transfer Length indicates the number of bytes or blocks to transfer The block length used is the current block length specified in the mode parameters block descriptor refer to the Mode Select Block Descriptor in Table 4 47 on page 4 53 When the transfer length is zero no data is transferred and the current position on the logical unit is not changed This condition is not considered an error 4 98 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 21 2 4 3 21 3 April 1997 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Operation Unlike the READ command one can control the order that blocks are transferred for the RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command The Recover Buffer Order RBO bit of the Mode Parameter Device Configuration page controls the transfer order If the RBO bit is set to zero then blocks are transferred in the order that they were received from the initiator First In First Out FIFO order if the RBO bit is set to one then blocks are transferred in the opposite order that they were received from the initiator Last In First Out LIFO order The RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command is typically used in conjunction with the READ POSITION command following a permanent write error being detected He
442. ll go to the BUS FREE phase without any further information transfer attempt see 6 1 1 This indicates that a catastrophic error condition has occurred Both devices shall go to eight bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE SCSI MESS AGES If following an initiator s responding WDTR message the target shifts to MESSAGE IN phase and the first message in is MESSAGE REJECT the implied agreement shall be considered to be negated and both devices shall go to eight bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices The implied transfer width agreement shall remain in effect until a BUS DEVICE RESET mes sage is received until a hard reset condition occurs or until one of the two SCSI devices elects to modify the agreement The default data transfer width is eight bit data transfer mode The default data transfer mode is entered at power on after a BUS DEVICE RESET message or after a hard reset condition Note we recommend testing at INQUIRY DATA byte seven 07h bits six and 5 60h to deter mine if the M2488 has an installed 16 bit interface 20h and therefore supports WDTR with a transfer width of O1h 16 bits If the 16 bit interface is not installed Then negotiation for 16 bits is not recommended since the negotiation will be rejected and a significant performance impact is likely 3 2 6 IDENTIFY code 80h FFh 2 a ga Un 22
443. load microcode and save operation is per formed When the Write Buffer command has completed successfully the target generates a unit attention condition for all initiators except the one that issued the WRITE BUFFER command When reporting the unit attention condition the target shall set the additional sense code to MICROCODE HAS BEEN CHANGED NOTE The saved microcode does not become the active code load until a power on reset is per formed In the Download Microcode With Offsets and Save mode Buffer ID 0 is the only Buffer ID sup ported Ifany other Buffer ID value is selected the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of IN VALID FIELD IN CDB The microcode is written into the data buffer starting at the location specified by the Buffer Offset The first Write Buffer command initiating a download microcode with offsets mode operation must contain a Buffer Offset of zero If this Buffer Offset is not zero the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB Subsequent Write Buffer commands must contain a Buffer Offset such that the microcode is being downloaded contiguously i e microcode bytes are being down loaded in sequential order with no gaps If this Buffer Offset is incorrect the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an addition
444. lock to be read Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the READ REVERSE command 2 SILI bit set to 1 and Fixed bit set to 1 3 Fixed bit is 1 but variable mode was indicated by the most recent MODE SELECT 4 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 5 Bytes in block could not be transferred in reverse order 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the READ REVERSE command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND READ REVERSE command was aborted the READ REVERSE command can be reissued Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the Read Reverse operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached 4 82 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 19 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 1Ch The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command requests that result data generated for a previ ous SEND DIAGNOSTIC command be sent to the initiator NOTE The results of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command may be lost to another initiator on the SCSI bus if the LUN under test has not been reserved to this initiator or if the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command
445. lues of 00h to FEh in the ADTT field The ADTT value of FFh indicates a timeout of 2 minutes If a value of 00h or O1h is set in this field 200ms 400ms timeouts respectively the Retry Buffer Retries is automatically disabled The ADTT is active only during the data phases DATA IN DATA OUT while transferring data blocks between the initiator and the target using commands such as READ READ REVERSE WRITE etc The ADTT is not active for manual data transfers such as REQUEST SENSE DATA LOG SENSE DATA MODE SENSE DATA etc The ADTT field is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is FEh April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 3 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 5 2 3 Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters The Page 01 Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters CDB is illustrated in Table 5 4 and described in Table 5 5 The parameters on this page specify the error recovery and reporting parameters that the target uses when transferring data between the initiator and the target The parameters on this page do not apply to message system retries or positioning error recovery procedures Table 5 4 Page 01 Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters BITS MODE _ A SENSE BYTES 7 6 5 3 2 1 DEFAULT VALUES Reserved Page Code 81h Additional Page Length OEh Reserved Reserved EER 08h Read Retry Count 10h Reserved 00000000h Write Retry Count 10h
446. m burst size is exceeded The Maximum Burst Size field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero The Data Transfer Disconnect Control DTDC field defines further restrictions on when a disconnect is permitted Table 5 9 relates the significance of different values in this field Table 5 9 Data Transfer Disconnect Control DTDC DESCRIPTION Data transfer disconnect control is not used Disconnect is controlled by the other fields in this page A target will not disconnect once the data transfer of a command has started until all data the command is to transfer has been transferred The connect time limit and bus inactivity limit are ignored during the data transfer Reserved A target will not disconnect once the data transfer of a command has started until the command is com plete The connect time limit and bus inactivity limit are ignored once data transfer has started If the DTDC field is non zero and the Maximum Burst Size is non zero the target shall return CHECK CONDITION status The sense key will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code set to ILLEGAL FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST The DTDC field is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is Zero 5 8 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS 5 2 5 Common Device Type Control Parameters Table 5 10 Page 0Ah Common Device type
447. mat First Half Message Second Half Message gt t m 92 C Note bytes should not be set to spaces because this would appear as a MTU powered down state Table 4 7 Display Parameter Field Description 11h DESCRIPTION The Data Format bit describes the type of data contained in bytes 1 through 16 If this bit is set to 1 the data in bytes 1 through 16 is considered to be ASCII format If bit is 0 the data is EBCDIC format The Half Msg bit selects which half of the message is to be displayed This bit is valid only when the Display length bit is set to zero When the Half Msg bit is set to zero the first half of the message bytes 1 to 8 is dis played When the Half Msg bit is set to one the second half of the message bytes 9 to 16 is displayed When the Flash bit is set to zero the display does not flash A Flash bit set to one causes the display to flash When the Display Length bit is set to zero only 8 bytes are displayed Whether bytes 1 to 8 or bytes 9 to 16 are displayed is selected by bit 2 If bit 2 is set to Ob then bytes 1 through 8 are displayed If bit 2 is set to 1b bytes 9 to 16 are displayed When the display length bit is set to one bytes 1 to 8 and bytes 9 to 16 are displayed alternately Bits 2 3 are ignored for this selection Table 4 9 defines the Display Mode Selection bits The message bytes contain the data to be displayed April 1997 C
448. mats are defined as shown in Table 6 13 and described in Table 6 4 Table 6 13 Page Descriptors Page Code Additional Page Length Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 13 MODE SENSE MODE SENSE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 6 14 MODE SENSE Page Descriptors Field Description DESCRIPTION Page code identifies the meaning of the bytes in that page When using the MODE SENSE command a PS Parameters Savable bit of one indi cates that the mode page can be saved by the target in a non volatile location A PS bit of zero indicates that the supported parameters cannot be saved When using the MODE SELECT command the PS bit is reserved The Additional Page length field indicates the number of bytes the target supports in each page The additional page length value of each defined page does not include the Page Length byte The target may return in the pages of the MODE SENSE com mands as many consecutive bytes as it supports for each page it supports without splitting fields of multiple bytes The page length is set in the pages of the MODE SELECT command to the value returned by the target in the MODE SENSE Page Length bytes Otherwise the target creates CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST Ifa MODE SELECT command with SP 1 has never been successfully performed on the target then following a power on SCSI
449. meter 1 Specify a sector DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve DIAG command code KS DIAG parameter 1 Specify a sector DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 H 16 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M4 MODCH name code DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve M5 LOCAT DIAG command code gt MS LOCAT DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute count reserve M6 REWND DIAG command code M6 REWND DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute count reserve April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A H 17 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE M7 D S E name code DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DI
450. meter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 frequency in use of cleaning CTG only FACL execute count the number of DIAG executions reserve ACL MAGAZINE UP DOWN test name DIAG command code ACL MAGAZINE UP DOWN test DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 start position for MAGAZINE UP 0x00 0x02 DIAG parameter 4 end position for MAGAZINE UP 0 00 0x02 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count the number of DIAG executions reserve M1 LOAD DIAG command code DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count gt reserve April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV H 15 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M2 TPPFM M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAG command code KS name gt M2 TPPFM DIAG parameter 1 Specify a sector DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count M3 AC PS DIAG command code DIAG para
451. mon device types control parameters 4 3 10 3 LOG SENSE Parameters The LOG SENSE command returns data in a page format Each log page begins with a four byte page header followed by zero or more variable length log parameters defined for that page The log page format and log parameter format are defined below Table 4 32 Log Page Format BITS 0 Reserved Page Code 1 Reserved 2 3 Page Length n 3 4 TO X 3 First Log Parameter Length x More Log Parameters Last Log Parameter Length y April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 35 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 33 Log Parameter Format Parameter Code 0 0 Reserved Parameter Length 08h EN Table 4 34 LOG Parameter Field Description DESCRIPTION Parameter Control Byte The LP bit is returned as a Ob to indicate that this parameter is not an ASCII list parameter The Threshold Met Criteria field TMC is returned as 00b The Enable Threshold Comparison bit ETC is returned as Ob indicating that threshold comparisons is not enabled The Target Save Disable TSD bit is returned a 1b indicating that the tar get does not provide a target defined method of saving log parameters The Disable Save bit DS is returned as a 1b indicating that the saving that of log parameter is not supported This log parameter has not caused a LOG COUNTERS ATMAXIMUM condition f
452. n 6 4 for the Media Changer device and consists of Vital Product Data Pages that may be read via the Inquiry command Table 4 4 Definition Parameter Description VALUE MEANING OF DEFINITION PARAMETER 00h Use current operating definition 03h SCSI 2 operating definition 40 h 41h Change factory product data Definition parameter values of 00h and 03h have effect on the target since this is the normal operating definition for this product These values are accepted to maintain ANSI compliance Definition parameter 40h selects INQUIRY Vital Product Data VPD Page code C2h and is used to change the Product Identification data that is reported in standard INQUIRY bytes 8 through 31 This data includes Vendor ID Controller Product ID and Logical Unit Product ID This value will be accepted at any time Using this parameter has little effect on target operation in that it only changes constant data returned by the INQUIRY command Change user product data Definition parameter 41h is intended for factory use and will be accepted only if the target is in factory mode Change Definition data sent in this mode includes INQUIRY VPD pages 80h COh 1 and C2h This data contains such information as Unit Serial Number Unit Usage Data Unit Configuration and Product Identification Data Using this parameter may cause the target to appear not operational and have serious side effects CHANGE DEFINITION Changes It is
453. nd OFh 4 80 4 3 18 1 READ REVERSE CDB 4 80 4 3 18 2 READ REVERSE CHECK CONDITION Status 4 81 4 3 18 3 READ REVERSE Sense 4 82 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 4 83 4 3 19 1 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CDB Description 4 83 4 3 19 2 Diagnostic Page Codes PF 1 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB s3 esse EI erii 4 85 4 3 19 3 Diagnostic Parameter List PF 0 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB ees pU ne etd eRe ee be 4 87 4 3 19 4 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CHECK CONDITION Poet pedet ur RA sla ISTE 4 87 4 3 19 5 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Sense Keys 4 88 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE command 1Ch 4 89 4 3 20 1 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS FACTORY MODE Description REEL 4 89 4 3 20 2 Diagnostic Page Codes PF 1 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command SIUS e 4 9 4 3 20 3 Diagnostic Parameter List PF 0 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDBJ epo RS 4 96 4 3 20 4 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CHECK CONDITION TALUS ettet AE uscite 4 96 4 3 20 5 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Sense Keys 4 97 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command 14 4 98 4 3 21 1 REC
454. nding whether the sense information is from the SIC FMT drive or hardware registers See Table 8 15 on page 8 15 to identify the format of its additional sense Table 8 3 Error Code 71 Sense Format deferred error reporting Segment Number 00h ILI Rsvd Sense Key Information Bytes Additional Sense Length 24h 00000000h SCSI 2 Command Specific Information Bytes Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier FRU Code 00h 000000h SCSI 2 Sense Key Specific Format of additional sense Host ERPA Additional Sense Bytes as Defined by the Format Indicated in Byte 18 8 6 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING Table 8 4 Error Code 71 Sense Format Field Description DESCRIPTION When the valid bit is a one sense bytes 3 to 6 indicate the difference between the number of bytes blocks or filemarks requested by a command and the number of bytes blocks or filemarks actually executed The segment number field contains the number of the current segment descriptor if the REQUEST SENSE command is in response to a COPY COMPARE or COPY AND VERIFY command Up to 256 segments are supported beginning with segment zero Sense Key See Appendix A for sense key descriptions The Incorrect Length Indicator ILI bit indicates the requested logical block length did not match the logical block length of the data on
455. ne of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short MODE SENSE command was aborted Write of buffered data prior to the MODE SENSE operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 15 MODE SENSE MOVE MEDIUM MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 2 4 6 2 4 1 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MOVE MEDIUM MC command A5h The MOVE MEDIUM medium changer command requests that the target move a unit of media from a source element to a destination element MOVE MEDIUM CDB Description MOVE MEDIUM is a twelve byte command The bytes are shown below and described in the fol lowing paragraphs Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Transport Element Address Source Address Destination Address Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 6 15 MOVE MEDIUM Field Description A5h DESCRIPTION Operation code 0000h or 000 This command will only accept Transport element addresses of 0000h default or OOOEh Transport Element address The source address specifies the location that the medium is taken from
456. necessarily completed when status is returned If Load is 0 rewind tape and unload tape cartridge If Load is 1 rewind tape The Reten retension bit can be set to 0 or 1 The tape unit performs no extra actions whether or not the bit is set April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 25 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Medium Changer If a Medium Changer is attached then an automatic load of the next tape cartridge may occur fol lowing the Tape Unit unload operation Load bit 0 The decision to perform this automatic load is based upon a the Medium Changer s mode setting Manual Automatic or System b the presence of other tape cartridges and c the mode page settings of the Medium Changer See the description of the Medium Changer for more details If an automatic load occurs the LOAD UNLOAD command will not return status until the automatic load completes 4 3 7 2 LOAD UNLOAD CHECK CONDITION Status If the status reported for the previous command was a CHECK CONDITION because data could no longer be written to the tape then any buffered data is discarded before any load or unload operation occurs If a Medium Changer is attached but the changer is in System Mode then no load or unload oper ation is performed and CHECK CONDITION status is reported The sense key reported is ILLE GAL REQUEST If CHECK CONDITION status is reported for a LOAD UNLOAD command with the Immediate bit se
457. nexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after writing byte 0 of a word with bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after reading byte 0 of a word which was previ ously written with bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after writing byte 1 of a word with bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after reading byte 1 of a word which was previ ously written with bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected after writing byte2 of a word with bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 9 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 5 Routine 3 CP Bus Parity Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE CP Bus parity Control Store DESCRIPTION A CP bus parity error was not detected after reading byte2 of a word which was previously written with bad parity
458. nge of 00h to 7Fh or a CHECK CONDITION will result with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST MTU Diagnostic command parameter 1 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 131 2 E un ud lam Z ui TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 123 Page Code 90 9Fh Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION MTU Diagnostic command parameter 2 MTU Diagnostic command parameter 3 MTU Diagnostic command parameter 4 MTU Diagnostic command parameter 5 MTU Diagnostic command parameter 6 MTU Diagnostic command parameter 7 MTU Diagnostic command parameter 8 MTU Diagnostic command parameter 9 This field has several meanings depending on which MTU Diagnostic command was issued For read write MTU Diagnostics this field specifies the execution time of the read write For path test MTU Diagnostics this field specifies start position For Medium Changer MTU Diagnostics this field specifies a cleaning count FACL only This field has different meanings depending on which MTU Diagnostic command was issued For the read write DIAG this field specifies the stop time of the read write For path test MTU Diagnostics this field specifies the end position 4 3 28 4 4 132 Number of times to execute a MTU diagnostic test A description of each MTU Diagnostic command is provided in
459. nit and removed in conjunction with the operator panel keys This mode is not selectable by the MODE SELECT command When in Manual Mode the Load Unload and Move Medium commands can be used to unload a cartridge In the Auto Mode when a cartridge is unloaded the next car tridge is automatically loaded In the System Mode the host system is responsible for cartridge movement activity through the use of Medium Changer commands The Mode Code is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command The default value is 01b Auto Mode Modes codes are defined in Table 6 38 The Eject Code is reserved and not changeable for an FACL and will result in a CHECK CONDITION status if not set to 00b For an ACL the Eject Codes are specified in Table 6 39 The purpose of the HltLd bit is to facilitate Dynamic Device Reconfiguration DDR This function allows the host software to suspend the automatic loading of a cartridge until the operator can move the selected cartridge to another MTU This bit is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command The default value is zero If the Halt Load bit is set to 1 the Medium Changer is instructed to suspend loading of the next cartridge following an unload of the currently loaded cartridge when the Medium Changer is set in Automatic Mode The Position field describes the current location of the elevator with respect to the magazine A value of 00h indicates that the magazine is not loaded A value o
460. nitiator requests a VPD page that is not supported a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense code of IELEGAL FIELD in CDB is returned Inquiry Data See section 5 3 fora description of INQUIRY return data when the EVPD bit is 1 The following Inquiry Data is returned when the EVPD bit 0 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 19 gt a INQUIRY TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 18 INQUIRY Data Format Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type RMB 1 Device Type Modifier 00h ISO Version 0 ANSI Version 2h Response Data Format 2h Additional Length 63h Reserved Reserved A U N gt RelAdr 0 WBus 32 0 WBus 16 Sync 1 Linked 1 Reserved SftRe 0 VENDOR IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION 8 15 Vendor Identification FUJITSU PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION 16 23 Controller Product ID 24 31 Logical Unit Product ID PRODUCT REVISION LEVEL INFORMATION Controller Microcode Version and Revision Levels VENDOR SPECIFIC PARAMETERS BYTES 36 55 36 Reserved vendor unique CONTROLLER MICROCODE BUILD DATE 37 38 Month MM 39 40 Day DD 41 Last Digit OF Year Y MTU SERVO MICROCODE LEVEL INFORMATION 42 43 MTU Engineering Control EC Level 44 45 MTU Microcode Version Number MTU SERVO MICROCODE CHECKSUM INFORMATION
461. nly Buffer ID supported If any other Buffer ID value is selected the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB NOTES 1 Following a successful microcode download and save operation the target does not do an auto matic reset and will continue running off of the old microcode In order to run off of the new microcode which has been downloaded and saved a power cycle is required 2 When a WRITE BUFFER command with a mode of Download Microcode and Save is pro cessed the length of the microcode saved into flash will be calculated based on the buffer posi tion of the last byte written into the buffer relative to buffer offset 0 byte 0 This requires that the microcode being downloaded always be written into the buffer starting at byte O i e the first WRITE BUFFER command must have a Buffer Offset of zero 3 The microcode image that is downloaded via the WRITE BUFFER command includes the con troller and servo microcode In the Download Microcode and Save mode both the controller microcode and servo microcode are saved into flash following a successful download Download Microcode With Offsets Mode 110b Description In this mode the transfer of ven dor specific microcode from the initiator to the target may be split over two or more Write Buffer commands After the complete vendor specific microcode image has been transferred from the ini ti
462. non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host wrt cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data buffer SDDP R20 testing expansion sgd After start of read operation SPC status did de mode 00h not have SPC busy and data ready possible sddp did not send data to spc Once read operation had started slow micro code was able to pull data out of _ data fifo faster then sddp could put into data fifo Pos sible that the data pipe is broken At end of read operation the SPC status should be not busy not data ready and data fifo empty April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 41 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 14 Routine 12 EDRC Address Bus Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE SDDP R20 testing expansion sgd de mode 00h DESCRIPTION All the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_host_rd_complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer SDDP R20 testing expansion sgc ce mode 10h after a write diag operation was initialized in the spc chip
463. not be cleared at the end of the test after a write diag operation was initialized in the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC_data_trans_rdy SPC_busy or SPC_data_reg_empty A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_request_wrtbuffer F 38 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES TableF 14 Routine 12 EDRC Address Bus Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION SDDP R20 buffer flush signal when transferring data from the SPC send test mode 14h buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase un 2 un m e un Z A AND ERROR CODES host data transfer end of transfer was received when not expected check to see if flush is tied high to some other signal host data transfer end of transfer was not received when expected check to see if flush is tied low to some other signal All the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP SDDP R20 testing 64k sgc i after a write diag operation was initialized in mem mode 14h the spc chip the SPC status register did not have
464. nsferred or when all of the sense data have been transferred to the initiator whichever is less The additional sense length in the sense data is not altered to reflect truncation due to insufficient allocation length 4 3 23 2 REQUEST SENSE CHECK CONDITION Status The sense data is valid for a CHECK CONDITION status returned on the prior command This sense data is preserved by the target for the initiator until retrieved by the REQUEST SENSE com mand or until the receipt of any other command for the same logical unit from the initiator that issued the command resulting in the CHECK CONDITION status Sense data is cleared upon receipt of any subsequent command including Request Sense to the logical unit from the initiator receiving the CHECK CONDITION status The REQUEST SENSE command returns the CHECK CONDITION status only to report fatal errors for the REQUEST SENSE command April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 103 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Example a The target receives a nonzero reserved bit in the command descriptor block b An unrecovered parity error occurs on the DATA BUS c target malfunction prevents return of the sense data If any nonfatal error occurs during the execution of the REQUEST SENSE command the target returns the sense data with GOOD status Following a fatal error on a REQUEST SENSE com mand sense data may be invalid 4 3 23 3 REQUEST SENSE Sense Keys One of the foll
465. nsfers the DIAG parameter to the servo microprocessor unit 480 byte 2 Activates the MTU DIAG 3 Receives the DIAG result data 512 byte For these commands refer to the Drive Controller Drive Firmware Interface Specification M2488 DIAG STRUCTURE The M2488 diagnostic tests can be classified into five types 1 RD WRT Ten diagnostic tests to check read and write 2 LD UNLD Two diagnostic tests to check loading and unloading 3 ACL TEST Two diagnostic tests to check the autoloader 4 5 COMBINATION Running test by combining up to ten commands TESTMODE Diagnostic test to measure operations These tests are presented in the following tables CG00000 011503 REV A H 1 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE READ WRITE test Read write test FWD READ Forward read test BWD READ Backward read test WRITE Write test FRD BRD FRD lt gt BRD test L W R loop write to read test FEED THR feed through test D S E D S E goto Wrap 1 BOT Rewind WRP1 EOT goto Wrap 1 EOT Locate LOCATE locate TP PATH tape path test LOAD UNLOAD test Load Unload test NO CTG LOADER THREADER test CMD CD 0x20 WITH CTG load unload test CMD CD 0x21 Auto loader test ACL LDUL Load unload test CMD CD 0x90 MAG UPDW Magazine Up Down test CMD CD 0x91 TESTMODE Measure the cartridge loading MI LOAD time CMD CD Measure the tape acceleration M2 TPPFM
466. nstallation Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive 1 6 7 1 Prepare the FACL 1 6 7 2 Connect the M2488 and FACL 1 6 7 3 Install IPM 1 6 2 Rackmount Instructions Rackmount Desktop Desktop Instructions 46 Rackmount 1 64 1 6 5 Connect cables and power cord 1 6 3 Configure the drive 1 7 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 6 1 General Installation and Assembly Instructions 1 6 1 1 Air Flow and Service Clearances Allow a gap of 50 mm 2 inches at the rear of the drive for heat dissipation Allow a 620 mm 24 inches servicing area to the rear with drive extended for rack mounted drives 1 6 2 Interface Personality Module Installation NOTE Prior to assembly ensure all SCSI cables and power cords have been disconnected The M2488 should be placed as near as possi ble to the main AC outlet Installation of the IPM is described below Figure 1 1 IPM Installation STEP ACTION 1 Insert the IPM component side down into the circuit board at the rear of the M2488 See Figure 1 1 2 Insert and tighten two screws on the IPM April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 6 3 Cable and Power Connections Installation of the SCSI cables and power cord are described in the followin
467. nt Descriptor Type Code 1h 0 MSB Element Address Reserved Exception Reserved Reserved Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Reserved SValid Invert 0 Reserved MSB Source Storage Element Address Reserved Table 6 26 Medium Transport Element Descriptor Field Description VALUE DESCRIPTION The Element address field indicates the address of the element for which status is being reported in the descriptor The Full bit if one indicates that a cartridge is present in the Medium transport ele ment If the Full bit is zero then no cartridge is present in the element The Exception bit if one indicates that the medium transport element is in an error condition If the Exception bit is zero then the medium transport element is not in an error con dition When the Exception bit is one the Additional Sense code and Additional sense code qualifier fields give detailed information about the error condition The Invert bit is always set to 0 The cartridges for the supported tape format cannot be inverted If the SValid bit is set to one then the Source storage element address field indicates the address of the element where the current unit of media cartridge in the medium transport element was previously stored If the SValid bit is zero then the
468. ntil the MTU becomes ready Display left unchanged The host message being displayed is cancelled and a unit message is displayed instead Display left unchanged Display left unchanged If the DISPLAY command is received when there is a cartridge in the MTU Bytes 1 to 8 or bytes 9 to 16 are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2 4 of the control byte The message is displayed until the cartridge is removed After the cartridge is removed and until the next cartridge is loaded and becomes ready only bytes 9 to 16 are displayed The display flashes The attention lamp blinks 4 3 3 3 DISPLAY Sense Keys 11h One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the DIS PLAY was received 3h MEDIUM ERROR Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure i e unable to transfer display parameters 3 The display panel is currently in use displaying check information for the operator 4h HARDWARE ERROR N lt m A 9 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the DISPLAY command 2 Flag bit was set and Link bit was not set 3
469. ntroller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Com mand Complete The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Diag nostic Self Test passed The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared At end of test SPC did not generate an inter rupt request At end of test SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller At end of test the SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Control ler At end of test SPC interrupt step code did not report Command Complete At end of test the SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC interrupt request or interrupt step register could not be cleared at the end of the test Write clear 32 bytes walking 1 mode 1Eh after a write diag operation was initialized in the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC_data_trans_rdy SPC_busy or SPC_data_reg_empty F 32 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 13 Routine 11 EDRC Data Buffers Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Wri
470. ny CRC checking A READ BUFFER in data mode reads the number of bytes requested and an addi tional 2 bytes of CRC and then verifies the CRC The CRC is then stripped away and not sent to the initiator with the other Read Buffer data CG00000 011503 REV A 4 71 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Descriptor Mode 011b In this mode a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information are returned The descriptor information for the LUN receiving the command is returned If there is no buffer associated with the specified buffer ID the target returns all zeroes in the READ BUFFER descriptor The Buffer Offset field in the CDB is ignored in this mode The allocation length should be set to four or greater The target transfers the lesser of the allocation length or four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor The READ BUFFER descriptor is defined in Table 4 66 NOTE This controller operates on 32 byte data buffer boundaries and returns a value of 5 for the offset boundary The NVRAM operates on a one byte boundary and returns a value of zero for the offset boundary Table 4 66 Read Write Data Buffer Descriptor buffer ID 0 a Offset Boundary 05h Buffer Capacity NOTE When performing Write Buffer operations to the Data Buffer the max imum Transfer Length that can be written is the Buffer Capacity of the Data Buffer minus two The two remaining by
471. o short Write of buffered data prior to the TEST UNIT READY operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached CG00000 011503 REV A 4 139 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 31 WRITE command 0Ah The WRITE command transfers one or more blocks from the initiator to the current position on the logical unit 4 3 31 1 WRITE CDB Description WRITE is six byte command The bytes as shown below and described in Table 4 128 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Transfer Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 128 WRITE Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the transfer length field and whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be transferred If the Fixed bit is zero a single block is transferred with the bytes trans ferred being the lesser of the actual block length or the requested transfer length If the Fixed bit is one the transfer length specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the initiator The Transfer Length indicates the number of bytes or blocks to transfer The block length used is the current block length specified in the mode parameters block descriptor refer to the Mode Select Block Descriptor in Table 4 47 on page 4 53 When the transfer length is zero no data is transferred and the current posit
472. o be transferred to the medium when EOM early warning is encountered This field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is one When set to zero the Enable EOD Generation EEG bit indicates that EOD genera tion is disabled in the logical unit The EEG bit is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero The End of Data EOD Defined field indicates which format type the logical unit uses to detect and generate the EOD area A value of 000b in this field indicates the logical unit will use its own default EOD definition The EOD Defined field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE com mand and the default value is zero April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 13 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 5 13 Page 10h Device Configuration Parameters Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION 060000h The Buffer Size at Early Warning field indicates the value in bytes to which the tar get reduces its logical buffer size when writing between early warning and physical EOM This field is reported as not changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is 60000h When set to 00h the Select Data Compression Algorithm field indicates that the controller will write in EDRC uncompressed format Uncompressed format does not encode the customer s data with the Binary Arithmetic Encoding hardware but does combine
473. o reach the wrap 2 PEOT position M8 UNLD Cartridge unloading time measurement If the tape is not at the wrap 1 BOT position rewind the tape Unload the cartridge and measure the following operation times during unloading Both normal and E cartridge are able to be measured Tape winding time from wrap 1 BOT to immediately before unthreading Measure the time from when the start of rewinding from the wrap 1 BOT position begins until immediately before unthreading Unit 1 10 sec Unthreading time Measure the time from the start of unthreading until the end of threading Unit 1 10 sec Loader operation time Measure the time from when the loader starts rising until it ejects the cartridge by the ejec tion arm Unit 1 10 sec M9 CLEAN Cleaning time measurement Load a cleaning cartridge and measure the time from when loader starts loading the cartridge until its ejects the cartridge after cleaning Unit 1 10 sec The tests can be set using the following parameters DIAG parameter 1 For M2 TPPFM M3 AC PS and M4 MODCH specify a location sector from 1 to 75 The minimum value is 5 The maximum value for a normal length cartridge is 60 The maximum value for an external length cartridge is 75 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS H 4 4 COMBINATION Running test by combining up to ten commands 1 F READ Forward read run nnn CMD CD 0x01 Forwar
474. oaded one time execute count Specify an execution count Specify a command execution count from 1 to 99 999 When 0 is set the command execution continues with no stop H 4 3 4 TESTMODE Diagnostic test to measure operations This test has no parameter 1 M1 LOAD Measure the cartridge loading time CMD CD 0x41 2 M2 TPPFM Measure the tape acceleration deceleration time CMD CD 0x42 3 M3 AC PS Measure the tape access positioning time 4 CMD CD 0x43 4 M4 MODCH Measure the mode change time e CMD CD 0x44 5 MS ILOCAT Measure the tape locating time 0 CMD CD 0x45 6 M6 REWND Measure the tape rewinding CMD CD 0x46 7 MT DS E Measure the DSE time wenn CMD CD 0x47 8 MS UNLD Measure the cartridge unloading time CMD CD 0x48 9 MO9 CLEAN Measure the cleaning time ooo 0 CMD CD 0x49 H 6 CG00000 011503 REV April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS H 4 3 4 1 H 4 3 4 2 H 4 3 4 3 H 4 3 4 4 April 1997 M1 LOAD Cartridge loading time measurement Load a cartridge and measure the following operation time during loading The cartridge type may be normal or E Loading time Measure the time from when the loader starts moving and reaches the down posi tion Unit 1 10 sec Clutch winding time Measure the time from when the loader reaches the down position until clutch winding
475. ock Table 4 38 Log Sense Page 03h Error Counter Page Read DEFAULT pus ow gea qi od el Reserved Page Code Reserved Page Length Parameter Code 0000h EOh or 60h Parameter Length MSB Number of Read Data Checks Recovered by ECC i e Errors cor rected without substantial delay READ ERRORS DETECTED BY FIRMWARE Parameter Code 0001h EOh or 60h 4 40 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 38 Log Sense Page 03h Error Counter Page Read Continued BITS 19 Parameter Length DEFAULT MSB Number of Read Data Checks Detected By Firmware i e Errors corrected with possible delays TOTAL ERRORS CORRECTED Parameter Code 0003h Parameter Length EOh or 60h Total Read Errors Corrected by Internal Error recovery TOTAL READ FORWARD BYTES 0005h EOh or 60h 08h 40 MSB Parameter Code 41 42 DU DS 1 ETC 0 TMC 0 43 Parameter Length 44 MSB 51 Total Bytes Read from Tape BYTES TRANSFERRED TO INITIATOR 9010h EOh or 60h 08h 52 MSB Parameter Code 53 54 DU DS 1 ETC 0 TMC 0 55 Parameter Length 56 MSB 63 Total Bytes Transferred to Initiator TOTAL READ BLOCKS THAT WERE RECORDED IN EDRC FORMAT 64 MSB 65 Parameter Code 901 1h 66 ETC 0 TMC 0 EOh or 60h 67
476. ode The test options byte for each test may modify execution behavior At any point during test list execution the operator may abort execution of the test list at the conclusion of the current test The number of times to execute the entire list of tests By default the list will only execute one time To loop forever enter 0 macro One of several predetermined test lists Macro names are listed when entering 1 macros at the command line prompt Nodenl 8 22 Set loop count for test at node nin the current test list CG00000 011503 REV A n Node number to change loop count for This number must be in the range of node numbers in the current list 1 Loop count the number of times to repeat the test at the speci fied mode April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING Off Line diagnostic command help Diagnostic Help Overview COMMANDS un Add r t I gt Add to test list S Continue gt Continue running the current test list mA Delete n x gt Delete a test nz clears the entire list gn Helpl noteslmacros gt Diagnostic help information G Insert n r t 1 gt Insert test at node n in list 22 List n x gt Listtests in Test List w List Registry r t gt List tests in Test Registry lt List Errors
477. ode 23h BYTE VALUE DESCRIPTION 0 23h Message Code 1 01 02h 03h Ignore This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate the number of valid bytes sent during the last REQ ACK handshake and REQB ACKB handshake of a DATA IN phase is less than the negoti ated transfer width The ignore field indicates the number of invalid data bytes transferred This mes sage is sent immediately following that DATA IN phase and prior to any other messages The ignore field is defined in Table 3 2 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 3 7 2 un 92 un 2 ga SCSI MESSAGES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 3 2 8 3 2 9 3 2 10 3 2 11 3 2 12 3 8 Table 3 2 Ignore Field Description INVALID DATA BITS IGNORE 32 BIT TRANSFERS 16 BIT TRANSFERS Reserved Reserved DB 31 24 DB 15 8 DB 31 16 Reserved DB 31 8 Reserved Reserved Reserved INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR code 05h This message is sent from an initiator to inform a target an error e g parity error has occurred that does not preclude the target from retrying the operation Although present pointer integrity is not assured a RESTORE POINTERS message or a disconnect followed by a reconnect causes the pointers to be restored to their defined prior state The message is rejected unless it occurs immediately following a DATA or STATUS TRANSFER phase LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE code 0Ah This message is sen
478. ode page can be saved by the target in a non volatile location A PS bit of zero indicates that the supported parameters cannot be saved 4 3 13 3 4 3 13 4 4 60 The Additional Page Length indicates the number of bytes in that page The additional page length value of each defined page does not include the Page Length byte The target may return in the pages of the MODE SENSE com mands as many consecutive bytes as it supports for each page it supports with out splitting fields of multiple bytes The page length in the pages of the MODE SELECT command must be set to the value returned by the target in the MODE SENSE Page Length bytes Otherwise the target creates CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST Mode Settings When the product is manufactured the saved mode settings are initialized to the default mode set tings the saved mode settings will then change after each successful MODE SELECT with the SP bitequal to 1 Following a power on SCSI bus reset or BUS DEVICE RESET message the saved mode settings are copied into the current mode settings So if a MODE SENSE is issued when the box is first shipped previous to any successful MODE SELECT with SP 1 then the default set tings will be reported when the PC field selects default saved or current parameters Following a power up after a successful MODE SELECT with SP 1 the saved settings are reported if cur rent or saved values are selecte
479. oduct Data EVPD bit of one specifies that the target returns the optional Vital Product Data VPD specified by the Page Code field See sec tion 5 3 for the description of the MTU VPD pages or section 6 4 for the description of the MC VPD pages supported by the INQUIRY command The EVPD bit and its relationship to the Page Code field is shown in Table 4 16 An EVPD bit of 0 indicates transfer of normal INQUIRY data The Page Code codes are described in Table 4 17 The Allocation Length field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initi ator has allocated for returned INQUIRY data An allocation length of zero indi cates no INQUIRY data is to be transferred This condition is not considered as an error The target terminates the DATA IN phase when allocation length bytes are trans ferred or when all available INQUIRY data is transferred to the initiator which ever is less The user should specify an allocation length of at least 68h 104 when normal Inquiry data EVPD 0 is requested 4 18 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS EVPD BIT Table 4 16 EVPD Bit PAGE CODE BYTE ACTION 00h When the EVPD bit is zero the Page Code field must be zero This returns normal INQUIRY data See Table 4 18 for data returned Yanot 00h If the EVPD bit is zero and the Page Code field is not zero then the target termi nates the command with CHECK CONDITION status the
480. of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short 7h DATA PROTECT Attempting write type operation to a write protected cartridge Bh ABORTED COMMAND WRITE command was aborted Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW Write of buffered data prior to the WRITE operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 143 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 32 WRITE BUFFER command 3Bh The WRITE BUFFER command is used in conjunction with the READ BUFFER command as a diagnostic function for testing target memory and the SCSI bus integrity Additional modes are sup ported for downloading and saving microcode and writing data to All modes supported involve the transfer of data from the initiator to the target Other than synchronizing any buffered write data to tape prior to performing the write buffer operation this command does not alter tape medium of the target Operational Note For initiators which do not have enough memory space from which to send the microcode image being downloaded with one WRITE BUFFER command in download microcode or download microcode and save modes it is possible to use multiple WRITE BUFFER commands with the
481. om WRE register VFC register 3 bytes of the 8 10 WEL register CG00000 011503 REV A actual read block ID April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 3 2 3 Description of Format 01h Sense Information for Drive Table 8 9 Format 01h Sense Information Drive Drive ERPA Code MC error MTU error Reserved 00h Error Code 00000000h t Z Physical Block ID Error Command Code Drive Status Drive Model Number 03h DRV ERR CMD Code 1 DRV ERR Code 1 WTERRI WTERR2 Shared RAM erqstl Shared RAM ersvrt Shared RAM ersvcm Reserved Block ID Table 8 10 Format 01h Sense Information Drive Field Description BYTE BIT DESCRIPTION 20 The MTC performs error recovery on the basis of the drive ERPA code The drive ERPA codes are internal to the MTC Reserved MTU Error bit is set when the error is known to be in the MTU The MC Error bit is set when the error is know to be in the Medium Changer The error code indicates the error encountered A description of error codes can be found in Appendix E When a CHK XX message is displayed on the operators panel the xx portion of the message will be found as the error code in the sense data The Physical Block ID is the approximate current physical location on tape It is set to one when at BO
482. ommand 14h RECOVER BUFFERED DATA requests that the tape unit transfer one or more blocks of data from the tape unit s buffer to the initiator The command is used to retrieve data contained in the buffer that had been sent earlier by the initiator to be written to the medium tape The command is typi cally used following an error condition which indicates that data could not be written to the medium tape Several RECOVER BUFFERED DATA commands may be needed to retrieve all buffered write blocks The Information field of sense data returned for a RECO VER BUFFERED DATA command is anal ogous to the Information field of sense data retumed for a READ command Please see the READ command description in paragraph 4 3 14 on page 4 63 for a description of this field 4 3 21 1 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA CDB Description RECOVER BUFFERED DATA is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 97 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Transfer Length RECOVER BUFFERED LSB Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 97 RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation Code The Fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the transfer length field and whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be transferred If the Fixed bit is zero a single block is transferred with the bytes transferred being the lesser of the actual block
483. on of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 31 TEST UNIT READY MODE SELECT SENSE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 63 ADDITIONAL COMMAND INFORMATION ON MEDIUM CHANGER MODE SELECT AND MODE SENSE COMMANDS Table 6 35 lists the page codes supported by the Medium Changer MODE SELECT and MODE SENSE commands Table 6 35 Page Codes PAGE CODE DESCRIPTION Device Unique Parameters Element Address Assignments Transport Geometry Parameters Device Capabilities NOTE The current value of non changeable Mode Parameters must be returned in MODE SELECT command data 6 3 1 Page Code 00h Device Unique Parameters Table 6 36 Page Code 00 Device Unique Parameters MODE SENSE DEFAULT VALUES ACL FACL Reserved Page Code Additional Page Length OEh Reserved HitLd Eject Code Mode Code 09h Olh Position 00h Cartridge Map 00000000h The PS bit must be set to 0 on a MODE SELECT command fes Bits are changeable Changeable only if ACL attached 6 32 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS Table 6 37 Page Code 00 Device Unique Parameters Field Description DESCRIPTION The Mode Code field allows the host to configure the Medium Changer to operate in one of three operating modes In the Manual Mode a single cartridge may be inserted manually into the tape u
484. onal error information The additional sense codes and qualifiers are listed in Appendix B Nonzero values in the FRU field are used to define a specific FRU or FRU pair that has failed The FRU byte contains two nibbles of information The low order nibble indi cates the highest probability FRU The high order nibble indicates a secondary FRU that may also be responsible for the reported failure This field is not used The meaning of the sense key specific field depends on which sense key is returned and whether the Sense Key Specific Valid SKSV bit is a one If the SKSV bit is a zero the field is not defined The format byte defines the format of bytes 20 43 See Table 8 15 on page 8 15 to iden tify the format of additional sense April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 7 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 8 4 Error Code 71 Sense Format Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION Byte 19 identifies the error recovery procedure action ERPA code The codes are described in Appendix C The format of sense bytes 20 43 varies depending on whether the sense information is from the SIC FMT drive or hardware registers See Table 8 15 on page 8 15 to identify the format of its additional sense ut t s E Z E Table 8 5 Additional Sense Formats MOST SIG NIBBLE OF TYPE OF ADDITIONAL FORMAT OF BYTE21 SENSE ADDITIONAL SENSE 00h N A SCSI firmware registers Currently r
485. one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm request wrtbuffer when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 39 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 14 Routine 12 EDRC Address Bus Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE SDDP R20 testing 64k sgc i mem mode 14h DESCRIPTION All the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP host data transfer end of transfer was received when not expected check to see if flush is tied high to some other signal host data transfer end of transfer was no
486. ons CHK ERROR CODES Codes nir e REDE RARI ERA a ae Gee WE YS eb Pe Redux ese Fault Symptom ced iad gets dle od Ahad ERR Command Description Block Format 5 CONFIGURATIONS Ee rece e WP reete ke rd Desktop ccv sing ot RENS E duke Rack mount bU VEU E e deed vehe ees D DAG 2 oucecetuns etri EE P EE Rig d DIAGNOSTIC ACTS TEST neri VUE UN RES DIAG parameter ts ADT IR ARP ERA eig DIAG structure s ER Mes E RE RR Oe te AERE IL S How to execute the DIAG EOAD UNEOAD EE ELO EUER MIEONRND 43764 SPEED CORTE e E Ee EQ ecce es MBA CIPS EE pe vowe pnus READ WRITE eek IS NECS OUS EIUS TESTMODE eei bb RS Sie Od a C PRECES a PPP April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A INDEX Index 1 INDEX M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Diagnostic Microcode Specifications 8 27 Diagnostic Page Codes PF 1 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB 4 85 Diagnostic Pages PFS cueste RR perve re LEES 4 119 Diagnostic Parameter List PF 0 in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command CDB
487. op cover b Figure 1 11 Desktop Model Top Covers April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 17 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE NS rear cover Figure 1 12 Desktop Model Rear Cover 1 18 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 6 5 Rack Mount Installation This procedure is for mounting the M2488 tape drive with or without a medium changer in the rack mount tray kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk CAUTION kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk The weight of the equipment may exceed 10kg use caution when mounting the tape drive and medium changer Installation may require two or more service personnel NOTE Use M4 x 6mm length screws to mount the M2488 on the rack mounting tray 1 6 5 1 Tools Required The following tools are required to install the M2488 in a rack mount configuration Phillips screwdriver Hex wrench M4 Flat head screwdriver 1 6 5 2 Adjust the Guide Plate Refer to Figure 1 13 and Figure 1 14 for this procedure For a single drive configuration the guide plate must be mounted as the guide for the inner cover on the drive mounting side The drive must be mounted on the right side and use the optional front panel For a two drive configuration the guide plate is not used 1 6 5 2 1 Inner Cover Mounted to Mounting Tray See Figure 1 13 A STEP ACTION 1 Insert the inner cover from the front of the mounting tray and push it into the tray until
488. or VPD Page 00h is Table 5 20 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 00h Supported VPD Pages Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 01h Page Code 00h Reserved Page Length 07h gno au 2 A e The Supported Page List contains a list of all implemented vital product data page codes for this tar get The page codes are listed in ascending order beginning with page code 00h 5 3 3 Unit Serial Number Page Page 80h VPD page 80h returns the product serial number for the target The format for VPD page 80h is Table 5 21 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 80h Unit Serial Number Page Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 01h Page code 80h Reserved Page length 10h Product serial number April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 19 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE The product serial number field contains 16 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor specific The product serial number is stored in NVRAM and is maintained across power cycles and resets If the product serial number is not available due to a NVRAM error then ASCII spaces 20h are returned in this field 5 3 4 Implemented Operating Definition Page Page 81h VPD page 81h returns the list of implemented operating definitions for the target The format for VPD page 81h is Table 5 22 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 81h Implemented Operating Definition Page BITS Peripheral Qualifier Periphe
489. or byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data buffer Read EDRC NC 32 bytes walking 0 mode 08h A host data path end of transfer was not detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI SCSI xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host rd complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Write clear 32 bytes walking 1 mode 1Ah after a write diag operation was initialized in the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty F 34 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 13 Routine 11 EDRC Data Buffers Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Write clear 32 bytes walking 1 when transferring data from the SPC send mode 1Ah buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC s
490. or the M2488 Tape drive The fol lowing information is located in this chapter 8 2 OPERATOR PANEL DISPLAYED ERROR MESSAGES 8 3 SENSEDATA 8 4 DIAGNOSTICS 8 5 FACTORY SETTINGS 8 6 ERROR RECOVERY PROCEDURES 8 7 MAINTENANCE TERMINAL 8 8 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 8 11 REMOVE AND REPLACE PROCEDURES 8 10 MANUAL TAPE REMOVAL PROCEDURE Jg uno 2 el E ca 8 2 OPERATOR PANEL DISPLAYED ERROR MESSAGES When specific error types are detected by the tape subsystem messages are displayed on the operator panel display This section describes the various error types that may be displayed and the appropriate operator and system action required when the error is displayed Detailed information describing the error codes is in Appendix F 8 2 1 OZONE xxxxyyyy text Ozone messages signal the operator that a non recoverable microcode error has just occurred The microcode controlling the tape unit operation has detected a condition that should never occur ora condition that may compromise data integrity The tape unit has performed an internal reset and returns to a known state buffered data is discarded and tape motion is halted Power On and Not Ready to Ready Unit Attention check conditions are returned to the SCSI host Ozone messages may be caused by the following Incorrect and complicated SCSI operation sequences by 1 Host adaptor under abnormal conditions 2 incorrect conditions o
491. or this page The Disable Update bit DU is returned as a 1b if updating of counters within this page is currently disabled as a result of a LOG COUNTERS AT MAXIMUM condition for this log parameter 3 0 7 O8h The parameter length field specifies the length in bytes of the following parameter value If the initiator sends a parameter length value that results in the truncation of the parameter value the target shall terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is setto ILLEGAL REQUEST with the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST 4 36 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 10 3 1 Log Sense Pages Table 4 35 Log Sense Page 00h Supported Log Pages default DEFAULT ap e a Reserved Page Code Reserved Page Length Page supported Page supported Page supported Page supported Page supported Table 4 36 Log Sense Page 00h Supported Log Pages DEFAULT Eus o pages p oe Reserved Page Code Reserved Page Length Page supported Page supported Page supported Page supported Page supported Page supported With Support Log Page OCh feature active in FT5 setting as described in the M2488 User s Guide April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 37 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUC
492. ore address 0 Data bus bit miscompare Control store byte boundary test Control store address 0 not set to OxFFFFFFFF Control store address 0x04 couldn t be set to 0 Read verify of control store byte write failed Read verify of control store data word failed Control store half word boundary test Data miscompare clearing control store address 0 Control store address 0x04 couldn t be set to OxFFFFFFFF Read verify of control store half word write failed Read verify of control store data word failed Control store address bus test Read verify of control store address bus bit failed Control store incrementing pattern test Read verify of control store incrementing pat tern failed Control store data pattern AA test Control store data pattern 55 test Control store data word miscompare Control store data word miscompare Control store walking FFs test Control store data miscompare April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 7 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES un un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES ROUTINE M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 4 Routine 2 Interrupt Request Controller Diagnostic Error Codes IRC initialization IRC to PCC interrupt test DESCRIPTION Processor in invalid register window Pending interrupt detected at IRC input Pending interrupt latched in IRC E
493. osition increases by 1 for each data block and filemark thereafter The maximum Logical block position is 3FFFEFh a A 36 track tape consists of two interleaved groups of 18 tracks each group is called a wrap The first wrap is written first and runs from Physical BOT towards Physical EOT The second wrap is written second and runs from Physical EOT towards Physical BOT The tape unit hides the transition from the first wrap to the second wrap so that the user sees an abstract continuous length of tape running from Logical BOT the beginning of the first wrap to Logical EOT the end of the second wrap Table 4 73 Format Codes FORMAT CODE VALUE FORMAT 18 track non packeted 36 track packeted 18 track packeted reserved 4 78 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 17 4 READ POSITION Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the READ POSI TION command 2 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the READ POSITION command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcod
494. otal length of 39 27h bytes including the NULL character Reference the Change Definition SCSI command specification CDB byte 3 for a description of the supported operating definitions April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 21 9 2 EE 2 A me TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 5 3 6 Unit Usage Page Page COh VPD page COh returns usage parameters The format for VPD page COh is Table 5 26 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page COh Unit Usage Page TER rows Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 01h Page code COh Reserved Page length 18h Tape motion time Power on time Cleaning count The following fields defined for this page are stored in NVRAM and are maintained across power cycles and resets If any of these fields cannot be read from NVRAM due to a NVRAM error then the SCSI command requesting access to these fields is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status the sense key is set to HARDWARE ERROR and the ASC ASCQ is set to Internal Target Failure Table 5 27 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page Field Description DESCRIPTION The tape motion time field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data that is vendor specific The tape motion time is in units of seconds and is incremented based on the speed of tape motion For example This time is not incremented when there is no tape motion This time is incremented at a fast
495. our screws p CG001901 002 If attached the FACL should be flush with the front of the inner cover 4 Attach the rear of the drive with one screw SW3NA 3x12S M NI1A through the L type bracket 5 Use the correct faceplate optional for either a single or dual drives and attach to drives M2488 drive ds Cover Mounting Tray Front Panel Figure 1 16 M2488 Tray Mounting April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 23 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Drive M2488X Mounting tray Screw o 2077 DOC ooooe Inner Cover Figure 1 18 Mount FACL to Inner Cover 1 24 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Mounting tray 1 25 0000 z con IIIJ 2 ooo M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Front Panel 19 FACL Face Plate Figure 1 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 6 6 1 26 Installation of the Automatic Cartridge Loader Perform the installation procedure for the ACL in the order presented in the following flowchart The paragraph for each procedure is included in the flowchart Equipment and tools required for installa tion are listed in Table 1 3 Table 1 3 Equipment and Tools Required for ACL Installation EQUIPMENT PART NUMBER QUANTITY DESCRIPTION ACL B03B 5400 HO11A Automatic Cartridge Loader Allen bolts Part of ACL accessory kit Use
496. overed block encountered is not posted until the trans fer length is exhausted The DTE bit is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero 54 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS Table 5 5 Error Recovery and Reporting Parameters Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION When the Post Error PER bit is set to one this bit indicates that the target enables reporting of CHECK CONDITION status for recovered errors with the appropriate sense key being returned CHECK CONDITION status occurs during the data transfer depending either on the DTE bit value or if an unrecoverable error occurred If multiple errors occur the REQUEST SENSE data reports the block address of either the last block on which recovered error occurred or of the first unrecovered error If this bit is 0 the DTE bit must also be 0 When PER is set to zero this bit indicates that the target does not create the CHECK CONDITION status for errors recovered within the limits established by the other error recovery flags Recovery procedures exceeding the limits established by the other error recovery flags are posted accordingly by the target The transfer of data may terminate prior to exhausting the transfer length depending on the error and the state of the other error recovery flags The PER bit is reported as changeable on a MODE SENSE command and the default value is zero When t
497. owing sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 4h HARDWARE ERROR SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure e g trans fer of Request Sense data failed due to hardware failure 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the Request Sense command 2 Flag bit in the Request Sense CDB was set and Link bit was not set 4 104 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 24 Report Density Support command 44h The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command provides a means for the initiator to retrieve informa tion maintained by the target about the supported densities for the MTU logical unit NOTE The support of the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command is con figuration dependent In order for this command to be supported 4 Feature Mode 4 bit 6 0x40 must be setto 1 This bit can be set via the CHANGE DEFINITION command VPD page C1h feature config uration byte 4 or via the operator panel SETTING menu option 80 5 4 see Chapter 4 of the M2488 User s Guide If the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command is received when 4 bit 6 is set to 0 CHECK CONDITION status is generated The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST with the additional sense code set to INVALID CDB OP CODE 4 3 24 1 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT CDB Description REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and desc
498. page list 99h Supported page list 9Ah Supported page list 9Bh Supported page list 9Ch Supported page list ODh Supported page list QEh Supported page list 9Fh Description of the Page Code 80h Table 4 89 Page 80h Online Diagnostic Test Page ee EC RE Reserved Page Length 0010h Routine in error Routine number Execute Count Pass Count First Fault Symptom Code Second Fault Symptom Code Third Fault Symptom Code Reserved E E wn 2 2 g Hd An ME E 5 ea e 4 92 CG00000 011503 REV April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 90 Page 80h Field Description DESCRIPTION The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine If this field contains 00 no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error was detected If an error is detected on the first pass this field contains a 1 This field is reset each time a new different routine is started For example if the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for Routine 50 and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51 and an error was detected on the third attempt to execute Routine 51 this field would contain a 3 This field contains
499. party release for another specified SCSI device The SCSI device that releases the reservation of the tape logical unit also automatically releases the reservation of the medium changer logical unit even though the RELEASE UNIT command was directed to the tape logical unit This is because the SCSI device that gains the reservation of the tape logical unit also automatically gains the reservation of the medium changer logical unit The RESERVE UNIT and RELEASE UNIT commands are not supported for the medium changer logical unit however releasing the reservation of the tape logical unit will serve as a method of releasing the medium changer logical unit as well RELEASE UNIT CDB Description RELEASE UNIT is a six byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 98 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 3rd Party 3rd Party Dev ID Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 98 RELEASE UNIT Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation Code The 3rd Party Dev ID is the SCSI device for whom a third party reserva tion has been made April 1997 If the 3rd Party bit is zero then the initiator that made the non third party reservation releases the reserved device If the 3rd Party bit is one the initiator that made a third party reservation for the device specified the 3 Party Dev ID fiel
500. pecifies the offset in the buffer for the beginning of the data transfer The Buffer Offset contains a multiple of the offset boundary field which is in the read buffer descriptor The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of bytes that are trans ferred during the DATA IN phase from the assigned buffer beginning at the buffer offset The transfer length is the lesser of the Allocation Length or capac ity of the requested buffer The capacity of the buffer is shown in Table 4 65 4 70 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 64 READ BUFFER Command Mode Combined header and data TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS IMPLEMENTED Vendor unique Data Refer to description below Descriptor Refer to description below Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Vendor Unique Mode 001b and Data Mode 010b In these modes the DATA IN phase contains buffer data The Buffer ID field identifies the spe a ta Ce cific buffer within the target The supported Buffer IDs for the vendor unique and data modes are defined in Table 4 65 Data transfer occurs only within the buffer area indicated by the buffer ID If an unsupported buffer ID value is selected the target returns CHECK CONDITION status and sets the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of ILLEGAL FIELD IN CDB Table 4 65 Supported Buffer ID Values
501. pected data not equal to received data PF14_15 Xreg expected data not equal to received data F 52 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION LWRO0 EDRC Data 36 track PF EOD Xreg expected data not equal to received data PF EODSEC Xreg expected data not equal to received data PF EOD ID Xreg expected data not equal to received data un 2 un m e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES PF22_25 Xreg expected data not equal to received data PF26_29 Xreg expected data not equal to received data MOD 32 Xreg expected data not equal to received data HRL Xreg expected data not equal to received data Loop Write to Read 2 test 36 RSVP failed to Respond track DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR p
502. ported for this field on a MODE SENSE command is zero and not changeable The Queue Algorithm Modifier field specifies restrictions on the algorithm used for reordering commands that are tagged with the SIMPLE QUEUE TAG message The default value reported for this field on a MODE SENSE command is zero and not changeable April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 9 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 5 11 Page 0Ah Common Device type Control Parameters Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION The RAENP UAAENP and EAENP bits enable specific events to be reported via the asynchronous event notification protocol This product does not support asyn chronous event notification When all three bits are zero the target shall not create asynchronous event notifica tions The default values reported for these fields on a MODE SENSE command are zeros and not changeable When set to zero the Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance EECA bit indicates that the extension of the contingent allegiance condition is disabled The default value reported for this field on a MODE SENSE command is zero and not changeable The Ready AEN Holdoff Period field specifies the minimum time in microseconds after the target starts its initialization sequence that it shall delay before attempting to issue an asynchronous event notification The default value reported for this field on a MODE SENSE command is zero and not changeable
503. qual to 0 5 The Tracks field indicates the number of data tracks supported on the medium by this density Direct comparison of this value between different vendors pos sible products is discouraged since the definition of the number of tracks may vary April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 109 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 104 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data Block Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION The Capacity field is intended to be used to determine that the correct density is being used particularly when a lower density format is required for interchange The meaning of the Capacity field is dependent on the setting of the Media bit in the CDB a When the Media bit in the CDB is 0 the capacity field indicates the approxi mate capacity of the longest supported medium for this density For density 09h 18 track the approx capacity is 240MB FOh For density 28h 36 track the approx capacity is 800 320H i e approx capacity of the extended length tape which is the longest supported medium for this density b When the Media bit in the CDB is 1 the capacity field indicates the approxi mate capacity of the currently mounted medium for this density For density 09h the approx capacity is 240MB FOh For density 28h the capacity is dependent on the tape length standard or extended of the currently mounted medium For standard length tapes the approx capacity is 400MB
504. quired 2 Routine Test and Options numbers are always entered in hexadecimal 3 Loop counts and Node numbers are decimal by default prefix for Hex 4 The wildcard may be used to select all routines tests etc 5 Multiple commands per line may be entered using a semicolon separator 6 To abort running tests enter RETURN or press and hold the RESET button 7 The test list Options may also be entered as a hexadecimal number Options o where o options byte HEX bit 0 2 0x01 continue on error NOTE These settings are bit bit 5 20x20 gt suppress errors significant bit 6 0x40 gt suppress status Figure 8 1 Help Information Display April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 23 N mA 2 2 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 4 4 8 4 4 1 824 Table 8 18 Options Byte Field Descriptions BINARY DESCRIPTION 00000001 Continue on error If an error occurs the next test in the test list is executed 00000010 Reserved Not used at this time 00000100 Reserved Not used at this time 00001000 Loop all Tests Forever Loop all tests in the current test list until the operator aborts test execution 00010000 Reserved Not used at this time 00100000 Suppress Errors Do not display errors when they occur 01000000 Suppress Status Do not display status as tests are executing 10000000 Reserved Not used at this time Types of Diagnosti
505. r REQ ACK Offset A SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST SDTR message exchange is initiated by a SCSI device whenever a previously arranged data transfer agreement may have become invalid The agreement becomes invalid after any condition which may leave the data transfer agreement in an indeterminate state such as a after a hard reset condition b after a BUS DEVICE RESET message and c aftera power cycle In addition a SCSI device may initiate an SDTR message exchange whenever it is appropriate to negotiate a new data transfer agreement either synchronous or asynchronous SCSI devices that are capable of synchronous data transfers shall not respond to an SDTR message with a MES SAGE REJECT message Renegotiation at every selection is not recommended since a significant performance impact is likely The SDTR message exchange establishes the permissible transfer periods and the REQ ACK off sets for all logical units and target routines on the two devices This agreement only applies to data phases Byte 3 The transfer period factor times four is the value of the transfer period The transfer period is the minimum time allowed between leading edges of successive REQ pulses and of successive ACK pulses to meet the device requirements for successful reception of data Byte 4 The REQ ACK offset is the maximum number of REQ pulses allowed to be outstanding before the leading edge of its corresponding ACK pulse is received at th
506. r 2 Specify a test wrap 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 Selecta write data pattern 0x00 0x09 DIAG parameter 5 Selecta PATH of L W R 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 6 Selecta Level of L W R 0x00 or 0x01 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time Specify a execution time of test stop time Specify a stop time of test execute count the number of DIAG executions 0 99 999 reserve FEED THROUGH test DIAG command code FEED THROUGH test DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 Specify a test wrap 0x00 or 0x01 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A H 11 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE FEED THROUGH test name code DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 Selecta write data pattern 0x00 0x09 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 Specify a execution time of test Specify a stop time of test execute count the number of DIAG executions reserve D S E test DIAG command code DS E test Ox17 or 0x04 DIAG parameter 1 DIAG parameter 2 DIAG parameter 3 DIAG parameter 4 DIAG parameter 5 DIAG parameter 6 DIAG parameter 7 DIAG parameter 8 DIAG parameter 9 execute time stop time execute count reserve WRAP 1 BOT test DIAG command code
507. r 2 test DESCRIPTION A data miscompare occurred walking a one through the Formatter Counter 2 high byte count register A data miscompare occurred walking a one through the Formatter Counter 2 low byte count register Test Jump Carry Out bit for the high byte count of Formatter Counter 2 was set prema turely before counter was started An unexpected value was read in the count enable register for Formatter Counter 2 after the high byte counter finished running The high byte count for Formatter Counter 2 did not contain the expected value after the counter finished running Test Jump Carry Out bit for the high byte count of Formatter Counter 2 was not set as expected after the counter finished running Test Jump Carry Out bit for the low byte count of Formatter Counter 2 was set prema turely before counter was started An unexpected value was read in the count enable register for Formatter Counter 2 after the low byte counter finished running The low byte count for Formatter Counter 2 did not contain the expected value after the counter finished running Test Jump Carry Out bit for the low byte count of Formatter Counter 2 was not set as expected after the counter finished running Table F 11 Routine 9 PCC Timers Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE PCC Timers Timer 0 test DESCRIPTION 10ms Timer timer 0 interrupt was not detected PCC Timers Timer 1 test Deadman Timer
508. r byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data buffer Read clear 3 bytes 00 mode 0Ah A host data path end of transfer was not detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer was not transferred F 28 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 12 Routine 10 EDRC Control Signals Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Read clear 3 bytes 00 mode 0Ah A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host rd complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Write EDRC NC 3 bytes 00 after a write diag operation was initialized in mode 14h the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty un 2 un m e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to t
509. r data transfer mode Any other value will default to EDRC Compacted data transfer mode Number of milliseconds of delay inserted between each block to be transferred The length in KBytes 1 KByte 1024 bytes of each block to be transferred The number of blocks to be transferred A value of zero is used to transfer from log ical BOT to logical EOT A 16 bit data pattern to use for the first block written to tape The same data pattern is used throughout the block A 16 bit value added to each subsequent block after the first block to be used to mod ify each block written A value of 0 will cause every block to be written with the same data pattern most significant bit of 1 in this field has the effect of decrement ing each block Block number In Space Locate operations this is the block number to move to In other operations the value in this field will have no effect Number of Filemarks to Space Locate past In other operations the value in this field will have no effect Number of Filemarks to locate to in Space Locate operations In other operations the value in this field will have no effect A description of each Manufacturing Routine is provided in Chapter 8 Selection of a Manufacturing Routine is achieved by assigning the routine number execute count and any other parameters in bytes 6 27 associated with tests to be executed in the given Manu facturing Routine Values in any f
510. r it was made A data miscompare was detected during a read verify of the SDDP register used to test parity error detection An unexpected Check 1 condition was detected after completing a successful read verify of an SDDP register CP Bus parity SPC An expected CP Bus parity error was not detected An unexpected Check 1 condition was detected after an attempt was made to clear it An expected CP bus parity error was not detected after attempting to force bad SPC parity April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 11 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 5 Routine 3 CP Bus Parity Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION CP Bus parity SPC An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made An expected CP bus parity was not detected after attempting to read an SPC register with SPC parity inverted An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES An unexpected Check 1 condition was detected Initialization of the SPC chip failed SPC interrupt request was not generated dur ing SPC Diagnostic initialization An SPC interrupt was not detected in the Interrupt Request Controller IRC during SPC Diagnostic initialization The SPC interrupt was inadvertently cleared when the Interrupt Request Controll
511. r occurred due to hardware failure e g transfer of SEND DIAGNOSTIC data failed due to hardware failure 2 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 3 The self test is not successful in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the SEND DIAGNOS TIC command 2 Flag bit in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB was set and Link bit was not set 3 There is a parameter list error Indicates the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short SEND DIAGNOSTIC command was aborted Write of buffered data prior to the SEND DIAGNOSTIC operation failed because physical End of Tape has been reached April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 123 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 28 SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE command 1Dh The SEND DIAGNOSTIC FACTORY MODE command requests the target to perform diagnostic tests on itself or on the attached peripheral devices After the receipt of a valid SEND DIAGNOSTIC command the unit performs synchronization prior to execution of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC opera tion Disconnection occurs if allowed during the execution of the function Wh
512. r write clear SG bypass Data transfer length error reported by SPC Expected data parity error on high byte of the DMA bus from SPC failed to be reported by SDDP SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Diag nostic Self Test passed The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared Read Hi data parity error check Failed to receive data end of transfer signal in SDDP hdxs register Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Diag nostic Self Test passed April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 45 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 15 ROUTINE M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Routine 13 EDRC Error Detection Diagnostic Error Codes Continued Read Hi_data parity error check DESCRIPTION The SPC interrupt request could not be
513. ral Device Type 01h Page code 81h Reserved 92 S Page length 06h Reserved Current operating definition 03h SavImp 0b Default operating definition 03h SavImp 0b Supported operating definition 00h SavImp 0b Supported operating definition 03h SavImp 1b Supported operating definition 40h SavImp 1b Supported operating definition 41h Table 5 23 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 81h Field Description DESCRIPTION The current operating definition field indicates the present operating definition For each of the following operating definition fields there is a corresponding SavImp Save Implemented bit A SavImp bit set to one indicates that the corre sponding operating definition parameter can be saved A SavImp bit set to zero indicates that the corresponding operating definition parameter cannot be saved The default operating definition field indicates the value of the operating definition the target uses upon power up The current and default operating definitions are always reported as 03h SCSI 2 operating definition Reference the Change Definition SCSI command specification CDB byte 3 for a description of the supported operating definitions listed in this page i e 00h 03h 40h and 41h 5 20 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS 5 3 5 ASCII Implemented Operating Definition Page Page 82h
514. ration is not performed LOCATE Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh 2h 3h 4h 5h 6h Bh RECOVERED ERROR NOT READY MEDIUM ERROR HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION ABORTED COMMAND Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the locate occurred Logical Unit was not ready Tape cartridge was not loaded or log ical unit was not made ready Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 3 The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 2 The locate operation was not completed because of a hardware failure 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the LOCATE com mand 2 Block address field contains an illegal address 3 Change Partition bit was set to 1 and the Partition field was not 0 4 Format code field of the Device Specific Block Address con tains an illegal value 5 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set Indicates the LOCATE command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed
515. rd resets and power cycles This bit is reported as 0 following a successful cleaning cycle Table 4 40 Log Sense Page 31h Track Error Statistics DEFAULT EIE apre rege pes Reserved Page Code Reserved Page Length Parameter Code 9001h 0 0 EOh or 60h Parameter Length 7 Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 1 16 17 Parameter Code 9002h EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 2 Parameter Code 9003h EOh or 60h 4 44 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Table 4 40 Log Sense Page 31h Track Error Statistics Continued BITS DEFAULT 31 Parameter Length Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 3 Parameter Code 9004h EOh or 60h Parameter Length Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 4 Parameter Code 9005h 0 0 EOh 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 5 Parameter Code 9006h 0 0 EOh 60h Parameter Length 08h 08h Number of ECC correctable read write errors detected on track 6 Parameter Code 9007h EOh or 60h Parameter Length 08h Number of ECC correcta
516. re ers Sah 6 44 Table 6 56 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page C2h Product Identification Page 6 45 Table 8 1 Error Code 70 Sense Format on current 8 4 Table 8 2 Error Code 70 Sense Format Field 8 5 Table 8 3 Error Code 71 Sense Format deferred error 8 6 Table 8 4 Error Code 71 Sense Format Field 8 7 Table 8 5 Additional Sense 0 8 8 Table 8 6 Format O1h Sense Information 8 9 Table 8 7 Format O1h Sense Information FMT Field Description 8 9 Table 8 8 Additional Format Error Information Type 8 10 Table 8 9 Format Olh Sense Information Drive 8 11 Table 8 10 Format 01h Sense Information Drive Field 8 11 Table 8 11 MTC to MTU 85 8 12 Table 8 12 Format 02h Sense Information SCSI Hardware Registers 8 13 Table 8 13 Format Sense Information EDRC Hardware Registers 8 14 Table 8 14 Format 04h Sense Information Diagnostic 8 15 Table 8 15 Format
517. re is one possible sequence to perform write error recovery after a write error has been detected 1 A READ POSITION command is issued This determines two items first is how many blocks didn t get written to tape and are still buffered this will be in the Number of blocks in buffer field and second is the start location where the buffered blocks are to be written this will be in the Last block location field 2 One or more RECOVER BUFFERED DATA commands are issued by the initiator to recover all blocks that still need to be written 3 The tape cartridge being written to is unloaded moved and loaded into a second tape unit 4 ALOCATE command is issued to the second tape unit using as the target the start location obtained from the READ POSITION command issued earlier 5 The recovered blocks are sent to the second tape unit using one or more WRITE commands RECOVER BUFFERED DATA CHECK CONDITION Status The RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command will cause any buffered write data to be written to tape if the command is issued when no exception condition exists preventing data to be written to tape In this case assuming no errors occur when writing the buffered data to tape CHECK CON DITION status will be reported for the command and the error sense will be as described for the case of requesting more blocks than are available to be recovered If a buffered filemark is encountered during a RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command the tar get return
518. rent logical position and the physical position of tape can be different because blocks can be buffered both when reading and when writing When writing the First Block Location will be greater than or equal to the Last Block Location the difference is the number of blocks that are in the buffer waiting to be written When reading forward the Last Block Location will be greater than or equal to the First Block Location the difference is the number of blocks that are in the buffer waiting to be read The Number of Blocks in Buffer field equals the number of blocks that are in the buffer waiting to be written to the medium This field is set to zero if the buffer does not contain blocks to be written to tape The Number of Bytes in Buffer field equals the total number of data bytes that are in blocks in the buffer waiting to be written This field is set to zero if the buffer does not contain blocks to be written to tape When writing with compression enabled the buffer actually contains the com pressed bytes for the blocks waiting to be written however the number of bytes reported in the Number of Bytes in Buffer field will always indicate the number of uncompressed bytes a Ifthe tape is positioned at Physical End of Tape then the BOP bit reported will necessarily be zero because no more blocks can be read or written so if the BOP bit is sampled following a successful ERASE with the Long bit set to one the BOP bit will be zero e
519. request At end of test SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller At end of test the SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Control ler April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 25 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 12 Routine 10 EDRC Control Signals Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE All R20 Control Check Diagnos tics DESCRIPTION At end of test SPC interrupt step code did not report Command Complete At end of test the SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC interrupt request or interrupt step register could not be cleared at the end of the test Write clear 3 bytes 00 mode 1Eh after a write diag operation was initialized in the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC_data_trans_rdy SPC_busy or SPC_data_reg_empty when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer_phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_ACK SCSI_BSY xfer_phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_request_wrtbuffer All the data expected to be transferred out
520. ress field indicates the address of the element where the current unit of media cartridge in the element was previously stored If the SValid bit is zero then the value in the Source storage element address field is not valid March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 25 READ ELEMENT STATUS READ ELEMENT STATUS MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 6 29 Import Export Element Descriptor Type Code 3h 0 MSB Element Address Import Export Reserved Enable 1 Enable 1 Access Exception Reserved Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Reserved SValid Invert 0 Reserved MSB Source storage element address Reserved Table 6 30 Import Export Element Descriptor Field Description DESCRIPTION The Element address field indicates the address of the element for which status is being reported in the descriptor The Full bit if one indicates that a magazine or cartridge is present in the import export element If the Full bit is zero then no magazine or cartridge is present in the element The ImpExp bit if one indicates that the magazine was put into the import export element by the operator If this bit zero then the magazine was placed into the import export element by the medium changer s medium transfer element immediately following a magazine unload the ImpExp bit will be zero This bit is not defined when the import export element
521. rformed when transferring data to the initiator Logical Unit was not ready tape was not loaded or wasn t ready 1 Synchronization of buffered write data prior to the read operation failed due to defective tape 2 Physical end of medium PEOT encountered during the read operation 3 Attempted to read a tape that has not been previously recorded i e the density ID has not been written 4 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 5 The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 2 Read operation failed due to a hardware failure 3 Transfer of Read data to initiator failed due to hardware failure 1 Reserved bit was found set in the of the READ command 2 The Fixed bit was set to one but the current mode is variable as set by MODE SELECT or default power on condition The SILI and Fixed bits are both set to one 4 The Flag bit was set but the Link bit was not set 95 Indicates the READ command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short 1 End of data EOD encountered during the read operation 2 No data
522. rget has selected A parameter list length that results in the truncation of any descriptor header or mode page causes the target to terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLE GAL REQUEST and the additional sense code set to PARAMETER LIST LENGTH ERROR CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE PROCESSING 7 3 PERMANENT ERROR HANDLING Basic operating procedures such as rewind and unload are described in Chapter 5 of the User s Guide 7 3 1 PERMANENT WRITE ERROR If a permanent write error occurs the most common error recovery method is to attempt to re write the data on the failing media with a different tape drive Here are the steps to perform this error recovery D 2 3 4 5 6 Issue a READ POSITION command with the BT bit set to 1b 34 01 00 to find out the following four things First Block Location e Last Block Location e Number of Blocks in Buffer e Number of Bytes in Buffer Use the RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command to retrieve and save the data from the buffer Several RECOVER BUFFERED DATA commands may be needed to retrieve all buffered write blocks The READ POSITION data will tell you the number of blocks and bytes in the buffer REWIND and UNLOAD the cartridge from this tape drive LOAD the cartridge into a different tape drive Issue a LOCATE command to position to the end of the last record on the tape The value to use for the LOCAT
523. rget to return all Changeable Values field 01b and Page Code 3Fh in byte two of the MODE SENSE CDB and preserve the changeable values Issue a MODE SENSE command requesting the target to return all Current Values PC field 00b and Page Code 3Fh in byte two of the MODE SENSE CDB and preserve the current values Perform a bitwise AND operation of the current values with the one s complement of the changeable values this step is important because the target will not accept the command if any non changeable field is set to a value other than the current value Make further desired changes to bytes which are changeable Make sure that the PS bit in every mode page is 0 the MODE SENSE command will report a 1 in the PS bit but MODE SELECT command will fail if mode pages are sent with the PS bit set to 1 Issue a MODE SELECT command sending these parameters A PF bit of 0 or 1 both indicate that the MODE SELECT parameters are structured as pages of related parameters as defined by the ANSI standard A Save Pages SP bit of zero indicates the target shall perform the specified MODE SELECT operation and shall not save any pages in non volatile memory A SP bit of one indicates that the target shall perform the specified MODE SELECT operation and shall save to a non vol atile location all the savable pages including any sent during the DATA OUT phase Pages which are saved are identified by the Parameter Savable
524. ribed in Table 4 100 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved REPORT DENSITY Allocation Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 105 gt 72 Z a A UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 100 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Media bit indicates which DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks are to be returned DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks are to be returned to the initiator for densities supported by the logical unit for any supported media This includes density 09h described in Table 4 102 on page 7 107 and density 28h described in Table 4 103 on page 7 108 Density support data block s is to be returned to the initiator for densities supported by the mounted medium If the mounted medium is a standard length tape there are two DEN SITY SUPPORT data blocks returned This includes density 09h described in Table 4 102 on page 7 107 and density 28h described in Table 4 103 on page 7 108 b If the mounted medium is an extended length tape there is one DEN SITY SUPPORT data block returned density 28h described in Table 4 103 on page 7 108 Notes a The DENSITY SUPPORT data block s Capacity field corresponding to density 28h is dependent on the tape length
525. ridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode downloaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short Bh ABORTED COMMAND The RELEASE UNIT command was aborted 4 102 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 23 REQUEST SENSE command 03h The REQUEST SENSE command requests that the target transfer sense data to the initiator The con troller is capable of supplying 44 bytes 2Ch bytes of sense Refer to section 8 3 on page 8 4 for a description of the sense data received via this command 4 3 23 1 REQUEST SENSE CDB Description REQUEST SENSE is a six byte command as shown below and described in Table 4 99 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Reserved Reserved Allocation Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 99 REQUEST SENSE Field Description ea 2 Z m A EA DESCRIPTION Operation code The Allocation Length field specifies the maximum number of sense data bytes to be returned to the initiator An allocation length of zero indicates that no sense data is returned and is not considered an error The target terminates the sense data transfer when the allocation length bytes have been tra
526. rite to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION LWR2 ETPs Format Control PHOK not seen in time Error 36 Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End un 2 un m e un Z O AND ERROR CODES RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 ETPs Unknown Error RSVP failed to Respond 36 Track DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 57 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE LW
527. rning condition cannot be written to tape due to physical EOM being encountered the sense key is set to VOLUME OVERFLOW Sense Data Information Bytes When the valid bit is set to one in the sense data generated when CHECK CONDITION status is presented to the initiator for WRITE command then the information bytes in the sense data are defined as follows 1 If the target is in unbuffered mode Buffered Mode of the MODE SENSE command is 0 and the Fixed bit is one the information bytes are set to the difference between the requested trans fer length and the actual number of blocks written to the medium If the target is in unbuffered mode Buffered Mode of the MODE SENSE command is 0 and the Fixed bit is zero the information bytes are set to the requested transfer length 2 3 wm If the target is in Buffered Mode Buffered Mode of the MODE SENSE command is one or two and the Fixed bit is one the information bytes are set to the total number of blocks and filemarks not written the number of blocks not transferred from the initiator plus the number of blocks and filemarks remaining in the target s buffer If the target is in Buffered Mode Buffered Mode of the MODE SENSE command is one or two and the Fixed bit is zero the information bytes are set to the total number of bytes and filemarks not written the number of bytes not transferred from the initiator plus the number of bytes and filemarks remaining in the targe
528. rom any initiator causes the target to reset parameters maintained in its Log pages Any values other than those indicated will result in CHECK CONDITION status with ILLEGAL REQUEST 4 32 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 10 LOG SENSE command 4Dh The LOG SENSE Command provides a means for the initiator to retrieve statistical information maintained by the target about itself and attached logical units It is a complementary command to the LOG SELECT command Log data is collected within the target on a per event basis regardless of the initiator ID 4 3 10 1 LOG SENSE CDB Description LOG SENSE is a ten byte command The bytes are shown below and described in Table 4 34 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 Reserved Page Code Reserved Reserved Parameter Pointer Allocation Length Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 30 LOG SENSE Field Description DESCRIPTION Operation code The Parameter Pointer Control PPC bit controls the type of parameters requested from the target The PPC bit must be zero indicating that the log parameter requested from the target shall begin with the parameter code specified in the Parameter Pointer field and return the number of bytes specified by the Allocation Length field in ascending order of parameter codes from the specified log page A PPC bit of zero an
529. rovides the dedicated formatter signal processing needed to support the CP with the time critical formatter control It allows the controller firmware architecture to use event driven multi tasking for the CP code and allow the RSVP to handle dedicated read signal polling The RSVP presents interrupts to the CP based on drive read interface signals which are pre processed polled monitored filtered and conditioned as required CG00000 011503 REV A 2 3 DESIGN ARCHITECTURE M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 2 3 5 2 4 2 4 1 2 4 Firmware The M2488 microcode is partitioned into functional modules and stored in mask ROM and flash memory The code partitions serve to minimize communication paths within the code structure and to segregate functions dealing with the host interface from those dealing with generic tape operation The mask ROM provides a resident code version for power on and code download New code ver sions are downloaded into flash memory from the host SCSI interface or from tape After power on control store for all processors is loaded from flash memory if valid If invalid the mask ROM code is used for recovery The core microcode is a multi tasking operating system OS allowing a configurable number of tasks The present design allows a total of thirty two active tasks four fixed tasks and twenty eight SCSI tasks This custom OS allows functions to run until a resource is unavailable places itself into a suspended state until th
530. rted for the designated log ical unit This sense key indicates a successful command or a command that received a CHECK CON DITION status because a filemark EOM or ILI bits is set RECOVERED ERROR Indicates the last command completed successfully with some recovery action performed by the target Details are obtained by examining the additional sense bytes and the information bytes 6 2 Z em 92 NOT READY Indicates the logical unit addressed cannot be accessed Operator intervention may be required to correct this condition MEDIUM ERROR Indicates the command terminated with a nonrecoverable error condition that was probably caused by a flaw in the medium or an error in the recorded data This sense key may also be retumed if the target is unable to distinguish between a flaw in the medium and a specific hardware fail ure HARDWARE ERROR Indicates the target detected a nonrecoverable hardware failure for example controller failure device failure parity error etc while performing the command or during a self test ILLEGAL REQUEST Indicates there was an illegal parameter in the command descriptor block or in the additional parameters supplied as data for some commands FORMAT UNIT SEARCH DATA etc If the target detects an invalid parameter in the command descriptor block the target terminates the command without altering the medium UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the removable medium may
531. rtridge loading time measurement H 7 4 3 4 2 M2 TPPFM Measure the tape acceleration deceleration cc ee ke RR 200 1 H 7 4 3 4 3 M3 AC PS Measure the tape access positioning time H 7 H 4 3 4 54 M4 MODCH Mode change time measurement H 7 4 3 4 5 MS LOCAT Tape locating time measurement H 8 H 4 3 4 6 M6 REWND Tape rewinding time measurement H 8 H 4 3 4 7 MT D S E DSE time measurement H 8 4 3 48 M8 UNLD Cartridge unloading time measurement H 8 H 4 3 4 9 M9 CLEAN Cleaning time measurement H 8 H 4 4 COMBINATION Running test by combining to ten commands H 9 4 5 Error reset command CMD CD 0x70 or OxFO H 9 HS PARAMETER LIST nete te LAT we thea ER H 10 H 6 DIAG RESULT DATA H 21 FLOW CHARTS SASS SEES SUUTIGE UNG CEG ea INDEX TE Index 1 C144 E019 03EN M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE LIST OF FIGURES LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE TITLE PAGE Figure 1 1 IPM Installation teet eg twee gue eade eee pm 1 9 Figure 1 2 Cable and Power 1 10 Figure 1 3 Drive with ACL 5 cartridge Desktop Configuration 1 11 Figure 1 4 Attaching Bases i e eR exe ee we dana ee 1 12 Figure 1 5 Stability Brackets tn haw 1 13 Figure 1 6 Drive P
532. s 00 mode 08h Write clear 3 bytes 00 mode 1Ah F 2 Read clear 3 bytes 00 mode CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 1 Diagnostic Test Registry for all Diagnostic Modes Continued DIAGNOSTIC MODES ROUTINE OFF LINE GO NO GO Write EDRC NC 3 bytes 00 mode 14h Read EDRC NC 3 bytes 00 mode 04h Read EDRC 3 bytes 00 mode 00h Write EDRC 3 bytes 00 mode 10h Write clear 32 bytes walk 1 mode 1Eh un un un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES Read clear 32 bytes walk 0 mode OEh Write EDRC NC 32 bytes walk 1 mode 18h Read EDRC NC 32 bytes walk 0 mode 08h Write clear 32 bytes walk 1 mode 1Ah Read clear 32 bytes walk 0 mode Write EDRC NC 32 bytes walk 1 mode 14h Read EDRC NC 32 bytes walk 0 mode 04h Read EDRC 32 bytes walk 0 mode 00h Write EDRC 32 bytes walk 1 mode 10h SDDP R20 buffer flush signal test 14h SDDP R20 testing 64k sgc i mem 14h SDDP R20 testing 16k sgd i mem 04h SDDP R20 testing sgd de controls 00h SDDP R20 testing sgc ce controls 10h SDDP R20 testing expansion sgd de 00h SDDP R20 testing expansion sgc ce 10h SDDP R20 read flush test 00h Write data parity error check Read Hi data parity error check Read Sync host crc error check Write Buffer overflow error check
533. s 50 to 57 may have non zero values Bytes 1 10 11 and 13 19 must be zero otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Con versely if the Medium Changer logical unit has been selected only the Execute Count bytes corre sponding to routine CO and or C2 may have non zero values Bytes 1 4 12 and 15 19 must be zero otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Selection of routines 50 and 51 do not require either DevOfl or UnitOfl to be set Selection of rou tines 52 to 57 or CO to C2 require both DevOfl and UnitOfl to be set If a parameter list is received by the controller which indicates selection of any of the routines 52 to 57 or CO and or C2 and both UnitOfl and DevOfl are not set a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST If any error condition is encountered during execution of a routine diagnostic result data is gener ated at that time and no further diagnostic execution occurs CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS Description of Page Code 81h This page allows user selection of Manufacturing Online Diagnostic Routines and control over the number of times each routine is to be executed Table 4 120
534. s CHECK CONDITION status Within the sense data for the CHECK CONDITION sta tus the sense key is NO SENSE and both the Filemark and Valid bits are set to one If the Fixed bit was one the Information field will contain the difference residue of the requested transfer count minus the actual number of blocks recovered not including the filemark encountered If the Fixed bit was zero the Information field contains the requested transfer length If the RECOVER BUFFERED DATA command requests to transfer more blocks than remain in the buffer then CHECK CONDITION status will be returned after sending as many blocks as are available In the sense data for the CHECK CONDITION status the sense key is NO SENSE and both the Valid bit and EOM bit are set to one If the Fixed bit was one the Information field will contain the difference residue of the requested transfer count minus the actual number of blocks recovered If the Fixed bit was zero the Information field contains the requested transfer length CG00000 011503 REV A 4 99 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 21 4 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE RECOVER BUFFERED DATA Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION 4 100 Oh NO SENSE 4h HARDWARE ERROR Sh ILLEGAL REQUEST 6h UNIT ATTENTION Bh ABORTED COMMAND Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW 1 SILI and Fixed bits are both zero and the actual length of the block tr
535. s defined a Density Code to represent the 36T format the M2488 drive will now differentiate between 18T and 36T densities by using two different Density Code val ues Configuring feature mode bit 6 0x40 in byte FT4 see the M2488 User s Guide will cause the M2488 to associate Density Code 09h with the 18T format and Density Code 28h with the 36T for mat If this feature mode configuration is not performed the M2488 will use Density Code 09h to represent both 18T and 36T formats un Z oS uno For information and instructions on configuration settings refer to the Configuration chapter in the M2488 User s Guide 5 14 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT PARAMETERS 5 2 7 1 M2488 Operation When Density Code 28h Is Not Configured In its default mode the M2488 does not use Density Code 28h The Mode Select command will accept the following settings in the Density Code field Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Byte 00h Table 5 14 Density Code Settings Accepted by Mode Select Command in Default Operation DENSITY CODE DESCRIPTION Write tapes in 36T format Read tapes in 18T and 36T formats Write tapes in 36T format Read tapes in 18T and 36T formats Retain current Density Code setting Regardless of the Density Code setting used in the Mode Select command the Mode Sense com mand will always report a Density Code value of 09h
536. s in this page are reported as NOT changeable The default values are the same as the current values shown above and described below Table 6 45 FACL Page Code 1Dh Element Address Assignments Field Description DESCRIPTION There is one Medium Transport Element and it is referred to as address 000 The First Storage Element address is 0011h The First Storage Element Address is 0011h Storage Elements are the slots that may hold tape cartridges in a Maga zine There are 31 logical storage elements An FACL has seven Storage Elements There is one Import Export Element address at 0001h This is the Magazine Port There is one Data Transfer Element address at 000Dh This is the Cartridge load port in the MTU 6 3 3 Page Code 1Eh Transport Geometry Parameters Table 6 46 Page code 1Eh Transport Geometry Parameters BITS MODE SENSE DEFAULT 0 7 PS Reserved Page Code Additional Page Length Reserved Member Number in Transport Element Set The PS bit must be set to O on a MODE SELECT command NOTE All fields in this page are reported as NOT changeable and default to a value of zero Table 6 47 Page code 1Eh Transport Geometry Parameters Field Description DESCRIPTION This Element is not able to rotate the medium so the Rotate bit is 0 There can be only one Medium Transport Element Magazine in the system at any given time and it is defined here
537. s the Density Code is not changed Any other code specification is rejected with a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST NOTE Since the ANSI SCSI 2 Standard does not define a 36 track for mat we use Density Code 09h to represent the 36 track format Density Code 28h is described in Chapter 5 ES Q ga 1997 The Number of Blocks field must contain 0 This indicates that all of the remaining logical blocks of the logical unit have the medium characteris tics specified by the block descriptor unless a subsequent MODE SELECT command changes those parameters CG00000 011503 REV A 4 53 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 48 Block Descriptor Field Description Continued DESCRIPTION The Block Length field specifies the length in bytes of each logical block described by the block descriptor A block length of 0 indicates the length is variable Reference the READ BLOCK LIMITS command description for the minimum and maximum block lengths supported Page Descriptor Table 4 49 Page Descriptors eoe KNEE ELLE Reserved Page Code Additional Page Length see section 5 2 on page 5 1 Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes Table 4 50 Pa
538. scribed in Chapter 6 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 1 N a Z P UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE M2488 TAPE SCSI COMMANDS The SCSI commands used with the M2488 are described in Table 4 1 For a more detailed description of each command refer to the paragraph listed in the PARAGRAPH column The Command Descrip tion Block format is shown in paragraph 4 3 1 on page 4 4 COMMAND TEST UNIT READY Table 4 1 M2488 SCSI Commands DESCRIPTION Provides a means to check if the logical unit is ready PARAGRAPH 4 3 30 on page 4 138 REWIND Causes a rewind to BOT 4 3 26 on page 4 115 REQUEST SENSE Requests that the target transfer sense data to the initia tor 4 3 23 on page 4 103 READ BLOCK LIMITS READ Requests the target s block length limits for the logical unit Transfers zero or more blocks to the initiator beginning with the next block on the logical unit 4 3 15 on page 4 68 4 3 14 on page 4 63 WRITE Transfers zero or more blocks from the initiator to the current position on the logical unit 4 3 31 on page 4 140 READ REVERSE optional Requests that the tape unit transfer zero or more blocks of data to the initiator 4 3 18 on page 4 80 WRITE FILEMARKS Requests the write of zero or more filemarks to tape 4 3 33 on page 4 150 SPACE Changes the logical unit position relative to the current position
539. scriptor Block CDB to a target See the exam ple for a six byte command below The CDB may be 6 10 or 12 bytes in length depending on the type of command Some commands have additional fields which are described in the individual com mand Use the description in Table 4 2 to interpret the common fields of the commands that follow EB lt 1 ES D Group Code Command Code LUN Reserved Reserved Note Changeable fields in the CDB are shaded Table 4 2 CDB Field Description DESCRIPTION commands have one Op Code in byte 0 This is the operation to be performed Consists of command code and group code Command Code Identifies the command to be executed Specifies a CDB format length in bytes and classifies the type of operation For CDBs using reserved group codes 3 and 4 the controller will accept only one byte of CDB then go to the Bus Free phase The host system should not send more than one byte of CDB in this case Group Code The LUN is defined in the IDENTIFY message The target ignores the logical unit number specified within the CDB The LUN in the CDB should be zero LUN Logical Unit Number The LUN field is included in the CDB for compatibility with some SCSI 1 devices This field may be reclaimed in SCSI 3 New implementations should use the outbound IDENTIFY message which is mandatory in SCSI 2 to establish the I T L nexus
540. set to Ob then bytes 0 through 7 are displayed If bit 2 is set to 1b bytes 8 to 15 are displayed When the display length bit is set to one bytes 0 to 7 and bytes 8 to 15 are displayed alternately Bits 2 3 are ignored for this selection Table 4 13 defines the Display Mode Selection bits 4 3 4 2 Display Data 10h The 16 bytes of DISPLAY data consists of two eight byte messages See Table 4 12 Table 4 13 and Table 4 8 on page 4 10 If the Parameter List Length is set to O no action is performed and it is not considered an error Table 4 12 DISPLAY Parameter 10h BITS ae _ _ TES 0 7 First Half Message Second Half Message Note bytes should not be set to spaces because this would appear as a MTU powered down state April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 13 gt E 9 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 13 Display Mode Selection Bits 10h QUALIFIER DESCRIPTION Bytes 0 to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2 4 of the format control byte The message is displayed until the next tape operation starts or until a new DISPLAY command is received If the DISPLAY command is received when there is a cartridge in the MTU Bytes 0 to 7 or bytes 8 to 15 are displayed based on the instructions in bits 2 4 of the control byte The message is displayed until the car tridge is removed from the MTU or a new DISPLAY comm
541. shall be reinstated if a retransmittal of the second of the pair of messages is successfully accomplished After a vendor specific number of retry attempts greater than zero if the target receives a MESS AGE PARITY ERROR message it shall terminate the retry activity This may be done either by changing to any other information transfer phase and transferring at least one byte of information or by going to the BUS FREE phase The initiator shall accept such action as aborting the negotiation and both devices shall go to eight bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices If the target recognizes that negotiation is required it sends a WDTR message to the initiator Prior to releasing the ACK signal on the last byte of the WDTR message from the target the initi ator shall assert the ATN signal and respond with its WDTR message or with a MESSAGE REJECT message If an abnormal condition prevents the initiator from returning an appropriate response both devices shall go to eight bit data transfer mode for data transfers between the two devices Following an initiator s responding WDTR message an implied agreement for wide data transfer operation shall not be considered to exist until the target leaves the MESSAGE OUT phase indi cating that the target has accepted the negotiation After a vendor specific number of retry attempts greater than zero if the target has not received the initiator s responding WDTR mes sage it sha
542. sig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase NWN T 242 N Of Zw lt gt A lt A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_request_wrtbuffer All the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_host_wrt_cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP_HI hdkxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data_buffer Read clear 32 bytes walking 0 A host data path end of transfer was not mode detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer_phase when transferring data from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_ACK SCSI_BSY xfer_phase All the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_host_rd_complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for
543. splay Language S LNG Display BOT with Ready S RDY Display Target ID with 5 Display Intensity S ITS xCL Power Mode S ACL Feature Configuration Byte 1 S FT1 Feature Configuration Byte 2 S FT2 Feature Configuration Byte 3 S FT3 Feature Configuration Byte 4 S FT4 Medium Changer Logical Unit Number S MCL fgroup code Feature Configuration Byte 5 S FT5 DRIVE MTU FACTORY CONFIGURATION SETTINGS Factory Setting Byte 0 Factory Setting Byte 1 Factory Setting Byte 2 Factory Setting Byte 3 factory mode Reserved April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 5 23 MTU VPD PAGES un 2 2 UNIT PARAMETERS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 5 3 8 Table 5 28 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page C1h Configuration Page Continued CONTROLLER TARGET CONFIGURATION SETTINGS Target ID S TAR SDTR S SDT WDTR S WDT Reserved Product Identification Page Page C2h VPD page C2h contains product identification information The format for VPD page C2h is Table 5 29 INQUIRY data format VPD Page C2h Product Identification Page Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 01h Page code C2h Reserved Page length 18h Vendor ID Controller Product ID 20 27 Logical Unit Product ID The following fields defined for this page are stored in NVRAM and
544. ss tape path while maintaining excellent reliability This system removes the failure prone pump and pack arm assemblies with an improved roller guide tape path One new roller guide has been added that replaces the pack arm to keep tape aligned with the tape machine reel Alignment of tape with the head is accomplished with two roller guides as in pre vious models During running a slight air film is produced between the head and tape which prevents direct contact A patrol reposition function has been added that periodically moves the tape to prevent any problem when tape is not moving The reel motor of the M2488 has also been changed to dramatically improve tape reposition time and access times CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DESIGN ARCHITECTURE 2 4 2 April 1997 PCA DVL z Servo Proc 8 E 68000 amp E ERES 2 gt 82 ROM N en z q 3 MMCL 417 0 2H E 5 b s 2 4 Lo 5 oO 5 b x lt gt n 4 x Figure 2 3 DVL Block Diagram Read and Write Electronics The read circuits for the M2488 utilize fifteen analog LSI that were developed for the M2483 These components have been field proven to be a stable and low cost design The write circuits of the M2488 use enhanced head driver ICs developed with the latest s
545. status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion error SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion host count error SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion host CRC error SDDP failed to report expected CRCA error April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 47 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 15 ROUTINE M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Routine 13 EDRC Error Detection Diagnostic Error Codes Continued Read Sync host_count high compression error sgd host_count high errs Read Sync host_count low com pression error sgd host_count low errs DESCRIPTION Failed to receive data end of transfer signal in SDDP hdxs register Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal assertion Incorrect SPC SCSI control signal status wait ing for REQ signal deassertion Data transfer length error reported by SPC SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion and sync host count error SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion host count error SDDP failed to report expected data compres sion host CRC error SDDP failed to report expected CRCA error Failed to receive data end
546. sts Load assistance required and buffered write data exists Write error Unrecovered read error Block sequence error Incompatible medium installed attempting 36 track writes over 18 track data away from BOT Incompatible format Tape length error Load failure occurred and buffered write data exists April 1997 Manual unload failure occurred and buffered write data exists CG00000 011503 REV A B 1 ASC ASCQ ASC ASCQ ASC ASCQ M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table B 1 ASC and ASCQ Description by Sense Key Continued SENSE KEY 1 DESCRIPTION Hardware error ADVISED ACTION 5 Parameter list length error Invalid command operation code Invalid medium changer element address Invalid field in CDB Logical unit not supported Invalid field in parameter list Incompatible format Destination medium changer element full No cartridge or magazine at specified medium changer source element position First destination medium changer element empty Second destination medium changer element full Second destination medium changer element empty Medium changer transport element full Medium changer element is not accessible Drive is full operation cannot be performed Invalid bits in IDENTIFY message Not ready to ready transition Priority 2 Power on reset or BUS DEVICE RESET occurred Prior
547. suggested that the required page is first obtained from the target via the Inquiry command data is then changed to the desired value and the data returned to the target via Change Definition in the same format as it was received Single or multiple pages may be sent with a single Change Definition data transfer The target will not accept partial pages or pages not defined as changeable The pages may be sent in any order but must be of correct format and length The requested changes to the VPD pages will take effect as follows a Changes to VPD page 80h Unit Serial Number Page and C2h Product Identification Page take effect following a hard reset condition i e power on Bus Device or SCSI bus reset b Changes to VPD page COh Unit Usage Page take effect upon the successful completion of the CHANGE DEFINITION command CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS c Changes to VPD page Configuration Page take effect following a power on reset condi tion 4 3 2 3 CHANGE DEFINITION CHECK CONDITION Status Ifa CHECK CONDITION is returned as a result of the Change Definition CDB the change is not performed 4 3 2 4 CHANGE DEFINITION Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh RECOVERED ERROR Recovery was performed while writing buffered data before the CHANGE DEFINITION was received 3h MEDIUM ERROR
548. t DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 Uncorrectable Error 36 Track RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST F 62 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION LWR2 Uncorrectable Error 36 PHOK not seen in time Track Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End un 2 un m e un Z O AND ERROR CODES RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IB
549. t s buffer 4 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 141 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE It is possible for the value in the information bytes of the sense data generated when a CHECK CONDITION is returned for a WRITE command to exceed the transfer length specified in the CDB of the WRITE command Early Warning Indication If a WRITE command is received while the logical unit is positioned after the early warning indi cation but before physical EOM the target continues to operate in the current Buffered Mode as indicated in the mode parameters reference MODE SENSE SELECT data header using the buffer size indicated by the Buffer Size at Early Warning mode parameter reference MODE SENSE SELECT page 10h The target also returns a CHECK CONDITION status for each of these WRITE commands If all of the data is successfully transferred into the buffer and physical EOM has not been encountered the sense key is set to NO SENSE the valid and EOM bits are set to one and the information bytes are set to zero If physical EOM is encountered the sense key is set to VOLUME OVERFLOW the EOM bit is set to one the valid bit is set to one and the value of the information bytes are as described above Deferred Write Errors A deferred write error condition occurs when the target detects an error has occurred on a buffered WRITE command that previously reported GOOD status This condition persists until one of the follow
550. t received when expected check to see if flush is tied low to some other signal Host data transfer error detected on the retry mode of this test A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data_buffer SDDP R20 testing 16k sgd i mem mode 04h After start of read operation SPC status did not have SPC busy and data_ready possible sddp did not send data to spc Once read operation had started slow micro code was able to pull data out of spc_data fifo faster then sddp could put into data fifo Pos sible that the data pipe is broken At end of read operation the SPC status should be not busy not data_ready and data_fifo empty All the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_host_rd_complt A error was detected in the SDDP_HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer SDDP R20 testing sgd de con trols mode 00h After start of read operation SPC status did not have SPC busy and data_ready possible sddp did not send data to spc Once read operation had started slow micro code was able to pull data out of spc_data fifo faster then sddp could put into data fifo Pos sible that the data pipe is broken At end of read operation the SPC status should be no
551. t adjusted to reflect the truncation The VPD parameters for each page are described in the following sections 6 4 2 Supported VPD Pages Page 00h VPD page 00h returns a list of the vital product data pages supported by this target The format for VPD Page OOh is Table 6 53 INQUIRY Data Format VPD Page 00h Supported VPD Pages e Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 08h Page Code 00h Reserved Page Length 04h 6 42 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS The Supported Page List contains a list of all implemented vital product data page codes for this tar get The page codes are listed in ascending order beginning with page code 00h March 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 6 43 MC VPD PAGES MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 6 4 3 Implemented Operating Definition Page 81h VPD page 81h returns the list of implemented operating definitions for the target The format for VPD page 81h is Table 6 54 INQUIRY data format VPD Page 81h Implemented Operating Definition Page BITS pee e ES e es Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 08h 1 Page code 81h Reserved Page length 05h Reserved Current operating definition 03h SavImp 0b Default operating definition 03h SavImp 0b Supported operating definition 00h SavImp 0b Supported operating defin
552. t busy not data_ready and data_fifo empty F 40 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES TableF 14 Routine 12 EDRC Address Bus Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION SDDP R20 testing sgd de con the data expected to be transferred from trols mode 00h the SPC data fifo to the SPC receive buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host rd complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer un 2 un m e un Z O AND ERROR CODES SDDP R20 testing sgc ce con after a write diag operation was initialized in trols mode 10h the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm request wrtbuffer the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A
553. t by a target to an initiator to indicate the completion and execution of a linked command and status was sent The initiator sets the pointers to the initial state for the next linked command LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE WITH FLAG code 0Bh This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate the execution of a linked command with the flag bit set to one has completed and that status was sent The initiator sets the pointers to the ini tial state of the next linked command Typically this message is used to cause an interrupt in the initi ator between two linked commands MESSAGE PARITY ERROR code 09h This message is sent from the initiator to the target to indicate one or more bytes in the last message it received had a parity error In order to indicate its intentions of sending this message the initiator asserts the ATN signal prior to its release of ACK for the REQ ACK handshake of the message that has the parity error This pro vides an interlock so the target can determine which message has the parity error The message is rejected unless it occurs immediately following a MESSAGE IN phase MESSAGE REJECT code 07h This message is sent from either the initiator or target indicating the last message it received was inappropriate or was not implemented In order to indicate its intentions of sending this message the initiator asserts the ATN signal prior to its release of ACK for the REQ ACK handshake of the message that is to
554. t command with the parameter code reset bit PCR set to 1 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS In addition to the ANSI defined conditions for clearing of log data log data will be cleared by the following 1 ALOG SENSE command clears counters only for the page requested The specified page is returned to its default value even if the Allocation Length field was zero NOTE This condition for clearing the log counters is dependent on the state of bit 7 0x80 in feature setting FT5 as described in the M2488 User s Guide 2 When a cartridge is unloaded via the LOAD UNLOAD command or MOVE MEDIUM com mand 3 MTU not ready to ready transition e g cartridge load operation or pressing the op panel Reset key followed by the Start key while a cartridge is in the MTU Log counters are not allowed to overflow When a log counter reaches its maximum value incre menting of all counters within that log page cease until they are cleared by one of the actions listed above If a log counter has reached its maximum value and the RLEC bit in the MTU mode page OAh is one the next successful command issued to the device associated with that counter will receive CHECK CONDITION status with RECO VERED ERROR set in the sense key The ASC ASCQ field will be returned as 5B02h LOG COUNTERS AT MAXIMUM To disable the reporting of log overflow conditions set the RLEC bit to zero in the Mode Select page OAh Com
555. t installed or drive NOT READY error A tape cartridge must be loaded before this test can be run Cartridge WRITE PROTECT error The car tridge must not be write protected for this test Buffer space request not granted for data transfer Logical EOT encountered before all filemarks had been written Timeout during write filemarks Error reported at completion of write filemarks Space File Error while attempting to space file Display MFG Results No error codes specific to this test April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 75 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 23 Routine 82 Magnetic Tape Unit Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE MTU diagnostics routine DESCRIPTION A DVL card was not detected This routine requires that the DTC card be properly con nected toa DVL card MTU diagnostic load execute table No error codes specific to this test MTU diagnostic send execute table The MTU diagnostic parameters were not successfully downloaded through the Servo Shared RAM Interface MTU diagnostic run Servo Interface indicated that a servo com mand was not accepted Servo Interface indicated that an error occurred while processing the current Servo Command Sense information was built The current servo command fail
556. t to the Remote Maintenance RS 232 interface as well as the Operator Control Panel if possible Off Line Diagnostics The preferred interface for Off Line diagnostic operation is the RS 232 Maintenance interface How ever tests in this mode can also be performed from the Operator Control Panel in which case no RS 232 connection is necessary The following criteria must be met before Off Line diagnostic mode can be entered No media loaded or obstructing the load slot if an ACL FACL is attached the magazine must be removed Data buffer must be empty No pending SCSI operations Refer to the following drawing for instructions to invoke the off line diagnostics via the operator panel menu MTU Diagnostics The MTU Diagnostic Specifications are presented in APPENDIX H CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 8 16 Operator Panel Top Level Menus Diagnostics Mode Y TEST and UNLOAD pressed OFFLINE TEST UNLOAD released MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING DIAGMODE SETTING LOADCODE INQUIRY MODE PGS FACTORY Y TEST Selection and Access and Copy new firm View M2488 Display or Change factory execution of configure user ware from a Information change mode settings off line diag settable options code imagetape selected Tape enable factory nostics cartridge into Unit or mode or non volatile Medium enable factory memory o
557. ta F 50 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION Loop Write to Read tests CRRZ Xreg expected data not equal to received data Initialization Error FDXS Xreg not zero fol lowing Transfer Cycle Initialization Error WBEN Xreg not zero following Write Clear un 2 un m e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES Initialization Error RBE Xreg not zero fol lowing Read Clear Initialization Error RDE Xreg not zero fol lowing Read Clear Initialization Error ETPA Xreg not zero fol lowing Read Clear Initialization Error ETPB Xreg not zero fol lowing Read Clear Initialization Error CRS Xreg not zero fol lowing Read Clear Initialization Error WER Xreg not zero fol lowing Write Clear Initialization Error TJ_PHOK Xreg not zero following Read Clear Initialization Error TJ_PRE Xreg not zero following Read Clear Initialization Error TJ_POST Xreg not zero following Read Clear Initialization Error TJ_REND Xreg not zero following Read Clear Loop Write to Read 0 test 36 Failed to Detect IBG check INLWR or track DBLK Failed to Detect DBOB check DBLK Failed to Detect Phase OK Failed to Detect Preamble check RDSTT Failed to Detect Postamble Failed to Detect Read End
558. tape is running 1 count is 10msec If this parameter is set to 0 the GO ON time becomes 10 ms For the path test specifies start position by the machine reel counter stop time When diag parameter 1 is START STOP set the GO OFF time time when the tape is not running 1 count is 10msec If this parameter is set to O the GO OFF time becomes 0 ms For the path test specifies end position by the machine reel counter execute count Specify an execution count Specify a command execution count from 1 to 99 999 When 0 is set the command execution continues with no stop LOAD UNLOAD Two diagnostic tests to check loading and unloading Set the tests in detail using the given parameters 1 NO CTG 2 WITH CTG Loader and Threader test not using cartridge CMD CD 0x20 Loader and Threader test using cartridge eee CMD CD 0x21 The tests can be set using the following parameters DIAG parameter 2 0x00 0x01 DIAG parameter 3 For NO CTG select a test type from the following LOADER Loader test THREADER Threader test For WITH CTG select a loading position from the following CG00000 011503 REV A H 5 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 0x00 S LD HM Start loading from the loader home position 0x01 S CTG IN Start loading from the cartridge in position 0 02 S CAR DW Start loading from the carrier down position DIAG parameter 4 For WITH CTG only
559. tating prior to removing the fan assembly 8 11 2 1 Fan Assembly Removal STEP ACTION 1 Remove the two exterior screws from the fan cover 2 Swing out the fan cover plate to the left 3 Disconnect CNP62 4 Remove the four screws from the fan assembly 9 Remove the fans 8 11 2 2 Fan Assembly Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Replace the fans Insert the four screws into fan corners Connect CNP62 to CNJ62 Close the fan cover A N Insert the two fan cover screws and tighten fan cover Figure 8 4 Fan Assembly 8 44 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING 8 11 3 IPM Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 5 for location of the PCA IPM 8 11 3 1 IPM Removal STEP ACTION 1 Disconnect cables and if applicable terminator from the two connectors on the IPM 2 Remove the two screws from the IPM 3 Pull out the IPM 8 11 3 2 IPM Replacement STEP ACTION 1 Insert the IPM into the rear of the drive 2 Tighten two screws on the IPM 3 Connect cables and if applicable terminator to the connectors Figure 8 5 IPM April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 45 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 8 11 4 Top Cover Remove and Replace Procedures Refer to Figure 8 6 for location of the top cover Remove the IPM if installed prior to removing the top cover 8 11 4 1 Top Cover Removal STEP 1 2 3 A
560. te clear 32 bytes walking 1 when transferring data from the SPC send mode 1Eh buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase NWN T 242 N Of Zw lt gt A lt A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_request_wrtbuffer All the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm_host_wrt_cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP_HI hdkxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the data_buffer Read clear 32 bytes walking 0 A host data path end of transfer was not mode detected in the allotted time when transferring data from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_BSY xfer_phase when transferring data from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI_REQ SCSI_ACK SCSI_BSY xfer_phase All the data expected to be transferred from the SPC data_fifo to the SPC receive_buffer was not transferred A non SUCCESS status was re
561. ter minated struct diag parm unsigned char diag command unsigned char diag parameter 9 unsigned long execute time unsigned long stop time unsigned long execute count unsigned char reserve 8 diag input parm 16 DIAG command code Specifies the command code of the DIAG to be executed DIAG parameter 1 to 9 Selects the mode according to the DIAG to be executed diag parameter For the read write DIAG set the operation mode For the locate DIAG specify a sector parameter2 For the read write DIAG specify a test wrap For the load unload DIAG specify LOADER April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A H 3 MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE H 4 3 H 4 3 1 2 For user diag flag diag parameter3 For the load unload DIAG specify a loading start position For the DIAG specify magazine up start position 22 no eject magazine mode after diagnostic test for user diag diag_parameter4 For the write DIAG select a write data pattern For the load unload DIAG Specify unloading end position For the DIAG specify a magazine down start position parameter5 Select a path for the Loop Write To Read command diag_parameter6 Set a level of the Loop Write To Read command Specify a repeat start position diag parameter7 reserve parameter 8
562. ter than eight bits do not respond to a WDTR message with a MESSAGE REJECT message Renegotiation at every selection is not recommended since a significant performance impact is likely The WDTR message exchange establishes an agreement between two SCSI devices on the width of the data path to be used for DATA phase transfers between the two devices This agreement applies to DATA IN and DATA OUT phases only All other information transfer phases shall use an eight bit data path If an SCSI device implements both wide data transfer option and synchronous data transfer option then it shall negotiate the wide data transfer agreement prior to negotiating the synchronous data transfer agreement If a synchronous data transfer agreement is in effect then an SCSI device that accepts a WDTR message shall reset the synchronous agreement to asynchronous mode CG00000 011503 REV A 3 5 2 ga Un 22 2 SCSI MESSAGES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 3 6 Byte 3 The transfer width is two to the transfer width exponent bytes wide The transfer width that is established applies to all logical units on both SCSI devices Valid transfer widths are 8 bits m 00h 16 bits m 01h and 32 bits m 02h Values of m greater than 02h are reserved The originating SCSI device the SCSI device that sends the first of the pair of WDTR messages sets its transfer width value to the maximum data path width it elects to accommodate
563. tes in the Data Buffer are needed to store the two byte CRC which is automatically appended to the data when it is stored in the buffer Table 4 67 Read Write NVRAM Descriptor buffer ID 1 Offset Boundary 00h Buffer Capacity Table 4 68 Descriptor Mode Field Description DESCRIPTION The Offset Boundary field returns the boundary alignment within the selected buffer for subsequent WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands The value con tained in the offset boundary field is interpreted as a power of two The value contained in the buffer offset field of subsequent WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands must be a multiple of the offset boundary raised to a power of 2 i e a multiple of 32 Refer to Table 4 69 The Buffer Capacity field returns the size of the selected buffer in bytes 4 72 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS April 1997 Table 4 69 Offset BOUNDARY 2 OFFSET BOUNDARY BUFFER OFFSETS Byte boundaries Even byte boundaries Four byte boundaries Eight byte boundaries 16 byte boundaries 32 byte boundaries NOTE 1 A buffer may be altered between the WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands by execution of commands from another initiator or background diagnostics Buffer testing applications may avoid buffer usage conflicts with other initiators by use of linked command or by reserving the addressed LUN 2 Ther
564. the stopper is locked 2 Align the round bump at the center of the guide plate with the hole of the inner cover Use two bolts to attach guide plate 1 6 5 2 2 Inner Cover NOT Mounted to Mounting Tray See Figure 1 13 B STEP ACTION 1 Remove the inner cover from the mounting tray 2 Align the round bump at the center of the guide plate with the hole of the mounting tray Use two bolts to attach guide plate April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 19 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Bolt Q A 8 Figure 1 13 Guide Plate Installation 1 6 5 3 Screw Plate Mounting See Figure 1 14 STEP ACTION 1 Each screw plate has nine holes Mount the screw plate so that the big hole is up 2 Attach 4 screw plates to the rear of each pole of the rack with two screws i SBD 5x2S M in the top and bottom holes 1 6 5 4 Attach Mounting Tray See Figure 1 14 NOTE When the mounting hole of the rack is a screw hole remove the positioning pins at both the left and right sides of the tray d with a screwdriver STEP ACTION 1 Insert mounting tray d into the 19 inch rack and attach the front with six screws SW2NA 5 125 2 Attach 2 brackets f to both the left and right sides of the tray d with six screws 3 Attach brackets f to the left and right rear poles of the rack with eight screws j and tighten 1 20 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTA
565. the FACL and could be damaged by mishandling DO NOT use for lifting Refer to Table 1 4 for a list of equipment required to install the FACL on the M2488 tape drive The following flowchart illustrations the sequence of installation Table 1 4 Equipment and Tools Required for FACL Installation EQUIPMENT PART NUMBER QUANTITY DESCRIPTION FACL CA01032 B001 Flush mounted medium changer Allen bolts Part of FACL accessory kit Used for attachment to drive Grounding plate Part of FACL accessory kit Attaches between FACL and drive Phillips 2 screwdriver Allen wrench 5mm 8 inches long NOTE The M2488 should be powered off and all cables and cords discon nected prior to performing this installation procedure Follow stan dard procedures and cautions used when handling electronic equipment FACL Installation Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive 1 6 7 1 Prepare the FACL 1 6 7 2 Connect the M2488 and FACL 1 6 7 3 1 32 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 6 7 1 Prepare the M2488 Tape Drive Refer to Figure 1 26 during performance of this procedure STEP ACTION 1 Remove the bottom and the left and right side covers See Figure 8 7 2 Remove the top cover by removing the two screws from the left and right side and the two screws on the rear Pull the front of the cover up and slide backwards See Figure 8 6 kkkkkkkk
566. the Fault Symptom Codes that indicate the cause of the error RESULTS Description of the Page Code 81h Table 4 91 Page 81h Online Manufacturing Diagnostic Test Page ao Z lt A 5 ca BITS 22 22 ee 0 Page Code 81h Reserved Page Length 0040h Routine in error Routine number Execute Count Pass Count First Fault Symptom Code Second Fault Symptom Code Third Fault Symptom Code Expected Data Received Data Address PESSA ERPA code PESSA FORMAT PESSA DATA Reserved April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 93 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 4 92 Page 81h Field Description DESCRIPTION The Routine in Error field contains the Routine ID of the failing routine If this field contains 00 no errors were detected during the last execution of a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command The Execute Count field contains the number of passes attempted before an error was detected If an error is detected on the first pass this field contains a 1 This field is reset each time a new different routine is started For example if the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Parameter list contained a pass count of 4 for Routine 50 and a pass count of 7 for Routine 51 and an error was detected on the third attempt to execute Routine 51 this field would contain a 3 This fi
567. the medium The End Of Medium bit indicates an End Of Tape EOT or Beginning Of Tape BOT condition exists This bit indicates the unit is at or past the early warning EOT if the direction of the tape was forward or that the command could not be completed because BOT was encountered when the direction was reverse SENSE DATA The filemark bit indicates the current command has read a filemark The contents of the information field is device type or command specific and is defined within the appropriate section for the device type or command of interest The information bytes contain the difference residue of the requested length minus the actual length in either bytes or blocks as determined by the command When operating in the buffered mode and an unrecoverable write error occurs the infor mation bytes contain the number of unwritten data blocks and or filemarks remaining in the buffer The additional sense length specifies the number of additional sense bytes to follow If the allocation length of the Command Descriptor Block is too small to transfer all of the additional sense bytes the additional sense length is not adjusted to reflect the trunca tion The command specific information field contains information that depends on the com mand which was executed For this device bytes 8 11 are zero The Additional Sense Code ASC byte 12 and Additional Sense Code Qualifier ASCQ byte 13 provide additi
568. the order of Erase Tone IBG Tone routine Tape Mark TM Tone and Density ID DID Tone Read Date Tests 53h Tape is positioned at Load Point and 4 meters of A scratch tape must be loaded Erase Tone IBG Tone TM Tone and DID Tone prior to running this Online are written The tones are read back in reverse routine direction and a rewind is performed Combination 54h Tape is positioned at Load Point and 4 tones of 4 A scratch tape must be loaded Tests 1 meters each is written The tones are Erase Tone prior to running this Online IBG Tone TM Tone and DID Tone The tape is routine then rewound At Load Point another 4 tones are written same as above but this time instead of just rewinding the tones are read in the reverse direction Combination 57h An all zeroes data pattern is replicated in the A scratch tape must be loaded Tests 2 data buffer and blocks are written to tape until prior to running this Online Logical EOM is detected The first block written routine is 255 bytes in length Each succeeding block length is incremented by one data is read in both the forward and reverse directions Medium COh Tests the drive logic photo sensors loader mech Before running this diagnostic Changer No anism and the tachometer pulse generation the xCL magazine must be Cartridge removed Present Medium C2h Tests the ACL FACL loader mechanism and Before running this diagnostic Changer No photo sensors the xCL mag
569. the sense data are set to one The information field will not report any buffered erases A Long bit set to 1 indicates erasure of all remaining media on the logical unit Data Security Erase by writing the tape with a random frequency two times that used for regular writes Before the Data Security Erase is performed an Erase Gap is written Following such a command the tape position is at end of partition EOP NOTE There is no limit to the number of sequential erase patterns that can be written However if more than 680 mm of tape 68 2 erase pat terns 42 0 mm IBG is read by the controller a BLANK CHECK is sig naled ERASE Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY lh 2h 3h 4h 5h 6h 4 16 CONDITION DESCRIPTION RECOVERED ERROR 1 Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the erase occurred 2 Retries were needed to complete the ERASE NOT READY Logical unit was not ready tape was not loaded or was not ready MEDIUM ERROR Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape 2 End of Medium was encountered when performing an Erase Gap oper ation Long bit 0 3 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium 4 The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short HARDWARE ERROR Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware error 2 ERASE command fa
570. the sense key is NO SENSE the valid bit is 1 and the information field will equal the requested Transfer length Upon termination the logical position is the BOT side of the filemark encountered If the logical unit encounters BOT during a READ REVERSE command then CHECK CONDI TION status is reported In the sense data reported the sense key is NO SENSE the EOM bit is set to 1 the valid bit is 1 and the information field will equal the requested Transfer length CG00000 011503 REV A 4 81 UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 18 3 READ REVERSE Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION Oh NO SENSE 1 Filemark encountered 2 BOT encountered lh RECOVERED ERROR 1 Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the READ REVERSE command was executed 2 Recovery was performed when reading data from tape 3h MEDIUM ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape Synchro nize before READ REVERSE attempted 2 Error occurred when attempting to space backward over block to be read 3 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track format ted medium 4 The tape length in the cartridge is too long or too short 4h HARDWARE ERROR 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure Syn chronize before READ REVERSE attempted 2 Error occurred when attempting to space backward over b
571. the test will loop forever Delete x Delete a test from the list of tests n Delete node number from list The node number must be a number in the range of node numbers in the current list If an aster isk is entered then the entire list is deleted x Delete to this end node Default is to the end of the list Help or Help notes Help macros Display RS 232 user interface command help Entering this command displays the help information shown in Figure 8 1 Insert n r t April 1997 Insert a new test in the test list n Node number to insert This number must be in the range of node numbers in the current list r Routine number to be added This number must be a valid rou tine number from the routines listed in the test registry see List command for more details t Test number of the routine to be added If an asterisk is entered all tests for the given routine will be added 1 Loop count number of times to repeat this test This number must be in the range between 1 and 254 If 0 is entered the test will loop forever CG00000 011503 REV A 8 21 N S mA 2 2 de ud 5 DIAGNOSTICS MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING COMMAND List List n e List Regis try r t DESCRIPTION List current tests in test list or list test registry Entering List will display all of the tests in the current test list Entering List Reg
572. the unit 4 3 29 2 SPACE CHECK CONDITION Status If the Valid bit is set to 1 for Sense data for a CHECK CONDITION for a SPACE command then the Information field in the Sense data contains a count of the remainder of blocks or filemarks not spaced over If the spacing was in the reverse direction then the Information field value will be the negative of this remainder The Information field in this case is a 32 bit signed number 2 s comple ment In the case of a SPACE command by blocks stopped because a filemark was encountered the filemark is not counted as a block that was spaced over The Information field is not valid the Valid bit is 0 for Sense data for a CHECK CONDITION when spacing to sequential filemarks Filemark Parameter If a filemark is encountered when spacing by blocks the operation will stop For forward spac ing the final position will be the End of Tape side of the filemark For backward spacing the final position will be the Beginning of Tape side of the filemark CHECK CONDITION status will be reported for the Space command Sense data will indicate NO SENSE the Filemark bit will be 1 the Valid bit will be 1 and the Information field will be set as stated above End of Data Parameter If End of Data is encountered when spacing forward by blocks or filemarks not to sequential filemarks the operation will stop and the tape unit remains positioned at End of Data CHECK CONDITION status will be reported for the Spa
573. timer 1 interrupt was not detected PCC Timers Timer 2 test Real Time Clock timer 2 not incrementing F 24 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 11 Routine 9 PCC Timers Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE DESCRIPTION PCC Timers Timer 2 test FMT counter 2 low count carry out bit not set Timer 2 running too FAST compared against FMT counter 2 Timer 2 running too SLOW compared against FMT counter 2 un 2 un m e un Z A AND ERROR CODES Table F 12 Routine 10 EDRC Control Signals Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE DESCRIPTION All R20 Control Check Diagnos SPC register initialization failed tics SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Com mand Complete The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared SPC did not generate an interrupt request SPC interrupt was not detected at the Interrupt Request Controller The SPC interrupt was cleared while clearing the Interrupt Request Controller SPC interrupt step code did not report Diag nostic Self Test passed The SPC interrupt request could not be cleared At end of test SPC did not generate an inter rupt
574. tion increases by 1 for each data block and filemark thereafter The maximum Logical block position is 3FFFEFh a A 36 track tape consists of two interleaved groups of 18 tracks each group is called a wrap The first wrap is written first and runs from Physical BOT towards Physical EOT The second wrap is written second and runs from Physical EOT towards Physical BOT The tape unit hides the transition from the first wrap to the second wrap so that the user sees an abstract continuous length of tape running from Logical BOT the beginning of the first wrap to Logical EOT the end of the second wrap Table 4 28 Format Mode Values FORMAT CODE VALUE FORMAT 18 track non packeted 36 track packeted 18 track packeted reserved If the Format code field is set to 11b then the LOCATE command is rejected The Format code field is not checked against the actual format of the tape This field is ignored except when it con tains the reserved value 11b Values for the Wrap Physical reference and Format mode fields are reported by the READ POSI TION command with its BT bit set to 1 These values are also reported in Sense data when the Sense data contains a Block ID CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 8 2 4 3 8 3 TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS LOCATE CHECK CONDITION Status If CHECK CONDITION status is reported for a LOCATE command with the Immediate bit set to 1 then the locate ope
575. tional Sense Key set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Selection of routines 50 and 51 do not require either DevOfl or UnitOfl to be set Selection of rou tines 52 to 57 or CO to C2 require both DevOfl and UnitOfl to be set If a parameter list is received by the controller which indicates selection of any of the routines 52 to 57 or CO and or C2 and both UnitOfl and DevOfl are not set a CHECK CONDITION is returned with Sense Key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and Additional Sense Key is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST A summary of DevOfl and UnitOfl usage may be found in Table 4 108 If any error condition is encountered during execution of a routine diagnostic result data is gener ated at that time and no further routine execution occurs CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 27 5 TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS SEND DIAGNOSTIC Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh 3h 4h 5h 6h Bh Dh RECOVERED ERROR MEDIUM ERROR HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION ABORTED COMMAND VOLUME OVERFLOW Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the buff ered mode operation occurred in SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Write of buffered data failed due to defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium SCSI interface erro
576. tly forward for cable connection Refer to Figure 1 23 and Figure 1 24 Connect the cable to the ACL operator panel cable Tuck connector into hole in base Remove protective sheet from adhesive tape inside the ACL base and press the operator panel cable to the tape Attach the interface cable between the connector on the rear of the ACL and the connector on the front of the M2488 Push the mechanism all the way to the rear of the base Insert the four screws through the ACL base into the ACL mechanism and tighten Replace the ACL cover and tighten the two bottom corner screws see Figure 1 25 Replace the M2488 top cover and tighten the six screws Boit April 1997 ACL hase Figure 1 22 Connect the M2488 and the ACL Base CG00000 011503 REV A 1 29 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE buo ae yos paar 4 Pd Figure 1 23 Attach Operator Panel Cable to ACL Base Connectar Interface Cable z Operator panel cable Figure 1 24 Attach the ACL Mechanism 1 30 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Ton cover ACL top cover Screw Connectar Figure 1 25 Replace Covers April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 1 31 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 1 6 7 Installation of the Flush mount Automatic Cartridge Loader NOTE Use caution when handling the FACL The cleaning cell protrudes from the rear of
577. tto 1 then the load or unload operation is not performed 1 The mode of the Medium Changer can be set either by using the Medium Changer s operator panel or by using the Medium Changer s MODE SELECT command 4 26 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 7 3 TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS LOAD UNLOAD Sense Keys One of the following sense keys may be returned if a CHECK CONDITION was indicated SENSE KEY CONDITION DESCRIPTION lh 2h 3h 4h 5h 6h Bh RECOVERED ERROR NOT READY MEDIUM ERROR HARDWARE ERROR ILLEGAL REQUEST UNIT ATTENTION ABORTED COMMAND Recovery was performed when writing buffered data before the load or unload operation occurred Logical Unit was not ready Tape cartridge was not loaded or logical unit was not made ready 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a defective tape 2 An attempt was made to write 36 track data on 18 track formatted medium 1 Write of buffered data failed due to a hardware failure 2 The load or unload operation was not completed because of a hard ware failure 1 Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the LOAD UNLOAD command 2 Medium Changer is attached but it was in System Mode when the LOAD UNLOAD command was issued Indicates the LOAD UNLOAD command was not performed due to one of the following The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been
578. turned from the function call rm_host_rd_complt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte for byte miscompare was detected on the data bytes stored in the SPC receive buffer Write EDRC NC 32 bytes walk after a write diag operation was initialized in ing 1 mode 18h the spc chip the SPC status register did not have one of the following SPC data trans rdy busy or SPC data reg empty April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 33 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ Un m a ia Z lt DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 13 Routine 11 EDRC Data Buffers Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE Write EDRC NC 32 bytes walk ing 1 mode 18h DESCRIPTION when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI_BSY xfer phase when transferring data from the SPC send buffer to the SPC data fifo the SPC ssig regis ter did not have the expected bits set SCSI REQ SCSI ACK SCSI BSY xfer phase A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm request wrtbuffer the data expected to be transferred out of the SPC data fifo was not transferred to the SDDP A non SUCCESS status was returned from the function call rm host cmplt A error was detected in the SDDP HI hdxs register A byte f
579. uffered data failed due to a hardware failure SCSI interface error occurred due to hardware failure i e unable to transfer display parameters 3 The display panel is currently in use displaying check information for the operator Noe gt lt m CE 9 5 ILLEGAL REQUEST Reserved bit was found set in the CDB of the DISPLAY command Flag bit was set and Link bit was not set 3 The parameter list length is neither 0 nor 16 Noe 6h UNIT ATTENTION Indicates the DISPLAY command was not performed due to one of the following 1 The tape cartridge may have been changed 2 The target has been reset 3 The Mode parameters have been changed by another initiator 4 The version of the microcode has been changed microcode down loaded 5 A cartridge was loaded with a tape length that is too long or too short 4 14 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE TAPE UNIT SCSI COMMANDS 4 3 5 ERASE command 19h The ERASE command causes part or all of the remaining medium to be erased beginning from the current logical position After the receipt of a valid ERASE command tape synchronization is performed prior to execution of the ERASE operation If tape is positioned at BOT the ERASE command will cause an ID area to be written before the Erase operation 4 3 5 1 ERASE CDB Description ERASE is a six byte command as shown below and described in Table 4 14 Common fields are described in paragraph 4 3
580. uirements defined in the CDB parameters This value is not adjusted for the allocation length The Number of elements available field indicates the number of element descriptors that meet the requirements defined in the CDB request This value is not changed because of insufficient allocation length By definition the value in the Number of elements available field will always be less than or equal to the Number of elements field in the CDB This value is not adjusted for the allocation length The Byte count of report available field indicates the total number of bytes in the element status pages based upon the requirements of the CDB request This value is not adjusted for the allocation length None of the fields in the Element status data header are adjusted if the allocation length is insuf ficient to send all status data available Note that a READ ELEMENT STATUS command can be issued with an Allocation length of 8 to determine the allocation length needed to transfer all element status page bytes specified by the command the allocation length needed is the value reported in the Byte Count of Report Available field plus 8 6 22 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS 6 2 5 2 2 Element Status Page Each Element status page contains one 8 byte header followed by one or more Element descrip tors diagram of the Element Status Page header is shown in Table 6 23 and described in
581. uit Printed Circuit Board Assembly PCBA WTL CA20116 B82X Write Circuit Printed Circuit Board Assembly Power Supply Unit CA01311 D901 Power Supply April 1997 Threader Assembly CA01311 F300 Threader Assembly CG00000 011503 REV A 9 1 FRU 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE PARTS REPLACEMENT CATALOG Neel Figure 9 1 M2488 Tape Drive FRUs Top Side CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 9 2 PARTS REPLACEMENT CATALOG M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Neel Figure 9 2 M2488 Tape Drive FRUs Bottom Side 9 3 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 FRU PARTS REPLACEMENT CATALOG M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Figure 9 3 DTC PCBA 9 4 Figure 9 4 IPM PCBA CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE PARTS REPLACEMENT CATALOG April 1997 Figure 9 6 SVL PCBA CG00000 011503 REV A 9 5 FRU FRU PARTS REPLACEMENT CATALOG CNJ31 CNJ32B CNJ32A Figure 9 7 WTL PCBA M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Figure 9 8 DVL Reference Only 9 6 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE SENSE KEYS APPENDIX A SENSE KEYS The Sense Keys are described in Table A 1 These are the sense keys returned in byte 2 bits 0 3 of the error code sense formats described in paragraph 8 3 1 on page 8 4 Table A 1 Sense Key Descriptions SENSE KEY DESCRIPTION NO SENSE Indicates there is no specific sense key information to be repo
582. ulled high April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A F 53 un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table F 16 Routine 20 Loop Write to Read Diagnostic Error Codes Continued ROUTINE Loop Write to Read 2 test 36 track DESCRIPTION RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 ETPs Skew Error 36 Track RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waiting for DPOST PHOK not seen in time Time out waiting for DPRE Lost DBOB waiting for DPRE Time out waiting for DPOST PHOK on after Read End RSVP Dead Man time out Last Blk not Found RSVP error RSVP failed cause unknown IBG active should not be check INLWR pulled high RSVP did not respond while looking for DBOB or IBG LWR2 ETPs Skew Error 18 Track RSVP failed to Respond DATA Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready DATB Xreg Miscompare RSVP not Ready time out DBOB not detected by RSVP FLCO time out RSVP detected Long IBG FHC2 or FLC2 Time Out Slow End of Data Block Lost DBOB prior to PHOK or while waitin
583. ure No initiator response to reselection SCSI parity error Active SCSI command aborted due to an Initiator detected error message being received Invalid message error SPC transfer offset error or transfer period error Overlapped commands attempted Unload failure Load failure occurred and buffered write data exists Unload failure Manual unload failure occurred and buffered write data exists Log counter at maximum Sl ol Ni we wo mo wD DW wD DW DA Wau CA Internal Software Error Unsupported ERPA code xx encountered by error processing software Report ERPA code to Product Support Engineer Internal Software Error Unsupported ERPA code xx encountered by error processing software Report ERPA code to Product Support Engineer B 4 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE The ERPA codes are described in Table C 1 These are the ERPA codes returned in byte 19 of the error code sense formats or described in paragraph 8 3 1 on page 8 4 DESCRIPTION Path Equipment Check ERPA CODES APPENDIX C ERPA CODES Table C 1 ERPA Codes un e Q C Drive adapter error occurred Could not recover from a buffer error on the lower interface Could not recover from an error detected during a cartridge index load cycle on the Automatic Cartridge Loader The cartridge is manually retrievable by the operator
584. ure 4 LIST ERROR Flowchart on page I 4 Figure I 5 RS 232 Flowchart on page I 4 Figure I 6 SETTING Flowchart on page I 5 Figure I 7 LOAD CODE Flowchart on page 6 Figure I 8 INQUIRY Flowchart on page I 6 Figure I 9 MODE PAGES Flowchart on page I 7 Figure I 10 FACTORY Flowchart on page I 8 Figure I 11 81 FSGRP Flowchart on page I 8 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A I 1 2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Press TEST and UNLOAD hold for 3 seconds v L OFFEINE release START START START gt F SETTING 3 TNQUIRY A Mone PAGES 1 AE O TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST To Figure I 10 CE MODE D To Figure I 6 M To Figure I 7 To Figure 1 9 R To Figure 8 April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A FLOWCHARTS TEST H Y B RUN MTC START RUN MTU IAE RUN COMB RUN ACE STAR TTSTERROR 148 Tyrgs 737 START TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST CNT D To Figure I 2 B To Figure I 3 E To Figure I 4 Cw Figure I 5 TEST Starts Test START CONT ERROR START Vv RUN CNT TEST TEST ERR CNT O gt CART S81 wreart are SARE TEST TEST TEST Vv Vv Vv CNT 000T
585. uring incremental data pattern test of User Program Memory SPC data miscompare during address bus bit test in SPC User Program Memory un 2 un ir gt un Z OQ AND ERROR CODES SPC data miscompare during read of SPC User Program Memory after all bits were inverted SPC MCS Buffer test Incorrect SPC status detected after issuing a diagnostic n byte message command Incorrect SCSI bus status during diagnostic data transfer while expecting REQ assertion Incorrect SCSI bus status during diagnostic data transfer while expecting REQ de asser tion SPC reported an incorrect data transfer length Data miscompare detected in SPC low MCS buffer after diagnostic message transfer Data miscompare error detected in SPC high MCS buffer after diagnostic message transfer SPC to Data Buffer DMA test Incorrect SPC status detected after issuing a diagnostic data transfer to buffer command Bad SCSI bus status detected waiting for REQ assertion during diagnostic data transfer Bad SCSI bus status detected waiting for REQ de assertion during diagnostic data transfer SPC reported an incorrect transfer length after completion of a diagnostic data transfer com mand Error reported by Record Buffer manager in attempting to setup SDDP for a DMA transfer Unexpected status returned by Record Buffer manager after DMA transfer Data miscompare detected in SPC MCS buffer
586. value in the Source storage element address field is not valid 6 24 CG00000 011503 REV A March 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MEDIA CHANGER COMMANDS Table 6 27 Storage Element Descriptor Type Code 2h Element Address Reserved Exception Reserved Reserved Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Reserved SValid Invert 0 Reserved Source storage element address Table 6 28 Storage Element Descriptor Field Description DESCRIPTION The Element address field indicates the address of the element for which status is being reported in the descriptor The Full bit if one indicates that a cartridge is present in the storage element If the Full bit is zero then no cartridge is present in the element The Exception bit if one indicates that the element is in an error condition If the Exception bit is zero then the element is not in an error condition When the Exception bit is one the Additional Sense code and Additional sense code qualifier fields give detailed information about the error condition If the Access bit is one then the storage element is accessible to the medium transfer element If the Access bit is zero the storage element is not accessible to the medium transfer element The Invert bit is always set to 0 The cartridges for the supported tape format cannot be inverted If the SValid bit is set to one then the Source storage element add
587. ved bits must be set to zero If these bits are set to one the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST A self test bit of one directs the target to complete its default self test refer to the self test routine in Online Diagnostic Routine description in Chapter 8 If the self test is requested the parameter list length must be zero indicating that no data is to be transferred If it is not zero the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST If the self test successfully passes the command is ter minated with GOOD status otherwise the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to HARDWARE ERROR No Diagnostic Result file is prepared if the self test bitis 1 If the command completes with CHECK CONDITION the resulting sense data contains the Fault Symptom Code See Chapter 8 for a description of the sense data If the PF bit is O and the self test bit is 0 then the parameter list length must be 0 or 16 or else the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data is transferred This condition is not an error no result file is prepared and the command is terminated with GOOD status in this case If the specified parameter list length results in truncation of one or more pages with the PF bit is set to one
588. ven if the ERASE was started from the beginning of tape b When computing the difference between the First and Last Block Locations only the logical block position portion of the Block IDs should be used if the BT bit is set to one April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 4 77 2 qa ca z S UNIT SCSI COMMANDS M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE 4 3 17 3 Description of Block ID Format Physical reference Format code Logical block position MSB Logical block position Table 4 72 Block ID Field Description DESCRIPTION The Physical reference field will be in the range 1 to 95 The values in the range 1 to 95 indicate an approximate physical location on tape close to the target position The Wrap field indicates whether the target position is in the first wrap or second wrap of tape If Wrap equals 0 then the target position is in the first wrap If Wrap equals 1 then the target position is in the second wrap The Format code field indicates the format of the tape cartridge The meaning of the possible values are shown in Table 4 73 When writing the format code reported will be 01b 36 track packeted When reading the format code reported will be the format code contained in the tape being read A unique Logical block position is associated with each data block and filemark writ ten on a tape The first filemark or data block on tape is assigned Logical block posi tion 0 the Logical block p
589. wee deceleration time CMD Measure the tape access posi tioning time M4 MODCH Measure the mode change time CMD CD M5 LOCAT Measure the tape locating time CMD CD M3 AC PS CMD CD Measure the tape rewinding time M7 D S E Measure the DSE time M6 REWND Measure the cartridge unloading time M9 CLEAN Measure the cleaning time M8 UNLD H 2 CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE MTU DIAGNOSTIC SPECIFICATIONS COMBINATION test Combination test FWD READ Forward read test BWD READ BACKWARD READ test WRITE Write test D S E D S E test LOCATE Locating REWIND Rewinding to wrapl BOT LOAD Load UNLOAD Unload EJECT Eject TP PATH tape path test OxOB Set next execution group and repeat counter RUNNING END TEST 0 0 or OxFF ERROR RESET 0x70 or OxFO REPEAT 0 0 4 MTU DIAG PARAMETER H 4 1 DIAG activation parameter The total data requirement for the MTU DIAG activation is 480 bytes 4 2 Explanation The parameter for the DIAG activation is composed of 16 groups Each group requires 30 bytes After the DIAG test of group 1 has been completed the test of group 2 is executed and so on If data Oxff or OxOC is specified for the DIAG command code the DIAGs of subsequent groups not exe cuted and all DIAGs are terminated If an error is detected during a DIAG execution that test is
590. when the Media bit in the CDB is set Reference the description of the DENSITY SUPPORT data block s Capacity field in Table 4 104 on page 7 109 b If the Media bit is one and the logical unitis NOT READY CHECK CONDITION status is generated with a sense key of NOT READY 4 3 24 2 4 106 Allocation Length field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returned REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT data An allocation length of zero indicates no data is to be transferred This condition is not considered an error The target terminates the DATA IN phase when allocation length bytes are transferred or when all available data is transferred to the initiator which ever is less An allocation length of at least 6Ah 106 should be specified in order for all of the maximum possible bytes to be returned to the initia tor REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Data The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT data contains a four byte header followed by one or two DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks The DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks are in numerical ascending order of the primary density code value in each block Each DENSITY SUPPORT data block represents a particular format including physical density information The information in the DENSITY SUPPORT data blocks is intended to provide the initiator with a detailed description of the recording technologies supported by the logical unit Density code values returned in the DEN SITY SUPPORT data blocks m
591. xpected interrupt s not detected in IRC No interrupt detected by processor Expected interrupt not detected in processor Timer 0 interrupt test Timer 0 interrupt not detected Incorrect interrupt detected Timer 1 interrupt test Timer 1 interrupt not detected Incorrect interrupt detected F 8 Check 1 interrupt test Pending interrupt detected CP bus timeout not detected Check 1 interrupt not detected Incorrect interrupt detected Interrupt s could not be cleared CG00000 011503 REV A April 1997 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS AND ERROR CODES Table F 5 Routine 3 CP Bus Parity Diagnostic Error Codes ROUTINE DESCRIPTION CP Bus parity Control Store An unexpected Check 1 condition was prema turely detected at the beginning of this test CP Bus parity error was not set as expected after attempting a read a Control Store loca tion previously written with bad parity un un 2 e un Z O A AND ERROR CODES An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after it should have been cleared A CP bus parity error was not detected as expected after a write read operation on a word of control store with forced bad parity An unexpected Check 1 condition was pend ing after an attempt to clear it was made A CP bus parity error was not detected as expected after reading a word previously writ ten with bad parity An u
592. ymptom code represents the initial error condition detected the second symp tom code represents the secondary error condition detected and the third symptom code represents the last error condition detected See Appendix D for the fault symptom codes This is the command code of the command being processed when the error was detected The value in byte 29 determines the register for bytes 30 39 See Table 8 8 The tape position at which the error was detected as expressed in the physical byte 40 and logical bytes 41 43 Block ID April 1997 CG00000 011503 REV A 8 9 t s E Z MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING RD RB ONDATA BLOCK 01 M2488 PRODUCT GUIDE Table 8 8 Additional Format Error Information Type 02 WRSDDP ERROR 03 WRONG RSVP MESSAGE 04 05 07 SEARCH MISSED 08 RDC register RDC register WCT register SNDA register RDC register RDC register Interrupt flags RDE register RBE register FDXC register FDXC register RSVP expected response FDXC RSVP actual response register CRS register CRRZ register register register FMT RD TONE register WCT register register Target BID WES register ETPA register PCT register PCT register RDC register PCT RDE register register ETPB register WER register RBE register Bott

Fujitsu M2488 VCR User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents